What’s up folks? This is the October, 2022 monthly market update where we go over different articles that I think are pertinent to real estate investors out there and probably other investors out there.
But if you haven’t yet, check out my book. The Journey is Simple, Passive Cash Flow, Passive Real Estate For the Working Professional. This is available on kindle and there’s the audio book version. If you guys wanna check out the YouTube version for free, you can go to simple passive cash flow.com/book.
But currently up to a hundred. Reviews, I think. So that’s cool. So at least a hundred people read it. Maybe more. If you guys are listening to this on iTunes, also check it out on the YouTube channel where you can check out all these cool slides that we have prepared for you guys. And then lot of, a lot of these articles have great graphs and visuals along with it.
But first thing off Starbucks plans to open 2000 new stores by 2025. Invest 450 million in existing locations. I think there’s a lot of Tucker recessions, but, I think you’re gonna see a lot of the big players have the capital to reinvest in, potentially rough times ahead or there could be some of the best times to invest.
All this is happening. While, they’re also applying to expand their mobile ordering offerings via the company’s app. So even with that, they’re still planning to expand real estate locations while HOP reports the 2022 safest cities in America. At the top of the list is Columbia, Maryland. Nashua, North Half New Hampshire, Laredo, Texas.
Portland, Maine. Orwick, Rhode Island. Yonkers, New York, Gilbert, Arizona. Huh? I didn’t know Gilbert was that safe. Burlington. I think it’s Virginia. Raleigh, North Carolina. Lewistown Main. For some of you guys who are curious, Honolulu, Hawaii is in the 75 and then some of the worst ones. La Chattanooga, Jackson, Mississippi, Oakland, Oklahoma City, Memphis, Baton Rouge, Detroit, San Bernardino, Fort Lauderdale, Saint Louis West.
Also on the same. Law enforcement employees per capital. Some of the top ones are Washington, DC, New York, New Jersey, St. Louis, Chicago. The fewest ones are font, California Monte, California, Fremont, California, Irvine, California, Trula Vista, California. Fewest traffic fatalities. And, that’s not too important.
You guys can check out that on the the channel. Later. So this is the, a little visual of the US 30 year fix just to, take that one data point. And these are all the month to month changes in the the interest rates basically. So what you’re seeing now is you’re seeing as of like quarter one of this year, Fed has been raising interest rates pretty greatly.
If this is all new to you, check out the podcast I did with Richard Duncan at simplepasscashflow.com/Duncan. We’ll tell you all about how that supply chain unemployment, you war Ukraine and Covid crisis and China, all is related. And I think after you watch that podcast slash video, I think it’s gonna make you a lot more comfortable with what’s happening out there.
The way I look at these kind of charts is, do you see the uptick right now? And in these upticks, they typically play themselves out a year. And that’s why I tell people, about 18 months from now, we should see the capital markets start to open up. And my prediction is we start to hit off to the races again.
That is, if you know the raising of interest rates is able to increase unemployment just slightly so we avoid a hard landing and do a soft landing recession. But you can see how in, few times in history, like the 19 eighties where the interest rates skyrocket a lot more than it did.
Now, some people I talk to, and this is more of an extreme point of view, think that the interest rates may need to get up to eight to 10%. We’re not there yet, how much more does the interest rates need to get pushed up so that unemployment comes back up? And unfortunately, home prices are gonna go down a little bit just because people aren’t gonna be able to get their affordability up to afford more via loans.
But that’s just a thought by product. Again, what we’re looking at is that unemployment to come up and for us to correct. And this is also the same thing. It’s, but it’s visualizing the interest rates in a little bit different fashion here. And we’re seeing this increase in 2022, the interest rates. And you see how it compares to the 2015 to 2018 climb, which was a lot longer and a lot more gradual. And then you see the nine, the 99, 2001, and then the big one.
I think the big one was like the 1980s there, so all this has been happened before and this is the one of the major levers that the Fed pulls to keep inflation at bay. This article, it’s talking about the rise of all of renters. Now, a lot of millennial renters are giving up ownership. Why? Because the prices of homes have gone away from them, even though they may be coming down. But affordability, due to the interest rates is allowing them to qualify for less. Now we don’t have any news, if any, May, Freddie Mac are gonna make things easier for borrowers to qualify for more.
But this this study done here by apartment list is suggesting that more and more millennials are just giving up and just saying, Screw it, we’re just gonna be renters. And gone up from, averaging around a 20% range at now, up to 24.7%. Of course this is all survey data, so you. Who know, survey data is always, there’s a level of fudge factor in there.
But I think that’s why we all are investors and we understand that the lower middle class, or at least the folks that are captured in this study, which are, the younger people not yet to their family formation years and they haven’t amass wealth yet, or down payments for properties.
It just makes more sense for them to rent. And this kind of coincides with a more mobile workforce, with people having to move around a lot for their jobs, especially because you’re not gonna be working at your job for the rest of your life. You’re gonna probably skip around and jump around to different employers.
Why are they saying that they’re not going to buy a house and instead rent forever? The biggest thing here is they just can’t afford it, which is 77% of their participants. Said that now this is the next excuse or if you wanna call it excuse, is I like the flexibility that renting provides, that has, that response has gone down slightly over the last few years.
And then also I prefer to avoid home maintenance and other additional costs. And other people think, I think buying a home is financially risk. I would say for most young people who are good at saving their money, I think buying a home is a bad thing to do. Although most people fall in the category of their bad worth, their money, and they need to force piggy bank at that point, I think buying a house makes more sense.
So if you’re confused by that and you’re a good saver, That’s how you say, join our club. Check out my article about buying a house to live in. Is it the right thing for you? Do you, which side of this paradigm do you fall in with the common guy who should buy a house or the people in our group who are, getting on the offense and buying assets and instead for going on buying that lovely primary house with the white picket fence.
I still rent, by the way, for what it’s worth. I practice what I preach for now. At some point I’ll probably wanna just enjoy life and spend my money for once. Also reports from Zumper, occupancy rates and the pace of rent increases are now falling in major metros as the renter.
Demand softens with fear of recession, kicks in with many renters assign as they put or trade down our most expensive option. And I think this is, we’ve had a quite a big of a run up, right? Some markets such as Phoenix, the rents were going up like 10 to 20% every. I know we just got back from Alabama where we had one property in particular where we had a lot of legacy tenants and we were rehabbing properties and we made the decision.
It’s finally time. After two years of ownership, that’s really time to bump up the rents up 25% and a lot of ’em are taking it. Every market is different, right? That’s why when you look at these national rent world statistics, you have to take it for with a grain of. But I would agree that in some markets, you know this, there people have this in the back of their head that perhaps Ace is looming as if that’s always a case, right?
Never know, but maybe me, people are using that as a means to, instead of springing for that $1,600 luxury apartment, just going for the $1,300 one. That makes sense. Which they should, I think. Also, maybe you can contribute this to the interest rates going up, but seller sentiment is decreasing with more inventory coming online in sales, taking longer to complete yet, I think you still seeing a lot of me major metros with the days under market of under a hundred, which is that, two to three months.
That’s considered a seller’s market. At that point because you don’t have that much inventory, but we’re still a lot of places still below that and therefore, or I dunno, therefore, or as a result we, there’s a general housing shortage, especially in some, particular markets. The growth states, their marching markets, as we call it.
Also millennials today are in their prime home buying years. The millennials are now 25 to 40. Man. How have they grown? According to the definition we use here as such, their home ownership rate has increased faster than any other generation over the past. Decade. So although we’re just talking about how they are gonna stay renters forever, the ones who are buying very quickly, a lot quicker than other generations prior to.
And maybe you can contribute to that, to the fact that in the Great Recession, 2008, 2010 era, that they just absolutely got beat. And it’s taken them well over a decade, almost a couple decades to recover. And the last five years they’ve greatly picked up the home buying. So this would be a great, if you guys were to come back to the YouTube channel.
If you’re listening on, we also put this on the podcast too for you guys who you’d like to drive in the car and listen. And I tried to describe these pictures as best as possible, this is probably one that you guys wanna check out on the YouTube channel, but it’s kinda interesting, if it has this, the lines of the silent generation, the baby boomers, Gen X, and they show the percent of home ownership rates.
Baby boomers have finally caught up with the silent generation. Maybe the silent generation is maybe no longer or statistically gone already, like they’re about that age already past the age 80. Not many of them are around it anymore. The. Baby boomers are potentially in the same clump with the silent generation that Gen X are sitting at 69%. Baby boomers and silent generation are about 78% home ownership, where the millennials at 48% at climbing.
What is the big issue with millennial renters not having down payment savings? Two thirds of prospective millennial home burners have no zero down, have zero down payment savings. Survey in 2022 said that 60 60% do not have any dedicated down payment savings, and only 60% have saved. $10,000, huh?
That’s pathetic. But hey, that’s what this national data is, right? A lot of you guys listening to these types of podcasts, at least our investor base, most of you guys, Our credit investors, making over six figures. And most of you guys, eh, I’d say if you make as a household 300,000, I typically see you guys saving 50 grand at least a year.
So you guys are definitely not the focus group captured in this pie chart. But, and I tell you that because number one, you take this data for a grain of salt. It’s not you particular driving in your car to your cool job. And it’s. Maybe an appreciation to it, right? Because if you’re listening to this and you have the time, you’re doing pretty good for yourself, but you can do better, right?
And that’s why we are further continuing along this financial independent journey together. If, and if that’s the case join our club simplepassivecashflow.com/club and let’s get to know each other a little bit better. We give everybody a free introduction call with myself.
I usually pretty quickly ascertain what the heck is going on and give you some pointers. I’m not fucking you financial advice cuz I’m not here to sell you some nonsense financial securities such, stock market stuff. But I’m just, I think it’s good that, when I talk to people, it’s not often that they get to size themselves up with people, their constituents, such as our.
A lot of you guys are the people who max up your 401ks, make good salaries, maybe even be the, the best person in your family financially let alone your friend group. And it’s. It’s nice to compare yourself with people who are also financially minded. That said, you keep doing that too much, you start to get really depressed and sometimes it’s good to compare down.
But no I think this is why it’s good for, if you guys have never made it out to a retreat, we always allow you guys to come to the, one of these events at least once to test drive our organization. Make sure you’re part of the club because the The retreat event page is going, is almost done, and we’ve got a hotel pick for Waikiki, so we’re gonna be releasing that and then ticket sales are going to be going starting here in the next month. So be on the lookout for that.
US apartment construction on track to reach 50 year high in 2022 is interesting, right? Supposedly we’re in a recession right now, or maybe some people have dub gloo, but, or is that just the unsophisticated investors out there? Because the institutional smart money, the developers, they are.
Building like crazy right now. A part of that is the obvious fundamental shortage in housing. Like New York developers have upped their game and the Metro is projected to see the highest number of units this year, surpassing Dallas Fort Worth Metro for the first time in And this is despite headwinds related to labor, shortfalls, material costs, and availability and supply chain issues.
This is that first article in a many that I’m gonna show where, the professionals, the institutions are in a way kind of doubling down as you saw Starbucks did, as we mentioned at the top of the call. So where are they building? I’m just gonna read up from the top to the bottom. New York, Dallas, Miami. Austin, Houston, Texas, Phoenix, Arizona. Ooh, that one’s a little small. I can’t see it. Atlanta, Georgia. Washington dc. Los Angeles, Orlando, Denver, Nashville, Raleigh, Charlotte, Chicago, Portland, San Francisco, Twin Cities. So those are the year from the top to bottom, top 20 metros for our compartment construction in 2022.
John Burns. He released this great infographic on the top, 10 signs of a market bubble. Some things that were not seen that normally would be indicative of a market bubble is, very high supply. We have very low supply right now. Days in their market in most places are under a hundred days, and so that’s not happening.
Other things, luxury cars for the staff. When you start to see shippers buying , just using a reference from that big, short movie. But when you start to see, regular blue collar folks jobs, buying luxury cars, that’s the time to scratch your head and that’s not happening. The other thing that’s not happening is creative mortgages, right?
Like after 2008, the federal government got involved and built a lot of fail safes. And then the last thing, the mortgage defaults and arms, we don’t have that anymore. Or at least it’s not as prevalent. And that is one of the, some of the things that are not happening that are indicative of a housing bubble.
There are some other things, and which is why I think we’ve already been in a recession for the last couple quarters. But the industry publications I read are saying we’re gonna be in this state in the next year. I think it’s gonna be more like 18 months, but 20, 24 we should be often running.
And I think it’s a mistake to wait. But just change your type of investing, right? Don’t go after these kinds of deals where there’s no equity or collateral, right? So what am I talking about? Maybe like in crypto or OutCo or ATM mining stuff, unless it’s with an industry leader or somebody with an unfair advantage, those are type of business that don’t really have any collateral behind them, which is why I still like investing in real estate. Now, if you really wanna be uber conservative, investing in real estate world is pretty conservative, but maybe stay away from some of the more heavier value add type of stuff and stick to more on the debt side or stabilize yield place.
So Hurricane Ian impacted the Florida’s apartment market. What’s the impact from that? Expect demand from vacant units, from displaced homeowners that’ll prob likely reverse a 2022 trend of declining occupancy rates across Florida. I don’t have any properties in Florida anymore. I had a DI in Putta Goda that luckily sold although, that’s what you got insurance for, but, I had some properties in the Gulf that we saw prior to this, and it’s a, I think this hurricane e, like an insurance broker told us that, man, if there’s one more major storm it comes through.
I don’t know who knows what the insurance rates are gonna be. I can say on a few deals that we had, insurance costs went up like threefold from what it originally was. And then who knows what this is gonna be? my thinking is that the insurance rates are gonna be so high or uninsurable that the federal government’s gonna have to get in and help back so people can buy insurance so people can live there.
But we’ll see how that plays out. But for now, hopefully that Tampa area recovers pretty quickly. This commercial property executive article continues with this catastrophic loss impact to insurance and reinsurance carriers. Carriers would be firmer in the requirement for increases and pressure on the magnitude of their thought process.
Retail and restaurants are probably the most vulnerable, but maybe not the most expensive. A lot of companies, especially in Florida, do plan to for catastrophic and for more expense it would be to replace their equipment. Then more seriously, they take it already. Florida was already seeing challenges in terms of securing capacity, high instruction costs, and supply chain issues.
Hurricane Ian has the potential to exasperate these market issues while making insurance difficult to find and maintain, and I would personally add on. , We’ll see what the premiums increase this next goal around.
So one trend that’s happening, multifamily developers are turning some dead space office into apartments. We’ve gotten involved in that as a group too, just know that these are some of the most difficult from an engineering perspective, cuz you’re tying into existing systems where if it were me and future developments, I would just prefer to.
Start off what we call the green field, right? Where we have a just. A flat bearing land. We finished the Chase Creek apartments. We were out there last week. We have move-ins now. Yay. It looks amazing. It’s a lot better than what I thought it was going to be. We’ve initially came up with the idea and man, did that project come together so quickly.
I believe summer of 2021 were where the con, the concrete pads were getting installed and, It didn’t take much more than a few months for the frames to get construction and then it to start to look like apartment complexes. So we’ve got 230 units out there in Huntsville, Alabama. Plan is to do more and if you guys wanna jump on the next deal, get to know us and join the club.
Jim Costello, Chief economist at s c I real Estate says the key issue people do not understand is just how difficult and expensive these conversions can be. And I think that’s what I mentioned earlier.
So here’s a trend that I’ve been tipping my investors, especially those who joined the club. With the difficulties in the capital markets, we were seeing Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac get a lot less aggressive on lending and giving outsource terms back in March and April, and now we’re starting to see some of the secondary lenders, community banks, et cetera, do the same.
Gray Star, which is traditionally one of the bigger operators out there, they’re starting to offer financing to multifamily borrowers because of this need, right? As big players pull out, there is a demand and folks like Gray Star are filling that void with obviously higher rates because that’s what the going rate is.
But this is also why we’ve switched. Our mindset and our acquisition strategy, and that’s why we’re really not doing deals anymore. I really don’t know how people are making these deals pencil these days with interest rates where they are, and because they can’t get really good lending, and this is where we’ve starting to fund deals as a lender.
Because it is a lot more secure, especially in uncertain times in the head, but still, still you gotta outpace inflation, right? And, we have to still remain active. In a way, we’re copying what Gray Star is doing here. The good news though is multifamily fundamentals remain strong.
A lot of people expect loan demand bounce that bounce back next year. Multifamily remains a favorite investment class and has continued to perform well. Another, this is more for the advanced investors out there, but commercial property Executor is commenting on the benefits of in interest rate caps at this time like this.
So interest rates, caps are, most times people are doing bridge loans these days, and the bad thing about the bridge loans is the rate can potentially jump up on you. Of course, if you’re doing value add, it’s not a huge deal because you’re generating so much force appreciation and you’re always gonna be, you should be in theory, over water or above water.
But one way you can mitigate that is doing a interest rate cap. So your interest rates can’t go above, say a percent or two. It is costly though, and though the Feds policy are raising the Fed’s funds rate and quantitative timing to help with inflation should eventually provide builders some relief.
It’s no wonder that in recent months borrow who plan to start construction projects have been asking their debt capital sources for fixed rate notes. . But in a way this is like an insurance policy or hedging. You pay little money for that that rate cap.
But right now they’re really expensive because everybody and their mother knows that interest rates are likely to go up several times at a half a point, three quarter point intervals. This is where I, I’m speculating we get into eight to 10% range for just regular, 30 year mortgages for people and then, it’ll go back down.
But this is where these rate caps are extremely expensive for folks, for operators. But here, you’re seeing, you can buy different term lengths and then the cost of doing them. For those people who buy options and calls and things like this type of chart will look very familiar to you guys. But, it’s, in the financial world is a lot.
Know, kind of these charts and in a way you’re just gambling at what’s happening in the future and you’re pricing in risk. Ari business online is, talking about battle over rent control. So municipalities in New York and California, these, more blue states have taken steps towards enacting further rent control. What states, such as Nevada are shooting them down entirely. These are the batter ground.
States to watch if you’re a landlord. Only five states, California, Maryland, New Jersey, New York, Oregon and Minnesota and DC have rent control laws in place. 31 states have preemptives that prevent rent control policies, including Florida, whose law bans local governments who controlling the price of rent in certain cases.
As one, California, New York probably need the the nation. They follow each other as a group. So they, to me as an investor, it’s always good to have one eye on this, but, if you’re one of those people gets stressed out and freaked out about all this type of stuff, don’t worry about it. Just diversify your portfolio and you try and stay one step ahead of the curve and invest in the states that aren’t going to go down this.
There was a, an article here that kind of talked about the ground looks shaky. The safe thing is to dude, is to build multi-family assets. And this is the approach that we’re personally taking as we start to pick up more parcels of 20 to 50 acre pieces of land. If you guys have any let us know.
We’ll buy it from you because there is a, it’s a very safe play. If you can structure your contracts and you have the. The educated personnel and experience to take a dry piece of land or entitle piece of land and turn it into the highest and greatest use, which could be a class, a apartment, of course work.
Cross housing is a sector we still like to stay in. You have a lot of room for margin. I think the numbers on the last one, we just built like 180 grand with all hard and soft costs 188 grand per unit, we should be able to sell it for at least two 50 here in a bit. So you’re talking a huge profit margin right there.
And what I’m learning is that sophisticated investors, they don’t really care about the cash flow along the every month or every quarter. Because they have a bigger balance sheet, higher network or jobs. But what they care about is security and, making bigger racks of equity. And that’s what the developments come in.
So we’re gonna be focusing more and more on this. So if you guys want the insight scoop on this make sure you guys are part of the club and you completed your onboarding protocols. Call with myself, et cetera. And first step, go to simplepassivecashflow.com/club. The Congress passed Inflation Reduction Act, which everybody joked and, uttered that.
Yeah. How the hell can you create an inflection reduction act when you’re spending billions of dollars in the process, but not much from my circle has come, ways you can use this. One of the most significant benefits of was the ira ex is the expansion of the Advanced Energy Project tax credit.
This allows you to credits up to 30% of the investment property using qualifying advanced energy project that is certified by the department Energy. So what does that mean? I think this is the point where they write it and then they administer some letters down the road. So some of the drawbacks that came out of this inflation reduction act is an enactment of the corporate minimum book tax. Minimum tax would be 50% of book income, which is amount of income showed on the applicable corporations financial statements.
Fortunately, this doesn’t really infect individuals like any stimulus checko, right? But this goes out to the municipalities. The states are already providing some economic development incentives for new or expanding manufacturing facilities, either in the form of property tax exemptions or income tax credits.
So some things that are not included in the final edition of the bill are changes to the carried interest requirements that would’ve had a tremendous negative impact on the multi-family industry. So what carried interest is some. Sponsors, general partners who only get paid when passive investors get paid there.
There’s some tax benefits to that. It gets taxed at a different rate, or like the big mutual funds or big, big funds out there, those leaders get paid off. Carried interest That has been left off the table. I’m just, I’m pointing this out because this is just another thing that they put in there to scare everybody.
Or maybe the Republicans put it there to scare of Democrats or who knows, vice versa. But a lot of these things put in there and then when these things are actually written, most of these concerns just fall off the map. What was the last one earlier this year was they were gonna threaten everybody’s self-directed IRAs, where you, now you had to get this cumbersome type of, Appraisal done every single time. That costed you a fortune. You know that stuff like that. They put it out there and then they pulled it back at the last revision.
So how the inflation direction will affect multifamily Some things that are impacting those you guys who invest in apartments the base tax credit efficient commercial buildings deduction. The new energy efficient home credit will now apply to all buildings that meet energy staff, multifamily, new construction programs to 2032. So that’s an extension there.
Other things. One, building in total grants to help states adopt recent residential commercial building energy codes, 8 million to HUD to provide grants for loans for affordable housing properties. So that, I think that helps out a lot of investors here. That just means better when the capital markets do open up a little bit, that’s the money to you know, back and ensure some of these loans.
Then just over three billing for funding for state and local governments to improve neighborhood access and equity, including infrastructure improvements in antis displacement policies. I don’t know if it was in this program, but I do know. That additional funding got released. Lisa, were talking with our operations folks who sit down with the tenants to help them apply for government assistance.
That funnel was back on, some of the buildings in certain municipalities or ju or under the viewpoint of certain judges, going through the eviction process. Some, there are people getting those government checks, that government assistance. So that’s good news for us.
A multi-housing news says some horn prefer single family rentals discovered that one in four owners would live in a rental house if they could find a place that meet their exact needs. And I always question these types of surveys because it’s sure they would love to live in a house, but can they afford the damn.
Just like a lot of our investors, they always say, this happens two or three times a year. I get investors saying, Yeah, I’m gonna be talking with my tenant in my rental property, and they wanna owner finance it. So it’d be a great way to not pay taxes and get a good price. And I’m like, I laugh because it’s Dude, I’ve never seen that happen.
Every tenant wants to buy the house. They live. And none of ’em have the credit score, let alone $10,000 to the name for a down payment. So you’re better off just selling the thing, unlocking the equity, and then putting it into other syndications or buying more rentals. But I’m just telling you, if you guys are listening out there and you have tenants ain’t gonna happen.
It’s just they run their credit score first. Make sure it’s at least over 6 50, 700. If not. It’s a pipe. Here’s what the the big guys are doing. So when Blackstone, a private equity giant, flowed the idea of creating vast portfolios of homes after the global financial crisis, the banks view refused to lend it. One of the firms Ran the idea by Sam z, a property mobile who sold Blackstone, his 39 billion office empire before the financial crisis.
Said no way for a investor routinely sping on hotel chains and swanky office towers. The buy to let business seem like small fight by comparison. Now you’re seeing like a lot of these Wall Street companies snapping up family homes, single family homes, just. Mom and Paul investors, but unlike you guys, mom and or mom and Paul investors out there who tend to own no more than a handful of homes, the biggest institutions hold tens of thousands of these things and offered renovation and probably run these things a lot more tighter ship.
There’s obviously, we’ve seen this before, 2009, 2012, where these guys would come in and they’re not super effective at, managing. These portfolios, they’re coming in again and it could be an opportunity for some of you guys to unload some of yours, but just know that it’s, I’ve always thought like single family homes was like a last frontier that, the regular person could buy, get into real estate and transcend themselves to a credit investor status and beyond without having to work at a high paid job for more than a decade.
Seems like that, that this little opportunity may be going away. It’s sad. It’s sad. It’s if Sanel created like a trillion dollar fund to go after the essential oil companies and compete directly head in head with them and all their direct multi-level marketing consultants essentially the same.
don’t know why they would do that, but if they did a Fannie Mae projects modest recession in 2023 the combination of high inflation monetary policy tightening and slowing housing market will likely tip the economy in a modest recession next year. I would argue we’re already there. As I do believe the second quarter of negative GDP growth, which we had, is a definition of a recess.
Fannie Mae Pilots positive only rent payment reporting program. So here’s one of the things that I, I uncovered that Fannie Mae is, like pseudo government entity, they launched this program to they’re only gonna report the payments made so that they. Let the credit bureaus and also people can start to improve their credit scores now when they’re renting.
Now I don’t know what, like a non-report of a positive, one’s gotta assume that the dude didn’t pay, but it’s, I think this is a, as a landlord or a property owner, I like this because it gives me some insight into who the heck we are renting. That there’s some kind of trended history there instead of just some random people off the internet or Craigslist people, you, I joke there, but, or people coming off the street literally.
But that’s something that they’re putting together and they’re, the reason why they’re doing is they want people to improve their credit scores to eventually buy houses to live, or, at least the qualified ones South region sees the most pandemic error, revenue growth. We’ve talked about this many times. The particular metric focus on rent row, but does not include many these or concessions. So it provides a nice apples to apples comparison of revenue performance across regions and markets.
The northeast, again, really outperform through 2020, in fact, A in the west region there was a slight declined. Both the West and the South saw revenue increases of about 10 cents per square foot during 2020.
V reports rising rent, please. Prices are keeping inflation high. It’s a chicken and egg thing. Is it the rents going up? Is it pay going up or is it just general inflation? Either way it’s all going up. The typical US monthly rent was $2,090 in August, up 12.3% from a year before is much higher than it was before the pandemic.
In February, 2020, the national average rent was 16 at 60. So e economic policy makers closely watch rent prices, not only because consumers spent spend a big portion of their budgets on housing, but also because the categories a major contributors. So set to inflation shelter is a larger component to the CPI making up 30% of the or in inflation. You know what’s messed up about the inflation numbers?
Like they don’t take into account like oil prices and some other things. You guys can check out, like there’s a lot, if you google this train of thought that I’m having, it’s, you’re gonna probably agree with me, but to me, I don’t like how they include like housing. Housing is such a huge thing, part they have to, but I almost like to be an industry like in like oil and gas, like where.
You can just increase your prices on people and then it doesn’t get captured in the cpi. But that’s just my side comment there. One of the questions that we get a lot, and in this article in its title, Do households flock to BC properties during recessions and. BC apartment performance certainly does hold up better than Class A in times of economic stress. Based on, the two graphs here showing, the sustainably higher rent growth than Class A properties.
Maybe about double that. Not all recessions or economic stress are the same. So The pandemic was very interesting because you had people working from home who were more on the higher end. Your white collar workers, your knowledge workers who work from home and order Ubers eats and they were pretty untouched.
And where your b and c workers, where your frontline workers, you’re people who have, expendable jobs, where when people went out of business, they cut those jobs. Those are people who struggled the most during the pandemic. So the complete opposite. What would happen in a normal economic stress or recession, but in a typical recession, that’s what this happens.
And this is why we effectively invest in workforce housing. And this is why I would not really suggest like building a portfolio entirely of short term rentals, right? Cuz it’s more of a discretionary item. Now we are gonna be rolling out I’m gonna be getting involved in some of that type of stuff, so stay tuned.
So make sure you guys, jump on the the newsletter email list. Again, like you wanna diversify portfolio. But primarily most of my portfolio is in this workforce housing sector. I don’t do that much Class C these days. I’m not a huge fan of that type of stuff. I still like the class B stuff.
Board. This is from Moody’s Analytics. By the way. During the last three recessions, both class A and BC absorption levels declined from their respective cyclical peaks, but class A levels and deltas actually remain relatively stronger than Class Bs, which is exactly what I was mentioning. The pandemic hurt the lower end instead of the upper end, which is a little.
There’s this really cool class cut absorption and rep income that we have on the screen here. If you guys can check out later, I’m not gonna get into it too much, but the last point here is after recession’s official end that many households. Those have been out of work for a long while or have had to take a job with a reduced hours, or incomes have burned through much of their savings and are finally forced to trade down.
So there can be quite a bit of a leg. No different than like the leg that we’re seeing right now with inflation, right? We’ve been trying to get that damn thing down, but there’s just so much liquidity in the system, right? Because if you go look at the Rich Duncan videos, there’s so much fake money pumped into the system.
That it’s gonna take a while for that money to vacate, for inflation to come down. No different than, most people generally have some savings out there. It takes a while, a leg for that to, expend out for people to finally say, Oh my God, I gotta change. I gotta go to a cheaper rent apartment.
Two straight quarters, a negative GDP growth and persistent inflation signal that the US economy is starting down a recession in the near future, if not one in already. Class B and C rent growth has outpaced class a’s through the first half of 2022, and in the first quarter of the year, class B. C absorption outpace Class A for the only, the second time in the over two decades tracking this data.
It’s a sign that household budgets are a bit pinched due to inflation, but it is also a reflection of minimal supply growth and a more social problem of persistent income inequality. Two things unlikely to improve over the next couple of years. The risk get richer, the poor get poured. Whether it’s right or wrong, it is what it is and that’s happening.
And as an investor, you guys need to understand that and put your money in the right places. I would so argue that Class B and C are probably the places to be if you wanna play a more hedge strategy. Although as an operator of 8,500 units, I will also say that It’s not all smooth sailing month to month, right?
You try and go into deals where there’s adequate cash flow, but you have to protect the asset, which means having enough cash reserves and if you. From a month to month basis, you’re gonna have higher months of vacancy, evictions, et cetera, than others. And this is why we’re switching and focusing on a lot more developments in the future.
We don’t have to deal with all that tenants, toilets and termites in a way. So he’s gone full circle again. But I think, you have to diversify your portfolio and all kinds of things and. In the alternative investment world,
and that comes up to the end folks. So we’re gonna be doing the retreat in January to 2023. So join the club to get first access to that simplepassivecashflow.com/club. Those you guys are in the family office group. The phone, you guys are gonna get first crack at it. So if you guys are in that group, When we send you guys your checkout forms, sign up for it as soon as possible because you guys get the best pricing and we try to hold slots for you guys.
But after a while, we need to know what our head count is. We need to know who’s coming. If not, I’m going to get stressed out and we need to plan the activities for that three day retreat here in Hawaii. That’s gonna be coming out probably after Halloween time, so you guys have some time if you guys are new to the group get on board. And if not, check out the book, simplepassivecashflow.com/book and I will see you guys next month.
On today’s podcast, we are going to be replaying the almost two hour long webinar that we did on the introduction to infinite banking. Now, if you guys wanna check this out on the YouTube channel, go to simple passer cash flow.com/banking. And you can access the YouTube video there. So you can also go along with the slides. I wanted to leave it here because I think a lot of you guys are audio learners and also the team has gone on the road this past week.
Depending on when you’re listening to this audio we are either getting over our October 1st Napa valley hangover. Or we are already doing our property tours and our grand opening party of our new Chase Creek apartments in Huntsville, Alabama.
If you guys have been trying to get a hold of us to book your introductory calls with us, we can get to know you a little bit better. Please get on that right away because my schedule is booked up as I get back into the swing of things later on in October, but super happy to meet all of you guys in person.
If it’s not too late, please sign up for that October 6th, seventh in Huntsville, Alabama, If you really like this infinite banking concept again, you can go to simple passive cash flow.com/banking, and you can get access to this video, of course, but you can also get access to the two to three hour long eCourse where you can go through each of these sections. We dive into a lot more detail in more, a readable and short video.
Format. So if you guys put in your email address in there, it will get you access to the closed end member site where you get access to infinite banking eCourse enjoyed this webinar that we.
Welcome everybody. This is the intro to infinite banking. Here’s what’s gonna go on in the next couple hours. We prepared this deck and we added a bunch of slides, including some use cases. I also look at my working sheet here that I use to keep track of my infinite banking.
And, when money goes out alone, it comes back. But this is meant to be a CRA school for a lot of you folks. We see a lot of familiar faces. A lot of folks who’ve joined us recently and the infinite banking is new to them. Even some people who have policies on the line today it’s always good to review a little bit. But I would say we’ll knock this out in under an hour’s presentation, but we’ll have time for plenty of questions.
But just a little bit of background on myself. I grew up in Hawaii. Seattle’s 2003 to 2017. I Have a wife, a child, a dog and a Ford Raptor are the things that I have these days, no longer an engineer and then real estate. I started with that first rental in 2009, and then I got up to 11 rentals in 2015.
But since then, as the investor group has grown 1.2 billion to assets on their ownership, 8,500 units, 55 projects, and about 95, 90, 95 people in our family office group. That’s our inner circle mastermind group. And also joining me Tyler Fuka. Why don’t you introduce yourself a bit, Tyler?
Yeah. Hi, I’m Tyler Fuka. I am also married, have two boys. I do have a dog. I forgot to update that. I grew up in Hilo, Hawaii. Then I went off to the University of Washington to study engineering. I was there on a ROTC scholarship. So when I graduated, I got commissioned as a Naval officer stationed out at Mayport, Florida in Jacksonville, went to grad school in Monterey, California, and then moved here to wahoo where I’ve been since 2006 came here as active duty.
As an engineering duty officer transitioned out in 2009. To basically become a civil servant or DLD engineer did a lot of project management, construction management, a supervisor, and then eventually moved over to the department of veterans affairs. And he was a chief engineer there for a while.
Up until 2001, when I left, I decided to leave the W2 world. As far as real estate investing, I’ve been investing since 2002. My path then was single family rentals and doing what we call house hacking back then. I got up to, four single family rentals and basically got overloaded with work life and investing took a pause, started really looking at alternative investing in 2017 ish met lane in 2018 and just been totally doing syndications mainly from there on and where or lane really opened up our eyes as far as insurance wise always been interested in that.
I got introduced to the infinite banking concept. Probably about 10, 10 years ago. Didn’t really do anything with it. Although when I was in Lane’s group and other groups, I was with, I, we kept on hearing about infinite banking. So I eventually got my license in 2019 mainly to study and learn about the details of the industry, the different products available and then been helping lanes groups since then or licensed across the state.
So we basically can serve anywhere. Yeah. And a little bit more context of that, cuz it’s always fun for people to learn the story. I heard about this a while back ago. This infinite banking strategy, I would say since 2017 and I tasked Tyler with learning about this stuff, cuz I knew there were a lot of commissions in fees and it’s a strange product that, it’s not as straightforward as deals to me.
So I asked them to learn it more so to eventually do a policy for myself. So I wouldn’t get gouged with pricing and Tyler would be up front with how it all worked. I also, we also told you to go learn notes and what assisted living facilities are. Which those didn’t work out as, as well as this as most things don’t it’s funny, like those assisted living facilities, I haven’t really found anybody who does that halfway decent.
There was just like a house, like a few blocks away, like an illegal assisted living facility that got taken down by police recently. But it’s like this thing stuck. And we do this for a lot of the clients and the whole point is we crunch the commission and fees as low as they can go.
So in other words, if you guys have a policy, you’re looking at some other policies, probably beat him. But as I learned and what I’m happy about, Tyler kind of focusing it on full-time is that there’s this whole complex structure and we’ll maybe get into it a little bit, past the lowering the commissions as low as possible and past like the 90, 10 70 30 split, which we’ll talk about today, but there’s bunch of other ways that I don’t personally understand to customize it to what you guys want.
But yeah, this is, brief illustration. I think what a problem that most investors face, which is what the heck do I do with my short term liquidity, midterm liquidity, or my college savings before I put it into longer deals, right? Three years, seven year deals, that’s ideally where you wanna put your money, cuz that’s where you’re gonna make a higher rate of return.
Sure. Might be a little bit more risky, but it comes with a higher reward. You don’t really have 50 grand, a hundred grand ready to go all the time. The infinite banking, this is just one example of the many use cases. And I’ve created maybe about four or five use cases to use this very, a flexible kind of strategy, but it fits in my whole, 1, 2, 3 trifectas of simple passive cash list.
But if you’re new to simple passive cash flow, it’s first investing in good deals with honest people where you don’t get your money stolen, where you get higher returns than the retail stock market mutual funds, et cetera. And then number two, you, by getting all these passive losses through deals and other tax benefits, such as going from ordinary income to passive income you could unlock a lot of tax maneuvers and then obviously that creates more money for you to invest and then put more money into us. The third strategy, which is infinite banking here which is what we’re talking about.
This is something that we’ll get into, but this is basically a strategy. A lot of the wealthy will do. I dug up this video cuz I wanted to date how long we’ve been talking about this thing. Dug up this video from 2017 when I was a really shitty speaker back at Toastmasters, I was talking about this thing.
I was awkwardly taught to use my hands when I talk. We’ve been talking about this thing for quite some time and I didn’t really get a policy till much later than this and or it took me a long time to wrap my hands around. So if it’s confusing to you guys, sit back and, we can, we’ll open it up for questions at the end, but you it’s something that I think that it takes a while to understand like a lot of investors understanding the difference between ordinary income and passive income and how passive income can be offset by passive losses.
It’s a simple concept. And I think, we have a lot of engineers in our investor group and sometimes the engineers can over analyze this whole thing, in the banking I’m talking specifically about if that’s maybe taking a step back. It’s really not that difficult, but. It took me a little while to understand this whole thing.
Basically, getting rid of the middle man here we’ll talk a little bit about how big companies use these bank on life insurance, but to me of the main points about using these infinite banking policies is you’re making an interest rate and, , there’s a middle man here by with the bank is how normally it works.
But by using this life insurance policy, you cut out the bank in a way, and you make a little bit of that spread back. . Yeah. One, one of the main benefits is you’re recapturing your earning power or the opportunity costs. Cuz once your funds leave the bank that earning power for that dollar is lost.
Banks, they make their money basically off of how they have deposits come into them, they’re landing the money out. So whenever the money exits the bank it continues to earn funds. Similarly with the life insurance policy, we’re putting funds into the policy, we’re able to access those funds and not still have those dollars in the policy earning and not lose that opportunity to, for that dollar to continue to earn while you’re using that dollar somewhere else.
I’ll do it quickly, so yeah. So what is infinite banking? It truly is a concept of what I was mentioning before about recapturing those losses. You basically are utilizing an asset where you’re able to basically use that dollars, keep it in that asset, but obtain that dollars through alone.
And that there’s multiple ways of doing that. And now you’re able to have your funds work in two different places. So the original asset will be growing. And then the dollars that you access, you can do what you want and you could use it for expenses. You could use it for investing. You could use it for college planning or retirement planning, but that’s the overall concept.
The vehicle of choice that we choose to use for various reasons is dividend paying whole life insurance. And there’s multiple benefits with whole life insurance. And there are other products out there, but whole life specifically, there’s a level premium. So that’s one of the main benefits. The insurance costs and fees are pretty set as at, in regards to the insurance premiums themselves.
There’s guaranteed growth. And it’s right now, tho those ranges around two or 3% guaranteed seems small, but when we’re talking long term wise, this is uninterrupted compounded growth, and that steady growth can then help you plan, for long term. You can be used for multiple things, investing education.
So five, it could, this could replace your five to nine. Your 401k IRA you could use as your own bank to use it for lending instead of car loans, mortgages, and then it also is a safe place to store your capital. That’s where I personally keep my reserves also. There’s of course we’re not designing it for the death benefit, but there is, there is a death benefit component to it that helps with legacy planning or will transfer to different generations.
You are accessing the growth of the policies tax free. There’s no capital gains. There’s no income tax because the way you’re utilizing it is via loans. It follows what you may hear as the buy borrow die strategy, where you’re really purchasing this asset. It grows and you’re borrowing as the asset grows, you’re borrowing from it.
And that way you’re eliminating capital gains along with income taxes. And the policy isn’t designed in a way where you don’t have to pay for your entire life. So traditional whole life you, that you may have, there’s a premium due usually to age 95, 99, or a hundred. We design it where there is a cutoff at some point.
And even though you’re no longer contributing, the policy continues to earn dividends and that dividends then helps to boost up the value of your policy in the form of death benefit along with cash value. So this is a, there’s a handful on this slide. And again I’m gonna go over this in my, in a different way, cuz I think people learn in very different ways.
And although I do think that the most effective way of learning this is talking to somebody who just went through the process with Tyler and it’s fresh in their head and they’re, they’re using the loans or taking loans from themselves, funding the policy and then using it in their whole investment strategy.
Although, we obviously can’t recreate that on a virtual seminar, but that’s why we do the retreats. That’s why I tell people to come out to Napa, come out to Huntsville, meet other investors. So you can talk about, how you’re using this type of stuff. Just speaking from my own personal experience what I do is I, I max fund my policies and I store a cash value in there.
And Tyler mentioned the word asset, right? What’s the asset, right? In this case, I think a lot of people. The way to think about it is, think about it exactly like a HELOC right. You have a house and that was your asset, right? You might be paying it off or you have equity in there, but you use a HELOC to tap that equity, taking loans against that and paying the interest to that loan.
But you can use that loan to a lot of you guys will, who are new or using that HELOC to invest in your first few, several deals, same thing here, except instead of house being the asset is this paper, whole life policy, which is probably one of the most secures pieces of assets out there because the underlying that the asset is backed by these insurance companies that have been paying out dividends since the civil war much more secure than your average bank out there.
But, as Tyler mentioned, there’s a lot of benefits to doing it. I’ll highlight the guaranteed cash value growth. So when, just like how you HELOC your money’s in your asset, which is the house in this case your money is in the asset, which is the whole life policy.
It continues to grow just like the house does. So that’s where that guaranteed cash value comes from. The, and then the tax leave loans and withdrawals, that’s part of how I use it, right? So when my money’s in here, it grows with that. And. At that point, it’s considered tax free per the IRS.
And this is an important thing. We’ll get to later designing the policy. So you don’t go over that minimum threshold. Certainly you don’t wanna overfund it too much, cuz we’ll talk about fees, commissions and try to lower that as much as possible. By having it in this life insurance policy it’s the tax loophole to have this thing grow tax free.
And then when you take withdrawals or you take loans from your policy to go in and invest it or do whatever you need to do with the money. Lot times if you’re smart, you can have that be a business expense and has it have it be tax deductible. But we’ll hammer a lot of this stuff multiple times here.
Other ideas, doctors and high net worth investors like to use this as the asset protection component. And then, I’ve personally cond this with Ivo trust for simplicity of the use. I can talk about that at the end with another use case. But again, lot of stuff here, but basically it’s like a HELOC where you can take loans from it and then pay it back and have this be a constant source of capital.
That’s also grow. But it’s much better than a HELOC for three reasons. First, the banks can pull your HELOC at any point, right? They can freeze credit lines. They can’t do this with your infinite banking. And this is the whole where the whole term comes from family vault and people call this a family vault, but, or being your own bank, you own this policy, this asset is yours. The second big thing on, why this is better than the using your own HELOC you have the asset protection when your money is in under this policy, it’s protected, just like how, a lot of people will think they’re retirement accounts, the 401k are protected from creditors and litigators.
And then, the, my biggest thing, why I don’t like the helos is, they’re great to get started, but you can’t use the HELOC to tap all the equity. A lot of times your banks are gonna play games with you on your appraisals and then lower your loan to value on that loan with the bank.
None of that nonsense games, when you’re doing your own infinite banking policy, you can pretty much always, it’s not like you have, you can’t touch a certain amount of equity in the policy. If you’re using your HELOC now to go into deals. Cool. But eventually what most people will do is they’ll transition the equity into an infinite banking policy for the mentioned reasons.
Real quick. Okay. There, there are some questions being type. So if people have questions yeah. I think we want them, they can type it in during the presentation, we’ll probably cover some of those. And then at the end we’ll make sure to go over all of those. Is that yeah. Yeah. And put it into the question and answer box, cuz it allows us to check it off once we’ve answered it.
But if something is pertaining to the slide we’ll try and get to it for sure. Just all the random questions. Maybe hold to the end, cause we’ll probably answer it like Tyler said. But if you guys have been paying attention, we met, we uttered the words, whole life insurance and typically the whole life insurance is quite the scam.
I’ll be the first one to tell you, right? This is the one where your long loss acquaintance from college or high school, or maybe grade school hits you up on LinkedIn or Facebook or Instagram or for some of the younger people TikTok or whatnot. And they say, you wanna go to lunch and they sell you this like garbage whole life policy that was configured with high amounts of insurance, where is basically where all the commissions and fees come from, which again, what we cranked down to the minimums for you guys in our.
And, it’s just not a very good policy. And this is where Dave Ramsey and those guys say, yeah, just do term life. Whole life is a scam. So I just wanted to just, mention, yes, we are using whole life, but it’s configured in a very different way, but this is actually something that like my spouse got suckered on.
And then, what Tyler can also do is if you have a whole life policy, there are things that you can transfer and he can talk to you about that. But you can dissect current whole life and you can break down what percentage of it was insurance and paid up additions.
And then, most times my spouse’s case, she was, she got taken for one of these, but, she didn’t really the way the financial planning world works. They get a bunch of young salesmen to suck at their friends and family into these types of arrangements. What we did is we just cashed in her policy is what we did, but sometimes it might make sense.
Tyler can work with you guys to exchange it or whatnot. And I’ll say it a little bit differently. I think. Insurance has its purpose. And the purpose of life insurance is to protect your human life value. So I think that there is a purpose there, but as an investment or what we’re doing is totally opposite of that.
We’re utilizing it for the cash value component not the protection part of it. If it is purely the protection part, it is considered could be expensive. I’ll use a gentler word then a scam or something then lane. But yeah, I think it is traditional whole life is expensive.
There is a cheap coverage, which is term, but again, those, rarely ever pay out, but again, it’s there to protect your life or the what ifs. And this is a total different strategy. So that’s where people may get confused if they hear it. And I think we have someone on here or a later slide going over, maybe some of the chatter people may hear about whole life in general.
Yeah. And when I talk to some of you guys have made me talked to your whole life, financial planner, people, and most financial planners or people who make these things, they don’t get it. They don’t get us as investors. What do we want? We want liquidity so we can take the money out and invest it in much better deals.
But these other guys, they say we wanna give you. Higher returns. And we want the bigger death payout, that’s in their head, what they think life insurance should do, but we’re using this, we’re using life insurance. Yes. But really what I’m using it for is to get that tax loop pulse.
So I have to pay my taxes on it and I wanna get the liquidity. I wanna maximize liquidity and I’m willing to give up the death payout and the returns on the policy because it’s small. Anyway, it’s different than 5% to 5.5% returns on this stuff where, what I really want is the liquidity.
So I can go put it in something making 10, 15, 20%. And that’s the idea of a sophisticated investor. And that’s where these other guys, they just don’t get us. How we do things with our money and how we invest it in alternative assets.
Yeah. And this slide just kind of highlights. Lane touched on bank on life insurance. So life insurance, is a asset that a lot of corporations use including banks. So specifically it’s called a bully or bank home life insurance. But if you were to look on the bank’s assets, the list of assets you’ll see life insurance.
I think chat is able to pull this up and you’ll see highlighted down there, life insurance, but. Bank banks clearly understand life insurance, the risks associated with that. And they hold a lot of their assets in that also. That kind of was the proof in the pudding as far as how safe it is.
They’re also willing to lend against that. We’ll touch about a cash value line of credit. So you could take your policy to a bank, not all banks, there’s banks out there that will specifically give you a line of credit based on your cash value. And that to me is similar to a real estate.
They understand the asset and, but unlike real estate or HELOC where, your loan to value is more in the seven or 80% loan to value the banks will lend you 95 to a hundred percent loan to value on your cash value. That kind of says how secure and safe banks consider whole life insurance.
Yeah. It, and again, this goes back to, lot of my discoveries and like what the wealthy do, investing in alternative assets, getting off of wall street and putting their money into these life insurance products. You follow what the wealthy do, and they’re quietly doing something a little bit different as the same goals money talks, but 📍 wealth whispers, you.
Another example is like Walmart, Walmart will buy insurance policies and their top dogs and store it on their balance sheet, as they’re safe semi-liquid stores. What I tell a lot of people is I follow what the wealthy do, but also what the banks and what the big companies do.
And you take a hint from what they’re doing. This is a strategy that they’re employing and if you own a business it’s not a bad way of doing things. So different use cases again.
Yeah. It’s more than just the type of asset. So I think that one of the biggest key factors on the performance or the utilization of the strategy is the policy design. We’re using, we’re independent where we can write with multiple companies. We choose, certain companies, some for their flexibility and then also just how we can design it.
The product is the product. And, most people can utilize and design it the same way we just choose to design it. The most cash value efficient and flexible because that’s what appeals to us as investors. And our design is really caters towards investors because we are investors first and that’s how we want to utilize this strategy.
There’s other designs out there and it has its pros and cons or the different levers. So we, our main focus is cash value and flexibility. Yeah. And this is the portion of the show where Tyler’s gonna spearhead this next few slides, because this is somewhere, this is a time where I realized the strategy and started to employ it myself.
But then I realized how like more technical it gets and that’s where it required a engineer like Tyler to really learn this on behalf of you guys. If you guys look back in the coaching calls, which we keep in the members site, and we arrange everything, everyone from lower net worth to over, accredited beyond, we do, we talk about implementation speed and, maybe you wanna put 200 grand every year in this stuff or 50 grand a year.
You can see some of those examples. We can probably do that at the end. If there’s time here, but. This is some something where I had the self realization that I didn’t have the bandwidth to keep up on this stuff constantly. And, I need to focus on deals and finding, deal relationships out there.
I’ll vouch for Tyler. Tyler gets on flights, he goes to these infinite banking industry mastermind, again, events, and I forced them to do it because, I said, you gotta like really, you gotta get involved in this stuff, just like how I did with this other stuff.
And really transcend your average, keyboard, jockey insurance provider, who just happens to have a license or worse social media influencer. That’s, this stuff is a technical stuff and it needs to be tailor to each person. These are the ways we’ll get into designing the policy the right way.
Yeah. And touched about this In the previous slide, but the, as, in order to maintain the taxable treatment from the, in the IRS’s minds, there are some tax laws and unfortunately, the IRS got involved in the eighties, so they created something called a me limit.
Some people may hear that, or it’s a modified endowment contract, which really prevents pre 1980s people ready to dump in a whole bunch of money into a policy lump sum, very little insurance and really capitalize on the power of insurance. IRS has stepped in, in the eighties, they created a limit basically where it says, Hey, in order for this to the taxable the taxable treatment only will apply if it’s insurance and it, you really need to purchase a certain amount of insurance in relation to the amount that you’re stuffing in.
We maximize, we, we take that to the limit and so we’re able to stuff as much funds into the policy have as much cash value early on with also long-term growth, but with the flexibility while maintaining within those IRS rules and, these rules have changed and tightened over some time.
So that’s. , it, it is, we’ve had to stay on top of things. BA basically in the beginning of 2021 or the end of 2021 was when the new law took into effect also. So they’re changing and updating things, every couple years or so. But that’s where the design is really crucial in order to maximize those things.
Yeah. And this stuff isn’t getting any better. So like the best time to get a policy was yesterday, just like how it was to go into deals, the deals in 2018 kind of cashed out, that’s the best time to do it was yesterday. And it reminds me a lot of like real estate professional status, just like the way lavage changed.
There’s a great tax loophole. If you wanna use that word. guess for the real estate professional status, I think 10 years ago, a lot of what a lot of doctors were doing that were making, 500, $600,000, a million dollars a year was getting a little whimsical rental property.
And then now getting rep status and now using all the passive losses from their deals to drain their income down to, 300 or zero and not pay any taxes. And then the IRS is wait a minute, guys, this doesn’t seem right. So they implemented all these like rules for getting real estate professional status.
It’s the same thing. Tyler mentioned here for the life insurance before you could just write all this stuff off and all the returns would be tax free and, people would put like a dollar, the life insurance, and then the Iris was like, wait a minute, guys, there’s a limit to this. Like you can’t just put $1 and have the whole thing be tax free.
Cuz you can imagine if you guys are like, financial hackers like us, where that goes, put a gazillion dollar policy and put $1 in life insurance, whole thing tax free. So there’s a certain limit to that and where we get into this 90 10, this 10% insurance thing. That’s a little bit more historical context on we always try and stay one step ahead of, the latest, the, where the tax laws are and always be tax compliant.
Of course.
Yeah, so the, that meth limit that is a IRS limit there’s two main, large limits. It’s usually it’s the IRS limit or this meth limit. And the second one is just company limits. So that’s internal limits a company puts on and some constraints they put on. Again the choice of company is almost as important, but as far as the me limit that really, that, that limit is defined by your age, gender along with your health rating status.
So when when you go through the underwriting process, you get approved for a certain amount of death benefit based on your age, gender. And you’re given a health rating and of a better health rating will, will drive your death benefit up a little bit more. So then your me limit will also be slightly higher.
But yeah, the main factor is for a me limit is the amount you wanna stuff into a policy a year. And then the factors are your age, gender and health rating. And then the second limit is basically company limits. There’s various company limit. The big one that we focus on is the paid up additions or POA limitations.
Because the POAs are so beneficial for the cash value companies limit basically how much you can put in per year based in relation usually to your base premium. So that’s the cost and you can think of base premiums. The cost of insurance paid up additions as truly, the cash dump or the cash value addition and internal companies put internal limits as far as how we can design these.
And you might hear three times POAs, five times, POAs, 10 times POAs. The companies we use have 10 times POAs and that’s really beneficial as far as cash value growth. And, I think again, maybe in the back of your head you’re sharing, you know what Dave Ramsey said?
We all know Dave Ramsey, great guy. And I think he does a great job for teaching those, people, most people out there, 90, 95% of people who are in debt don’t make too much money. I think he means well, he’s said whole life insurance is a rip off and it’s cuz we mentioned at the top, it’s all how you configure.
I was watching some YouTube videos of the stuff last night and, trying to see the bad thing about a lot of this financial world is a lot of people, they just don’t really dig into it. And the secret isn’t how you create it and how you structure the whole encompassing strategy, where infinite banking is just one of ’em, this particular YouTube video the caller set mentioned a few things here, which I’ll highlight.
They said the break even point for his policy was year seven. Yeah, when you’re configuring this stuff with higher insurance, which you don’t, which where the commissions and fees come from, you’re gonna have a higher break even point. I don’t know, like some of the last policies you’ve been doing Tyler, but I’m pretty sure it’s a lot less than that.
And then he also mentioned the one thing I will agree with Dave on is he said, and I quote, when you work for the certified financial planners, the CFPs is he called them, they work for the Northwestern mutual guys, he just laughing and he says, those are the guys that just screw people every day.
So it wasn’t me who said it, anybody gets offended and mad at Northwestern mutual, any XYZ mutual company. He that’s what Dave Ramsey said. But again, we’re configuring this a little a lot differently with lot less insurance, which is where the fees and commissions come from. Again, I think this is where most people, and this is what kind of gets me with a lot of things.
Most people will just only read the headlines of videos or news clips. But when you actually read the damn article, the story is very different.
Yeah. And I think Dave Ramsey is also El alluding to that whole life is expensive. And I think traditional whole life, the way it’s designed it is very, it is expensive in relation to possibly O other things out there to protect your life such as term. But again, we’re doing it differently.
And the design, so this slide represents a little insight on as far as the design traditional whole life. So this is a 50 50 split. Traditional whole life would be more, hundred percent premium. So all of that would go to, the death benefit cost a 50, 50 design or 50% is the expense or death benefit or base premium 50% is paid up additions.
That paid up additions as mentioned earlier, really has reduced fees compared to the base premium. So in relation that $500 going to base premium. maybe a few dollars of that will show up as cash value. Whereas for POAs, 500 goes into POAs. There is a fee slight fee in there, but I would say 4 75 will actually show up in cash value.
So much, much drastic change. And that’s why we wanna really minimize our goal is to minimize the base premium and maximize the POAs. The next slide shows a 10 90 split. You may hear a 90, 10, 10 90. I think that’s all the same a lot of times. Some people put the PAA portion first in this slide, it has the base premium.
First I personally call it the 10 90 split where 10% goes to base premium. And a lot of times that is also a company limit. In relation to, the factor, you can put a hundred dollars in as base premium, again, maybe $1 or so of that will show up as cash value and then putting $900 into UAS and your cash value, would be 850 or so not quite 900, but drastically different.
So out pocket from, as the client, it’s the same thousand dollars coin out of your pocket, how it performs or where that money is going. Is very different based on the design. Again, same thousand dollars going out. If it was a traditional whole life, you probably have $0 cash value that 50, 50 you might have about $400 for four 50 cash value.
And then a 10 90 would you’d have, 800 or so cash value. It’s all just purely the design. And then that impacts your cash value portion. Yeah. So some people might say, oh, we’re already doing the infinite banking thing, but they could be in this format where they’re paying five times as much fees and commissions, and they’re getting five times less cash value than they should be getting with this 10 90 split.
Not all policies, still again, it’s do you read the headlines or you actually analyze what’s in the content here and how, or in this case, how it’s designed, right? You may be implementing I B C banking from yourself. But if again, like we, we kind of urge people if you’re already doing this strategy.
Just check out what the split was on the premiums versus the paid up editions. This is typically. What most people will do. Some people in our mastermind group they’ll do 70, 30 or 30, 70 splits. So like like a mix between the 50 50, which I don’t think you ever wanna do that. There’s some other advantages to doing it that way, I’d say, the first thing is like lowering the commissions and fees for you guys, which I’m sure the question comes up.
Like, why the heck would you and Tyler lower the fees and commissions, I guess I have my reasons which is then you put more money into deals and you actually have more money than paying out in fees and you invest more and you tell more of your friends about this type of stuff. But to me, it’s like most of our clients are doing really big policies.
So the commissions and fees are there for us that kind of keeps the lights on, but it’s, I’ve always thought of this as like an added service for our investors in our investor group. Certainly staying away from this 50 50 split. Yeah. And to not get into too much technical detail, but the design also enables a lot of flexibility.
So on a 10 90 split that a hundred dollars, even though your target amount in this case would be a thousand dollars. What you have to put in every year is really only the a hundred dollars that, that additional $900 in this case is flexible and optional. And that’s where, that’s how the design also plays into the flexibility.
So not only the company allows, the insurance company allows you that flexibility, but the design then again, allows you to put in capital as you have it, throughout the policy year versus having to save up and have that thousand dollars or in the 50, 50 design case $500, available on your premium anniversary.
That’s a, that also plays a big factor. For me personally, just having my, since I have most of my capital working, I don’t wanna sit around and, bank up the large payment and have that only be able to put in once a year. I like to spread it out over the year and dump it in.
We had a question here from Hillary. Does the me limit include the amount of premiums you pay a year or is the me limit the amount of additional PUA you can add to the policy? Yeah. Good question. Yeah, it’s it is a cumulative amount. So that me limit is the total amount of funds you can dump into your policy.
So that would include your, the premiums for that year.
So one unique way, a lot, some people, he struggle to hear how the PWAs really added add value to the policy. We came up with this scenario where it’s similar to a house cause most of us are investors. So think of the base premium as your debt servicing on your mortgage, right?
You’re, it’s something you have to pay in order to keep that asset yours very little value added if we’re talking the debt servicing portion of your mortgage, but that’s what you have to pay paid up. Additions would be more like if you were to do a renovation to your house, there’s some expenses to it.
But a lot of times it increases the value of her house, to the more than what are equal to, or more than what you put in as far as repairs. So paid up additions would be similar, like a renovation blue seeing the value of that house, which later then you have you, you boosted up your equity.
So you can have access to that. Or when you sell that you make more of a profit base premium equals the debt, servicing on a mortgage, very something you have to pay very little value add to, to, to the asset. And we had a question from Luke here. So if you take a loan against your infinite banking policy, as it grows, can the growth pay back to the loan?
Yeah. So paying back the loan, you can, you, you could either pay that out of pocket or as you mentioned the policy grows, it’ll just, it’ll take it from the cash value component or, it’ll take it from your policy to pay that debt servicing if you didn’t pay it that year. Yeah. So I guess the kind of the similar thing is again, think about it like a HELOC right.
You can take loans from your HELOC. But I think where a lot of people, they get it mixed up or they have this false sense of needing to pay off that debt. And we get this question a lot, right? I have a hundred
thousand dollars, I took a hundred thousand dollars outta my HELOC to go into this deal.
I’m paying 5%, I think what is that $5,000 a year on that? And they think most of us on the call today, we all pay off our credit card, we pay off our debts, but it’s not like you have to really pay it off. Just like your Helo, right? Yes you do. But then again, if you’re making 10, 15, 20% on this.
Then just let that 5% roll. And that’s what the big companies do. That’s what businesses do. If they’re making money somewhere else where it’s just an arbitrage game and in a HELOC, that’s where you would just let that line of credit revolve and in, in an infinite banking, same situation there.
And answer Luke’s question, just like in the HELOC you’re taking a policy, your HELOC loan from it. Your house is gonna continue go up in value the asset and in this infinite banking world, same thing same kind of phenomenon is happening. But again, like the HELOC is cool, cuz it gets people started and it’s easy to tap that equity.
But at some point you draw the limits of that policy because the banks always play these BS games, which you guys on sandbagging you on the appraisals and giving you worse loan, the values, especially if you’re here in Hawaii, you get these teaser rates and then goes up after that. And then the banks can always pull your helos on you where the infinite banking it’s yours, that’s why the term comes banking from yourself. But you also get the added asset protection, the being life insurance, which you don’t really get with the, he. If you’re one of those high income earners or like a high liability profession, like a doctor, that kind of means a lot to you guys.
All right. Yeah. And I do see a lot of questions about the policy loans. So I’ll try to cover that on this slide, but the, there, there is a way of, so how you access the cash value is through a loan and we’ll touch a policy loan. And then we’ll briefly touch what a cash value line of credit.
So those are the two main ways. So a policy loan, literally there’s no what you’re putting up as collateral is really your death benefit. So going through a policy loan the insurance company knows that you have the death benefit. They know at some point you will die. So what they’re doing is they’re, collateralizing your death benefit.
So your death benefit overall stays the same, but your net death benefit which would mean if you pass away, if you had any outstanding loans the outstanding loan will get subtracted from your death benefit, and then the net death, the net would get transferred to your beneficiary.
There’s really no approval process. As long as you have that cash value in your policy. It’s usually about a two business day process where you go online and you request it. California residents, they do need to print it out, what, sign it and email it in. So it’s a little bit more difficult, but again, very simple same time turnaround as, as far as two business days.
But in, in some companies and they show it slightly different cash value. Norm technically stays the same. Your net cash value may go down or in this case, your available cash value. But for one, for one company we use a lot is guardian. So on guardian, whenever you take a loan out on the portal, you’ll see your cash value actually just remain the same, your net your death benefit.
You’ll see, go down because that’s your net death benefit in regards to how much that can you access. So we like to tell people, if you see your cash value, you can access 95% of that via policy loan. The company, the, your basically paying up front, the ins interest owed till your next policy anniversary date.
So they’re precalculating that based on your loan size. And then they’re holding some reserves to cover that, that one year of debt servicing. You don’t have access to a hundred percent of your cash value especially if you’re doing it early on in your policy or as you get closer to your next anniversary because there’s less.
Reserve required you’ll have access to greater than 95%. But we just use that as a guideline 95% of your cash value. There is another question from Dave about, what happens in the end if you keep if you only ended up with a 10% year after year, because you keep kept on pulling out, but basically 90% of the loan.
When you do take a policy loan, similar to a HELOC versus on a house, the policy continues to grow the whole amount. Once you put your funds in there, it continues to grow that the growth rate might be slightly affected based on the company. And if it’s direct or non-direct recognition, but the policy continues to grow similar to your house.
The, your house continues to grow, whether you have a mortgage or HELOC out on in, and that helps to offset the debt servicing costs. But the main benefit for us as investors accessing the funds is, we’re gonna go put it into a asset or an investment. And a lot of times the, that asset cash flows is what helps to pit on that debt servicing while your policy as a whole continues to grow.
Yeah. And. And, it is sometimes conceptually hard to see that. Get with us, we can do what we call illustrations, where we simulate, Hey, what if I take a loan out every year and either not pay the interest or pay the interest out of pocket or have the policy pay the interest. But we can show the illustrations to project and see, Hey, how will this perform?
What if scenarios or, just for planning purposes. Yeah. And that’s all, I’ll tell you, go talk to Tyler about that stuff. Like the direct recognition. I still don’t understand that stuff. And I think that’s where you partner with Tyler and then, he’s the guy you call when you have those kinds of questions or, if you did pass away, that sad event where you’re worth more to your spouse, then you are, cuz that’s pay out somebody to call, who’s a real life person. Who’s your in between the big life insurance company. I think that’s the value that Tyler provides, but getting a little bit more and we’re illustrating what this whole policy, what this infinite banking thing.
This is a screenshot of a video I did for folks. And a lot of this is in the e-course did you guys go to. Members that simple passive cash flow.com. You guys should have all access to the eCourse, which goes into a lot more in depth that what we talked about, what we’re talking about today, but there’s this video in here where I’m balancing, you can get multiple policies, you can layer them on top of each other, which is a strategy that I recommend.
So you implement at different speeds, but this is a little tracker sheet that I personally made to keep track of. Here I have little policies, right? Where they’re from. The CV is cash value, right? This is how much I money to tap into. And then I might have some loans out at a certain percentage.
So this is my little dashboard just a simple spreadsheet of how one might keep track of this stuff. And then, your future payments that you’ve gotta make in the future. We’ll get into this a little bit later, but like when you configure this with a 90, 10 split only have to do 10% of the commitment money.
And this is the game changer folks, right? If it was 50% then, so you got to put in five times as much money. So if money gets short and you don’t have to really fund this, the policy can won’t collapse or cave in like a black hole. Especially when you could figure what that 90 10, like how we.
But, I use this to keep track of my, 20, 22, 20 23 premiums and PUA paid up additions. That’s what that means here. But the way I’m using this as an investor, this is more, the practical usage of this thing is all right. I’m going into deals, right? I’m gonna put a hundred grand in this deal, a hundred grand in that deal.
And I’m looking for more deals based on here. I’ve got several hundred thousand dollars to tap for some deals, or maybe I wanna put in some hard money and then maybe I get the hard money back and I gotta replenish my infinite banking so I can keep making my return there. This is how one might use this.
This the end game of probably using this product. And, for a lot of people getting a million or $2 million in here and just socking it away might be a good end game strategy. But it’s just really nice to know that you have a large sum cash that you can get at an emerging, especially for you business owners.
This is where I keep a lot of my cash stores. So when deals, if a deal were to struggle, I pull out a big sum of money and put it in there because I’m, I’m not gonna have a capital call. I’m gonna make every like personal thing I can do to make, prevent that from happening for you guys.
But this is where the money is coming from. it’s coming from my infinite banking. So I’ll just call up. Actually I’m old still. So I call up the insurance company and do my loans whenever I want to. But as Tyler said, you can just get on your computer dashboard and have it direct deposited.
One funny thing that I learned is if you, at some point you start to get policies and your spouse, cuz if you’re married to a female, they typically live longer. So the pricing is a little bit better for them, but it gave me a hard time. can I get a policy loan from my spouse’s policy?
Probably because 50% of people get divorced and they maybe they raid their spouse’s in front of banking policy. That’s just opening up the whole idea of not only getting the policies on you, but your spouse. And so people will also get on their kids too. But there’s a lot more of this content in the e-course and then when you become a client additional material gets unlocked, but we wanted to keep that separate from you guys coming in.
It’s not in your guys’ portals now, but we thought it might just confuse people, but there’s a lot of these other techniques that people, in the film are doing and investors that, really comes alive when you start to come to the retreat and you start to mix it up with other accredited investors.
These guys come with all kinds of stuff. Yeah. And one thing we didn’t highlight, so policy loans you are totally in control of that. There’s no monthly statement that comes in says, Hey, you owe this much interest that is truly up to you. As far as if for when you pay that back.
We always recommend paying the debt servicing what happens is, we, they, precalculate the debt of interest owed up to your policy anniversary date. If you don’t make that interest payment, the interest will then get tapped onto your loan principle at the, on your policy anniversary. So prior to that, it’s calculated simple interest.
We like to keep it simple interest. So we pay the debt servicing prior to your policy anniversary date while your policy continues to grow compounding. So that’s also some of the magic there. Yeah. I personally don’t really, I try and keep it stupid for myself or keep it simple, stupid for myself, the kiss format.
I just, once you get past the first year, you’ve paid your 10%, which is all you really need to fund this thing without it collapsing your caving in which is again, why the 10% insurance Is a game changer compared to how most people will configure this with 30% or 50% where you have to put a lot more of money into it.
So it doesn’t collapse. So I don’t really freak out whether it’s, I’m not paying I’m Def like, like Tyler said, like I don’t really pay the policies down unless I don’t have the money and I don’t really worry about, paying off the interest. I just let the cash value pay it automatically.
So I don’t really, I don’t really worry about it, but that’s just how I use my I C everybody’s a little bit different. This is an example of, you have a hundred thousand dollars cash value. What you have available for a loan would be about 95% of that. But in this sense we’re taking a lower loan to value.
So 60,000 simple interest loan, when you take that 60,000 loan, the a hundred thousand continues to earn, and, there’s various dividend rates. And whenever you hear any company announced their dividend rate, that’s a gross dividend rate. What historically what we’re seeing is about four or 5% IRR.
In this lower interest environment, we might see more three and a half to four and a half percent IRR. But in this case I think it’s illustrated showing a 4% IRR. So that hundred thousand dollars policy would grow by about 4,000 that’s $60,000 loan. You have four or five five 6% loan. And again, that’s te technically on the higher side would be $3,000 in debt servicing.
You can, you’re able to take that 60,000 then invested in a asset that asset, even if it’s 6% cash flowing asset cash flows 3,600 a year, that by itself would be enough to pay for the debt servicing. So you have some positive cash flow from the asset, along with the policy still growing. And that’s the beauty combined, it’s better off than just doing one of the assets by itself.
And I wanna emphasize, we were talking a lot about the design and the whole life product. That’s just one aspect, right? The whole banking system is the flow of money. So it really is accessing that cash value to have it work outside of the policy also. So that in, at the end, you have your policy grow.
But you also have assets outside of the policy growing. So your net worth is combined is better than just putting it in the policy and just leaving there that still grows and works, but the true magic is accessing it and growing outside of the policy. So just wanna really highlight that cause that’s where a lot of people, are either debt, aver.
They don’t want to take on any debt, if you take on good strategic debt, then you can really maximize your growth. And that’s what this strategy really helps you to do. Yeah. And this is where most of the life insurance guys don’t really get it, they’re like don’t, you wanna make a higher, I can give you a higher return in this policy than the four, 5%.
But we give up the liquidity and as investors, we want liquidity. So we can take that liquidity and go invest it in an apartment deal or a fixed and Flatt or some other maybe venture capital, right? Whatever you guys like to do. Personally, I like to go put my money in stabilize real estate that I could make maybe a 15% return.
And there’s that Delta, right? 15 minus the 5% that I pay, that’s that Delta and that’s an arbitrage game, but I’m still having my underlying asset, which is the life insurance policy. Grow. So it’s there’s that this is the, where the whole idea of where you’re making money in two places or money is growing in two places.
Yeah. And I, or, sorry the other thing too is, you may hear people call it the, an asset or the dual asset. Cause it truly is that it’s not a, or a lot of people when they’re, when they talk to us, they’re saying I’m trying to do this deal. So I don’t have the funds to do a policy.
It really is a, it’s a compliment to each other. So you could do both, right? Granted you’re gonna lose some liquidity or one, but in the long run that’ll pay off. But it shouldn’t be looked at, you have to do one or the other, it really should be looked at, you can do both. So you would put the funds into the policy first and then access those funds to do the deal.
And the first year is obviously where all the expenses or most of the expenses are taken out of. And that’s where you’re gonna feel the biggest hit, but we’re able to design and tweak some things. So even from year two, definitely at year three, most people will see it as truly a deposit. So when they put that a hundred thousand into their policy, that would have access to a hundred thousand.
Year three, year four and even more as the policy ages. So that’s where, I mean takes some time to really see that benefit, but like any, anything, you need to capitalize it for a little while and then it’ll pay off in, in the long run. And in, in this case, we’re talking you’ll two to three years and then you’ll see the great benefits, down further down the line.
Yeah. And maybe it clicked for you at that point, you’re making money in two places and, so what some people will do, over a million dollar net worth, maybe they have a lot of money in their home equity, even half a million, that’s where maybe they might wanna do 200, $250,000 a year.
And then you can do strategies, maybe get with Tyler, like depending on where your birthday is, this is what I did to kickstart my per mine is I doubled up, like I was able to, back fund for the previous year and then the next year, all right away. So I could fund it, put my liquidity in there and then the next day, get it into the next several deals that came up.
That’s really what we’re talking about. That’s the strategy where we’re coning it with investing in real estate or other business furniture.
Alright. Just some, there was a lot of questions on policy loan rates. Again, this is, as there’s a lot of fluctuation, but for policy loan rates and if it’s fixed and it varies from company to company. And I’ll say guardian is one of the main companies we use. Guardian is a fixed interest rate.
What you’ll feel is a 4.76. So that could be that will be the fixed interest rate for the life of the policy. If it’s variable, then that, that variable interest rate is usually tied to the moody, triple a bond index, the corporate bond index rate. There usually is a floor. So a lot of companies now have a floor of 3% around.
But then that’ll it can vary. And what the company will do is they’ll announce it every year, what their variable rate is. And it’ll, it can’t fluctuate more than half a percent per year. So even though like right now, the interest rate shot. A lot of the variable interest rate company or for the companies that have variable interest rates, they’re only increasing it half a percent a year.
It has no limit on how much it drops. For me personally, I like the fixed rate because we’re utilizing the strategy for long term planning for the stability. I just I like that. I wouldn’t wanna have a variable and the unknowns down the line, but there are those options.
Now we’re not gonna go too much into this strategy, but this is just a, like a preview of, the different advanced strategies that some of our members will do with our policies. As Tyler mentioned, you can get a loan from your life insurance company, and that’s the easy way.
That’s what I do. It’s the easiest thing to call them up or, get a policy loan from them at their, what about 5% rate. But, as most of our financial hackers in our group, they always like to optimize things and they found that they can go to these third party banks that will give them loans on the cash value in their life insurance policy.
Around like the three and a half, 4% range. So they’re making an additional 1% doesn’t sound like a lot, but, they could be saving maybe 20% in interest. Of course like the bigger the policy. And this is what I tell my guys. It’s man, you guys to spend a lot of time on these trade line things, these little things that kind of, moved, it’s moved the needle slightly, but then again, thinking back to when, I was just barely in a greater investor, like this wealth building, journey, it’s all about a game of inches, like kinda like football, those are the things that are gonna get you that momentum forward and eventually push you to that hockey stick of growth where maybe I’m in that stage personally.
And I don’t really, I value my time more than money, if you’re somebody who’s still growing your net worth, these are the kinds of strategies that you could employ by even by getting a lower rate on your loans to increase that Delta between what you invested in and get and what you’re paying your policy loans at.
But again, a lot of this stuff will be in the E course unlock for clients. All right. This is just an example of a typical policy we would do. This is for a 50 year old male with a preferred non tobacco health rating, which is, or, sorry, this actually is a 45 year old male at a preferred non tobacco health rating. The guardian is, we are independent.
We mainly write for mass mutual and guardian. Most of the policies write for investors and including myself is with guardian and that’s because they offer the greatest P wave flexibility. So this specific design is a 50,000 target amount and a funding duration of seven years with this specific design and product the kind of the sweet spot would be between five and 15 years or so of funding duration.
And there’s various reasons why people would choose shorter funding period or longer funding period that, we would go over their goals during a call in this case. It’s a seven year funding period looking on the left of the annual premium breakdown. So this is where that $50,000 target amount, the base premium is really only 45, 46.
So that is what we would call the cost of insurance. Commissions are based off of that. So by shrinking down that number to the smallest we can, and this is basically the smallest number we can based on the 50,000, this is a company limit. That we we’re shrinking that down. We’re really shrinking down the expenses and commissions, therefore, really boosting up the cash value to you as a client, but that 45 46 buys a certain amount of whole life.
That’s $190,000 of whole life death benefit, but in order to stay within that me limits and the IRS limits that $50,000 target amount, you need $985,000 of death benefit. So because you only have 190 of whole life, the cheapest way to boost your death benefit up to that amount is the use of one year term.
So you’ll see this other number $478 and 86 cents. That’s the paid up additions rider scheduled. So that’s so that you can add UAS to the policy, but embedded in there is this $402 and 14 cents of O I T. And that’s one year term. So that one year term is buying an additional, $794,000. So combining that with the whole life death benefit, that’s how you’re getting up to that required death benefit and then allows you to stuff in 50,000 total.
So what would be due on your premium anniversary date or initially to put this in is the sum of 45 46. 478. So that’s, $5,025 is basically an or about 10% is what would be due. And that’s basically all ex insurance expenses and costs, but then that 44,975 that’s paid up additions, unscheduled. So that’s the cash dump.
That’s the flexible portion that you can put in as you please throughout the year. Now there’s a question out there. What if you don’t max fund it that year or the flexibility of it, especially with guardian, not only within the year, you can dump money in as you please up to your target amount or your me limit.
If you don’t reach that amount the remaining amount will roll over to the next year. So say 50,000 year one you dumped in 50,000 year two, you only dumped in 10,000, that extra 40,000 of space will roll over to year three. So year three, you would be able to catch up that missed 40,000. So you could dump in 40,000 in addition to the 50,000.
So you could then catch up a whole 90,000 in year three and make that policy whole. So you don’t really lose the ability to dump your POAs in as long as it’s within your funding duration. So within that seven years, as long as you make your catch up payments within that seven years, then you can do that as you please outside of that seven years guardian in this case, and all insurance companies will require you to go through additional underwriting to qualify again that, Hey, why are you dumping in this large amount?
It did some health. Did you get some health scare or something happen that you’re dumping a lot of this money into your policy? So that’s where the funding duration can come into play. And that’s why, longer funding durations allow greater flexibility. It does require more insurance products.
So there is slightly more expenses, but that’s where we, on our call, we can model out different scenarios. So you can see what best fits for you. Some of the key things that we, the metrics that we like to look at is how much cash value do you have early on and this design maximizes that cash value.
So you look at that column, the net cash value. So dumping in 50,000, year one, you would have $41,735 of cash value. That’s about, little over 83%. So when people ask us, what is the expense of, what is the cost of starting this policy? That is one cost. What I like to tell people you’re gonna lose about 20% liquidity, in year one.
You’re 50,000 you’ll have access to about 40,000 via policy loan. However, in year two, if you’re to dump in 50,000 you’ll see the cash value go up at the end of the year by about 49,000 and change. So still some hit, but way less of a hit as most of the expenses are front loaded.
And then you’re three, if you’re to dump in 50,000, that’s where a lot of people have that shift in mentality from, Hey, this is an expense or premium. I have to pay to more, truly a deposit where they’re putting in 50,000, what shows up in cash value is 50,000. And then every year after that, it just gets more and more, so that’s where also, the funding we can play around with the funding duration because in the later years, including myself, we start looking forward to when can I dump in more cash, more funds into the policy and boost up the cash value even more , that’s that one metric of cash value, then the break even point is another one.
So the break even point in the sense of the amount of cash value you have versus your total outlet when does that break even, and in this case is breaking even between years five and six. So you’ll see, at year five at the, you put in 250,000, you have 249,934. Again, these are projections based on the current dividend rate.
This is assuming, 5.65 gross dividend rate is what this illustration assumes. That dividend rate is not guaranteed. Dividends are pretty likely to happen. As lane mentioned, guardian specifically has been around for 162 years. They’ve paid a dividend for 162 years through, consistently the amount of dividends have fluctuated.
We are historically in a low interest and dividend environment, 5.65. But and we would expect it to possibly remain low interest rates are increasing. So possibly, we’ll see a rise in dividend rates, but this illustration assumes 5.65 gross dividend rate. Every year, there are some tweaks we can do with the design, that possibly pulls that a year ahead.
So breaking even maybe between years four and five, even that liquidity as far as 83% year one, there’s, it there’s some tweaks we could do based on your situation that maybe we can get that as high as 87, maybe 88% liquidity in year one. If you have capital available and able to jumpstart the policy, basically the, so my understanding of this sheet of numbers, and this is the, this is what’s called an illustration.
So this is what Tyler when you guys meet and you guys get illustration, this is what pops up and is given. I don’t really understand all these numbers, but I personally look at is, the net cash value as a percentage to what you put in, like Tyler said, you, when you configure like how we do, typically you’re running away with something better.
You’re losing less than 20% your first year. I know. My first policy I did who, who was taking a lot more in commissions before I found Tyler it was like, Double that or double the loss basically. That’s your little quick tip on comparing these policies. And then, another good exercise is that, it might be a loss of 20% here the first year, but then you start to recruit it by year three.
It might be half of that. 90, 92% is what you get. But then, like Tyler said, like the break even point is always a quick way to compare policies and ultimately how much fees cuz these life insurance policies, they’re commodities at the end of the day, they’re all underwritten and done by the same top tier companies.
Now I’ll mention there are other, some like lower tier companies that you wouldn’t even wanna mess with. In my opinion, you might get a little bit better, but I just don’t think it’s worth it when you know, the whole purpose of you doing this is security and asurity that’s that net cash value.
That’s how you evaluate the break even point. And again like that, most people doing these policies it’ll break even at year seven, you’re eight at best, but obviously, when you ran this number little after your five. Yeah. And you’ll see on that left the premiums go to zero.
So from year eight on, when we’re designing this for a seven year funding, you, we ex you’d exercise the option where at year eight, you’re converting this pre the policy to a paid up policy. So by, by doing so, no more premiums are due. That’s the good thing. The bad thing is then you can’t contribute, you can’t stuff in any more funds or POAs also.
Again the that’s where we can play around with the funding duration. Some knocks on the, this 10 90 design is that, Hey, we wanna fund this for long term. That’s where maybe we would choose a different company that has a different flexibility, but again you’ll be giving up some of that year to year.
Flexibility that guardian specifically is to me the benefit of that is not having to dump in 50,000 on your policy anniversary date, every year you have that flexibility throughout the year. It rolls over and things of that sort as lane mentioned other companies, and I think we cover that maybe in a later slides are all companies the same.
And we, I can go over some of the basic differences there. Did you get a next question? I think that was it right? Yeah. So we are independent. I would say ma the majority of the companies we use majority of the policies you write is for mass mutual or guardian.
Mass mutual has a different flexibility and that’s in the funding duration, but that’s where that the, that company the P way of flexibility is not as great. So the funding duration, they have a lot of flexibility in that. So we don’t have to necessarily determine the funding duration up front.
Whereas with guardian, we’re saying, Hey, this is a seven year design or a 10 or a 15 year design with mass. You don’t have to set that. It could be a five year design, or it could be a 30 year design. However, it’s best suited that you have that 50,000 it’ll dump in every year on that policy anniversary date.
So not too conducive for investors in the sense where most of our capital, we don’t wanna have it tied up and building up and have to put in 50,000 on that, on, within a few weeks, every year early. So you can’t contribute, but that’s another option with mass mutual. Yeah. And just Tyler says, uses the word flexibility.
The way I look at that word is I have three policies, emeritus, pan, and guardian. So what I don’t like about my emeritus is exactly what Tyler’s talking about, which is the the flexibility. I gotta like fund that thing every single year or something like that on the policy. And I think at Penn, I have to do it every other year.
I’m probably butchering this, that’s what it means by flexibility. Whereas guardian, I don’t really have to do that. Tyler tell me, yeah, 10% like this design it’s the 5,000 a year is what you’ll be putting in for a $50,000 design. And the 45,000 is truly flexible and you won’t lose the ability to put in that 45,000 if say you skip two or three years it’ll just bank up and then you’ll be able to make that catch up at the very end.
Yeah. And going over Annette’s other question in this illustration is the policy paid up after seven years and no more premiums need to be put in. I can already tell Annette’s already doing something like this, like this is the, I think this is the downside of the 90 10 arrangement because the 90 10 is great for new people, stuffing a whole bunch of money in here, right?
There’s a deal. You’ve got two, 300 grand, you just throw it into the policy and then you take 180 200 grand and put it into the next deal. That’s ideally what, the 90 10 it’s kinda like the launch pad, the quick start plan. But what I, what I tell most folks is yeah, do the 90 10 get started, get. A hundred, few hundred thousand dollars of cash value loaded up in there and just get that. You might take the money out the next day and put it into deals and that’s great. That’s exactly what you should be doing, in the long run, as in, that’s looting to shoot, as you near end game, right?
And it’s not necessarily how old you are to me, it’s where your net worth is when your net worth starts to go around four, 5 million net worth or even two and a half. If you guys are more frugal out there, you start to be seeing this infinite banking policies as end game for you to where you can make 5% tax free with very little to no volatility.
Then you’re maybe looking for more of a long term place to just store money as deals, cash out. You don’t go into more deals. You just put it into your life insurance and have it grow under your umbrella. That’s I think where, some of the members who are already in that end game stage might be one to that 70, 30 split. Is that right? Tyler? That’s my understanding of it. Yeah. I’m a strong believer in the 10 90 for all situations. I outlet. There’s some questions on here about so main mentioned, there are no deals. In life insurance. That is a very true statement. I know we’re talking a lot about the different companies, maybe different products.
The statement, there are no deals in life insurance is. Yeah. If you look across the board through all the strong mutual companies the product themselves, I think will vary very little in actual performance. Now, illustrations is one thing, actual performance, historically, I think and we’re talking the four mutual, large mutual companies, which is like New York life, Northwestern, guardian, mass mutual, all of those have all fluctuated basically would be performed the same way in, in actual performance.
What I feel is the differences with the companies is some of the nuances, it might be the PWA flexibility or the funding duration, flexibility the portal use, the ability to just go in and do things online on the portal the ease of the portal I’ll throw Penn mutual in there also, cause I think that’s an up and coming company that has been you know, making a strong move historically though that the, the The actual performance hasn’t and there’s not a lot of transparency there from the company itself.
I think they are performing icy. So I think that’s one other company that may get added as far as a very strong mutual insurance company in the future. Some of the trade offs with the, do the 10 90 split or the 90 10 split for me the one downside is that for the way we’re doing it with guardian is the funding duration limitation.
This maxes out because you priest premium is so small there’s a racial on the amount of death benefit you can get towards this 45 46, or really in this case, 190,000 of death benefit. So I can’t, we can’t push the death benefit, say to two mil based off of this 190,000 of whole life death benefits.
So it ma it, it limits that part where you can’t do this, you’d start have to paying a little bit more premiums but it also limits you on, 15 years, 16 years max, maybe for 50,000 design that you would wanna fund this towards now, I personally view, 16, 15 or 16 years as a pretty long funding period.
The true IBC practitioners or Nelson Nash, you’ll hear that you wanna fund this thing forever. I personally feel well you would open up additional policies. As long as you have, you are insurable. If you’re not insurable someone within your family or within your business, you would have an insurable interest for.
So that’s the one major downside you may hear on the downside is the dividends are less because it gets, PUA gets treated different than base premiums and so forth. But from all of the case studies we’ve seen is that overall, even though your dividends may be less, your overall cash value is more.
And that’s really what we care about is the cash value component of it, of the way we’re designing it. We haven’t been able to find one where overall performance, as far as cash value wise is impacted versus say a 30, 70, or a 40 60 design. Because even though on those other designs, the dividends are higher.
The overall net cash value is AC is still less because of the added expenses built in there. Yeah. And I think we’re getting out the scope of the infinite banking today. I think a lot of the people are, that question is alluding to what do I do an end game in my opinion, end game, like IOLs and these putting a whole bunch of money in here, like we’re talking over a few million dollars in life.
Insurance is a little overkill to me. Yeah, you might not be in value, add real estate, but you’re at least in like triple nets and you’re still in real estate. And that’s why the way for most of the people listening here, you guys are sophisticated investors. You guys aren’t like the average, Joe, just throwing a whole bunch of money in life insurance in end game, you’re still making, doing better than 5% if you want 5% cool. If all you need is a hundred thousand dollars, a passive income a year. Cool. But I think most of us in a retirement and end game, we all want, $20,000 of cash flow every month. You’re getting a lot of money in life insurance.
So that’s why I, like with Tyler this kind of goes into more end game financial planning, this is maybe we’ll answer questions at the end of this, to me there’s other investment options other than what we’re talking about for.
That lower risk, lower return, like I said, triple nets, maybe going back into the traditional investment market. The kind of we gotta get through some of these last slides here whole life versus term life term life, the reason for that is to protect you against somebody prematurely dying, whether you it’s, your spouse and your family is left out.
That’s the purpose of term life. And I think everybody should have that at least to cover, at least a million or $2 million. But that’s cheap typically. And a lot of times that’s, in your employment, your employer will cover some portion of that already. So I think that’s two separate things, right?
Again, we’re just using this whole life product to get this infinite banking, building this asset, making money in two places at one time. But when you start to fund larger policies like a hundred grand a year, $250,000 a year, it’s a byproduct of the term life. So a lot of the clients just turn off their term life because they already have it at this point.
And then a, quick discussion on IOLs iOS is like the third portion here we don’t use. IOLs are typically for higher returns, but you give up the liquidity. And typically I would be careful everybody, anybody selling IOLs, they’re typically very high commission products and the it’s a very multi-level marketing kind of a program.
What I’ve seen out there, they get you to, they get everybody to sign up for these Training programs where you can sell life insurance to your friends and families and suckers. And, I would just stay away from the IUL. There is a certain tool for it in the end game, if you just wanted to make 6%, but to me, for the people listening to this webinar today, you guys can do better than that.
IUL is investing for the clueless, for it’s like when, you build up four, five, $10 million plus in your kids and your kids’ kids to take over that money. That’s what they invest in because they don’t have a clue. They don’t have a network of what to invest in.
So that’s, to me what the IUL tool is for, but Maybe Tyler, can you go over like the mutual insurance company, stock insurance company differences real quick. Sure. And I’ll just add a little bit about the IUL. I actually bought IUL. That was my very first policy. That’s what sent me down also this rabbit hole of researching because it didn’t really perform to what I wanted to do now, again, with IUL similar to whole life, there’s a lot of design features in there.
So it probably wasn’t the most or best design, but why I personally don’t like IOLs is the underlying product of IUL is term life is renewable term. Unlike the guarantees of whole life where, it’s a set premium those expenses can be managed with renewable term. Basically you’re buying a new insurance product every year.
And although the numbers and the returns may look great as you’re young, similar with like level term is cheap. When you’re younger, It’s ridiculous when you’re older. If in your seventies or eighties, if you’re having that premium renew every year that’s a large expense and a very unknown cost that I’m not personally willing to utilize this strategy for.
That’s my take on IOLs. There is a question. Can you convert it into an I B C there is something where with all insurance, you can do a 10 35 where you take the cash value of one policy, turn it into another PO or roll it into another policy. Sometimes that makes sense.
Not, I wouldn’t say it, blanketly, it, it always makes sense, but there’s times when we don’t recommend it, or we’re just trying to, would recommend people how to maximize what they already have and not roll it over because there are some expenses, you’re starting over, but there is something called a 10 35 where you’re rolling over the cash value to a new policy.
Are all companies the same? We touched a briefed on this, but what we particularly choose and what we recommend is a mutual insurance company. And, the mutual part is key because that’s where you, as a policy holder are basically owners of the company. There’s no stockholders or anything.
A stock insurance company say Prudential has stockholders. So their vested interests maybe split, right? It’s not purely about the policy holders. They have stockholders that they have to appease as a mutual insurance company with and participating mutual insurance company.
That’s where the company profits are returned to you in the form of dividends. So that’s where, you’ll be receiving dividends from the mutual insurance company. We like, the, we like to play with the large ones. Lane mentioned, there are some smaller ones, some of those limits that we talked about, maybe a lot.
Less restrictive on some of these smaller companies. There’s usually a reason for that, that they wanna, they’re trying to build up, they wanna attract people. So maybe that 10 times P limit maybe 15 or so, or it may be, you could do like a 90 or 5 95 split on a policy. But there’s high risk.
I think with, smaller companies, the unproven track records. I don’t, I wouldn’t wanna utilize a long term strategy with some of the smaller companies. That, that’s where again the strategy is more for stability and for long term planning and I prefer to use proven large companies.
Yeah. And trust me guys, I get approach of all kinds of stuff these days. And like insurance companies show Puerto Rico that supposedly can get you around some tax things and all that type of stuff. Like to me, like you’re not like this infinite banking thing is what, like everybody should do. Everybody should be flowing your money through your infinite policy.
So you can be growing that asset there and then taking out in an invest it right. And make way more money there. That’s the one, two step program to make a little bit more on the, on this banking side. Taking on a lot more risks is just not worth it guys like that’s, I don’t know. I don’t, I just don’t think that’s Wises.
Yeah. And this is another question we get asked a lot. Is, am I too old to, to start this? Or would this strategy benefit me? I’ve had, I have some 60 year old clients 70 year old, maybe pushing it, but again, we can we can run some scenarios and see if it makes sense. The, again, because we’re using insurance, I think the largest determining factor would be being able to qualify.
The age itself, isn’t really the factor. It’s health conditions. Even whether you’re 70 or 40, the health conditions usually is the factor on being able to utilize a strategy, if it makes sense. The biggest thing, a 20 year old versus a 60 year old, if you look at the illustration the biggest difference you’ll see is the amount of death benefit.
So say for that 40 thou $50,000 policy, it’s around $900,000 of death benefit for a 20 year old, it might be like 1.3 mil for a 60 year old. It might be 500,000 for that same $50,000 target. So that’s one obvious difference. Again, we’re not designing it for the death benefit, but that’s one obvious difference as far as the cash value performance.
Surprisingly, it’ll be pretty similar between the different ages. The biggest difference is when you look further down, because this is a long term strategy where, you know, compounding really is impacted later down the year or down the line a 20 year old has theoretically about 60 plus years of compounding a 60 year old or a 70 year old may only have 20 or 10 years of compounding.
And it’s on that back end when you really see these huge gains. So early on it’ll probably perform the same. It might, instead of breaking, even between years five and six, it might break even between years, six and seven for someone, a lot older. But it’s really what you lose out on the back end.
Compounding, at the end of the day, it’s not configured off, like we’re not doing it for the death payout guys. That’s what term life is for. This is just mainly to get an asset that grows in two places. If you can’t qualify. Maybe you’ve got younger kids, you can buy a policy on them.
We’ve had some people, people who are in their seventies buy it on their 30 year old kids who, that’s where you dump all your money to. And it sounds counterintuitive because you think you’re getting a life and policy on your LF, but then again, you aren’t right. You’re just buying an asset and stuffing money into it is what we’re doing here.
And then I’ll caveat this slide that we, we, you would definitely need to consult your tax professional. We’re not CPAs, but you’ve heard the term me and the modified endowment contract. So if you were to cause the insurance product to become a me, then anything you do from there on forward would be taxed.
So even a policy loan take out distribution a, any of that would be, will be taxed. So that’s why by far you, we wanna prevent that from becoming me. There is maybe a time down the line where you want it to me. If you intend not to touch any funds from it, and you just are planning on having it transferred to your, to the beneficiaries, but while you’re utilizing it, we definitely don’t wanna meet Cash out surrenders.
This does perform like a Roth RA in that sense where you’d be able to withdraw your contributions tax or penalty free at any time. You technically, there may be a time to do that also, and we can talk on specific strategies on that, but once you B take it out, then you’ve stopped the compounding on that.
And that may not be wise, especially early on. As far as the other, any other time would be, if you were to just totally pull the policy out or surrender the policy in that sense where any gains above what you contributed could be, would be taxed at that point. But other than that, the death benefit at the upon death, the death benefit transfers tax free to your beneficiary.
It still falls under the state tax limits though. So be aware of that and there may be strategies to help with that. So we’re gonna get into some questions, that common questions that people will normally give us. The first one here is if I become ill what’s just AATE death benefit writer, caller.
Yeah. The good news. So the good thing is with a certain size policy, there’s an accelerated death benefit writer. That’s free of charge that gets tagged onto the policy. That in the event you develop a chronic illness or a terminal illness, you have early access to the death benefit. You always have access to the cash value regardless, but this, often the death benefit is much higher than the cash value.
And in the event, a chronic and that would be basically, you can’t do two of the six daily acts of living terminal illness would be that, two different physicians determine that you have less than 12 months to live. Both I think, bad situations, but the benefit of utilizing this asset again, we’re not doing it for that, but it does have this benefit where you’ll be able to draw higher amounts from it to help cover those expenses while you’re living versus just the death benefit.
And I’ll just mention it too, it’s a PSA. Like we had a guy, he had a, I, a heart attack or some kind of operation on his heart. And apparently he qualified for this. He’s fine today. Probably just can’t do, enter the CrossFit games or do Woff method and go swimming or anything like that.
But, he got a big payout. So if anything happens like that to you guys, talk to your insurance provider, cuz it might trigger getting.
Yeah, we tell the chronic terminal other writers, there are other writers that could get added to the policy. Again, we are utilizing this purely for the cash value component of it. If you wanted, these other writers oftentimes is better off having a separate policy specifically to address those needs. But if someone really wants to, we could add these on guaranteed insurability rider that’s an added cost that you have on your policy that, even in the event that you your current health rating changes that you’re able to purchase additional death benefit or insurance long-term care writer similar to that accelerated benefits writer, it’ll it just allows you to access some of the funds in the event for care.
Again, that one specifically, I think it’s better off to have it a separate policy or a separate life long term care insurance specifically to address that versus trying to tie it on. And then the waiver of premium writer again, also another Expense that in the event that you can’t make your premiums, it they can cover it for a certain amount, but for our design, because we’re minimizing that the PWA or the premium payments that really doesn’t benefit much, because it doesn’t really add much to the cash value since our premiums are so small to begin with there’s possibly, you could have a PUA premium rider, but that would be very expensive as well.
And usually once you one, if you’re able to make one or two years of full payment, max funding, that the growth of the policy, even if you are to just stop payments from there on out, and, we have the policy growth cover the premiums. That’s usually a better strategy than paying for the premium rider.
Yeah. To me, these are like, add-ons on a car, you buy the car to get from point a to point B, just like how you do this IBC to make money in two places and have a store of cash. So all these other things are just addons and other additional fees. I don’t know, depends talk to Tyler if it makes sense for you, but this is this is I think this opens the eye for a lot of people.
This is like a working example of people actually using this dang. And how it augments what you’re doing on the investment side. So maybe walk us through this Tyler. Sure. This was, if people heard me talk about, Hey, if you wanna get a hundred thousand of passive income a year, you literally would be investing a hundred thousand a year for years, 1, 2, 3, and four in syndications, and then year five, theoretically year one deals would be cashing out doubling if things went well.
So the a hundred thousand in year one turned into 200,000 in year two. And then it would you live off a hundred thousand, reinvest the other a hundred thousand and keep the machine going this strategy, this double dip just rolls insurance into that. The I B C into that year, it would require a little bit more upfront capital because of that loss of liquidity in year one.
But in this case, it would be a hundred thousand dollars target amount funding for 10 years. Your actual me limit would be 150,000. So that’s where you can actually year one stuff up to your me limit, but in this case, so this is that blue box. You max fund, you would fund 125,000 year one. You would have a hundred thousand available, in a form of a loan.
So you take that policy loan. Fund your two policy or two deals. $50,000 deals, year two, you have you fund a hundred thousand and your cash value at that point would be about 198,000. You could take out 90 or total. So it would go up about 98,000. So you could take out nine, 8,000, you’d have to supplement 2000 more.
And these are just rough numbers, but that would fund your next two deals. Year three, you fund your policy a hundred thousand. You would have access to that a hundred thousand and to fund your deals and year four, same thing you’d fund the a hundred thousand to your policy have access to a hundred thousand fund.
Your two deals in year five, when your deals pay out, instead of now having living off of a hundred thousand, you could take that a hundred thousand pay or your policy premiums or max fund it to a hundred thousand for that year, and then take that other a hundred thousand and fund your two deals and keep that machine going.
And then from there on, out from your five on technically, your deals are funding your premiums and you still have access to the cash value. On those later deals, you could then do the reduced, paid up at year eight, or because this was designed for a 10 year funding. You could continue funding at.
Most people at that stage when they’re seeing dumping in a hundred thousand and having more than a hundred thousand show up in cash value would wanna continue funded for as long as the design was for. And another concept that I look at this IPC is when you first do this, you gotta decide how much you’re gonna fund it every year for a five to 10 year range.
Basically what you’re doing is that’s your container side. And because we configure with 90 10, it’s pretty easy to hit your minimum contributions. You fund most of your first year, you’re done. You don’t really need to put anymore. So if you lose your job or something like that after you don’t really need to make your next year’s commitments.
And I think that’s a big game changer and it took me like four or five years to understand that myself. But the idea is creating this container to grow. You may not have the cash value inside, or cuz you’re taking the money out and growing it somewhere else as you should, because you’re gonna make a higher yield.
You should make a higher yield outside of this policy, but at some point, and this is the concept of end game or growing your net worth past two, 5 million, you wanna return the money back to this container and you’re gonna wish you had your container as large as could be. This could mean for a lot of you guys.
You. Maybe a million and a half, $2 million of potential cash value funding that you could hide money in there, asset protected and, tax free dividends there. That’s the concept of, this is more, this is a different diagram, which you guys can take a screenshot.
What, all this will be in the eCourse where you guys digest, this is, maybe partially, this you’re starting, you’re funding it like in toddlers standard plan. And then, you start to keep some cashier for unexpected life happenings college. There are a lot of different use cases where we’ll get to the end of the presentation here, but this is there’s a lot of different uses for the same thing.
And, like I said, this is how I use it in the growth mode, when you’re taking the money out, you’re investing in deals or whatnot. But yeah, just a lot of different use cases.
This is maybe a little another advanced strategy of the triple dip. The first thing you dump it into the cash value or the, you dump it into your policy. You leverage out, you can dump it into a brokerage account and then take a security back line of credit and then do the syndication.
So it’s just putting it in another asset that can be leveraged. Again, these are maybe more advanced and someone who you know, is comfortable with debt and strategic debt and maximizing that. But this is where, that same dollar could technically be working in three areas at the same time the limitations or policies. So again, be because it, it is insurance, there’s a maximum insurable amount. Your human life value is what the, what insurance companies are looking at. That’s generically tied to your annual income. And as you get older, because your earning years or less, that means you, you can qualify for less.
You could qualify for less and less. The rule of thumb is based on your annual income. There’s some flexibility with that and we can talk specifics on a private call. One major threshold is a $10 million death benefit or a cumulative death benefit. That’s where usually a third party verification would be required to validate your, the income look at possible tax returns.
And it becomes a lot more challenging once the death benefit crosses 10 mil health, your health obviously 📍 is a big factor on what health rating you get. Again, keep in mind that you’re being rated amongst the average American your age. So it’s it, some existing health conditions are expected.
The biggest thing is that it’s being monitored or are treated and there’s follow ups in that. One thing we normally recommend, if you, if there are, you would go to your primary care or someone to see what your records will look like, because the underwriting process does pull the records from your primary care provider.
And just see if there’s any notes in there or ask the doctor, if there’s anything in there that may impact your insurability. And if there is say, like there’s a recommended colonoscopy, but then you didn’t do it that it now would be the time to do it. So that there’s that follow up documentation in your record.
And now if you become uninsurable for whatever reason, then that’s where you could look at, a spouse who may be insurable some business partner, as long as you have an insurable interest, or why would you, why the need to be pulling a life insurance policy on someone else? That there’s possibilities of that.
So even though if you’re very old, maybe a working child, that they have a you have an insurable interest on, on, on their life that you maybe be able to fund a policy on a working child versus yourself. Yeah. So the 10 million cumulative death pay, or that, that cap at 10 million, most people won’t hit that in their first policy.
I think most people will get up to that in their second policy where they layer on top of that. But, $10 million, that’s like putting in quarter million dollars every single year for six or seven years, I would say most people will start off with maybe, a hundred, hundred $50,000 and that kind of segues into alright, we talked a lot about this stuff today.
What’s gimme a starter. What do people normally do? I did this video way back when my hair was a little longer, or if it didn’t stay down so here’s the use case. So like a million dollar net worth person, they’re able to save 60 to $80,000 a year. That’s the net, right?
Which you save. Most people in our group make, maybe make two or $300,000 a year and they spend most of it, but they have 60 to $80,000 left over. That’s like the net is what I’m calling. So what I normally will say is now take a third of that net. So a third of the 60 to 80 and use that as your base commitment every year for five to seven years.
So what that works its way out to is for most people here, at the very least do 30 to 50 grand a year. But then if you have a lot of like lazy equity, home equity, IRA money, then you may wanna layer up more on top of there. So in a, in addition to your 30 grand a year, Say another, another case somebody has 500 grand of lazy equity, which is very common.
Most of our investors, they come to me in their forties and they have half a million dollars, million dollars in their IRAs or, various places, at least half a million dollars in their home equity and they wanna get it working. And I think this is the use case of you’re supposed to put it in deals, you’re new, so you don’t really know where to put it. Or so the infinite banking is a great way where it is relatively zero risk in terms of like where these life insurance companies are gonna go. It’s a great place to just throw your cash from now, make a little bit of yield before you get your bearing, build your network, figure out where to put your money, who to trust for these deals.
So for this example, if you have half a million dollars of home equity or some other source of liquidity, what I would probably be doing is in addition to your 30,000 a year and in a hundred, cuz you funded in five years or, double up, put, a little bit more the first several years.
So I mean you could fund it anywhere from $130,000 a year to $250,000 per year again, because the way it’s configured with only 10% insurance, once you’ve funded, the 10% of it you’re done, which is typically in the first year or partial of the first year, If, and this is the game changer.
When people are configuring this with 30% or 50%, you may have to put in, another two, three years of payments so that the policy doesn’t cave in. So this is all the goal of this is to get your money into invest, but also increase the container size as much as possible. The 90 10 policies to me is the best tool for that job to overfund it and expand that container size as quick as possible, getting you the maximum amount of the cash value.
So you can go and take it out as a policy loan and invest it in deals or whatever you want and make our money elsewhere and still make money in two places. We, there was some discussion over what do I do after? That’s where I would say, maybe in year two to four, you get another policy on and layer on top of it.
Cuz at this point you’ve taken some policy loans. You get the you get it, you’re more comfortable with fields. So you layer on a bigger policy, big kid policy. And this is what I did. I started with, $50,000 in my first policy. I did that for a few years and I layered another one.
And then I layered another one where I hit my $10 million. And as an entrepreneur, it’s hard for me to verify my records because I don’t pay taxes cuz I don’t make income. That’s make all passive income. You drive it down to zero. One of the downsides is you can’t qualify for more than a $10 million insurance policy.
Or as Tyler tells me, it’s hard, it’s going to be hard. But I would argue, why do you need bigger than a 10 million policy where you can suck away one, 2 million of liquidity. At some point it becomes impractical. And to me like the way I look at money, even in end game, you should still be growing your money in maybe less value, add aggressive deals, but maybe more stabilized assets triple nets, things like that.
But I would say like the lesson learned that most people say is don’t wait and overanalyze. Like I think we got into some of the details a little bit, but is keep it simple folks, like just create a policy, fund it with a hundred grand a year, take it out, take a policy loan and invest it.
It’s simple, very simple. The interest rates and the way these policies they’re always changing and they’re never getting better. So the best time to do it was yesterday. And at the end, like your money is more safe than deals and banks. And that’s why. Tyler. And I will, we’ll talk about, new people coming in, and, I believe in the deals and I invested in myself, sometimes there’s very green investors that have a lot of money that they need to get it working.
I always can say with a clear conscience, I’m like, yeah, Tyler, just sign ’em up for a policy. And just at least make, they can make 5%, on that chunk of money. Because they’re new, they haven’t done this syndication E course or met other people and started to diversify into a multitude of different alternative investments.
But here’s some of the, if you guys wanna start to queue up your questions, we can get going through them after this slide. But here are the use cases that I’ve personally come up with. So starting at the top, or top left, comboing, this, we’ve talked about this quite a bit, investing in investments, alternative investments I’m coming out with a new pro fund where it’s just gonna be a straight 12 to 13% paid monthly.
What better the combo with your 5% infinite banking? You can also combo it for like college savings. They’re at the top, right? This is the 5 29 plan killer. This is the ability to keep money for the short term. Maybe your kids are going off to college in five years or 10 years. Great place to put this money.
The bad thing about 5 29 plans. They’re like 401k plans, they’re investment vehicles for the clueless, and they’re bad because they you’re stuck with all these retail investment products with high fees. And they’re just investments for the masses where all you guys listening, you guys have been opened up to the world of alternative investments.
Sure. You have to grow your network and get comfortable with the people you work with. But as you can typically find better returns and a lot safer in more real assets than the stock market or those investment options. But, this is where, it’s a lot of people use this interchangeably with their college savings for their kids or their retirement.
Bottom left, the end game investor, the guys that are above two, $4 million net worth, they have, they’re totally fine living off of 10 to $20,000 a month. I probably put Tyler in here a little bit, maybe not all your money, but a good chunk of your money is just sitting here just churning at 5% and.
At this point, maybe like a 70, 30 split policy where you can continue to fund it longer term might be better. But that just an opportunity for you to have just, it’s simple, right? If you need some money, just take a loan from your cash value your life insurance company, it’s super easy and your money is there and secured more secure than banks.
And then the bottom, just general new investors, right? You come into the alternative investment space, you don’t know what to do. Some people call it, wow, I got all these options, right? Multifamily, self storage, hotels, right? All these private funds where you’re investing, when you know the people and you’ve come out to a retreat and you meet all these cool people.
And they’re all like, not paying off their houses using debt appropriately, but it’s, it takes a while to get into this world, right? Unless you wanna just start throwing a hundred thousand dollars in a couple dozen places, know this is a great place to put your money and let yourself season let that relationship seasons, let’s see that first round of deals go full cycle.
Before you start to invest larger and larger amounts, certainly get over 20 to 30% in your net worth into alternative investments. But the majority, I would feel comfortable telling people that putting into this stuff is probably more secure, much more than the stock market mutual funds, and probably more secure than just leaving it in your own bank.
Banks fail. But well capitalized in life insurance companies that put people through rigorous health underwriting is a lot more secure. And at some people, some people will do the Helo set first and they’ll feel uneasy about that monthly interest, same concept here, like instead of the HELOC, you’re using your IPC, but for the reasons that, the banks can’t pull your know asset protection.
And I think this’s also great for, a lot of the people on the call, you guys are the more sophisticated investors in your family, but maybe you have older parents or, younger kids that don’t really understand the whole syndication investing. You, if not, let us know, maybe we can give ’em access some e-courses to get a more educated, but, maybe that’s just all they want.
My parents, they’re never going to invest in deals. They’re just stuck in their ways, but maybe this is definitely better than what they’re doing. And I think it’s something that you can promote to them as and feel good that it is very secure. I, I don’t know if the term risk free, but it’s the closest thing to zero risks out there.
Any other use cases, Tyler? I think I missed, or no I think that 5 29 is a big thing for me per se. I don’t, I have a 12 and a nine year old. My don’t con instead of contributing to a 5 29, which I feel is trapped that I put it into a policy also with long term care because you’re growing cash value or you’re growing cash.
Instead of, having a long term care insurance policy, I intend to tap into my, the whole life policy in the event, for healthcare in the future a couple others. So doctors or just high net worth people in general, who are more concerned with legal liability, getting sued.
Like I’ve combo this with my irrevocable trust where irrevocable trust is not a revocable trust. It’s a lot more heavy duty. If you’re under four, 5 million, it’s probably not even worth it. People who are an end game or high liability, like doctors, you can make an irrevocable trust, get it off of it.
But the problem there is like getting your money in and out is difficult and cumbersome. So by leaving some of your money, your liquidity in this infinite banking policy, it’s life insurance, like we said, it is protected. It’s under the umbrella or in my visual representation. It’s like under the patio in a way that you have the simplicity of use and access, but it’s still protected and you can have maybe more or just a portion of your network in your irrevocable trust.
So that’s another way of, use case for this. And then, entrepreneurs out there, business owners, this, I think the biggest thing about businesses is, there’s always gonna be ups and downs. The people who survive the downs are the people who take over the competition that fails and dies off.
The people who are well capitalized are the kind of, businesses never failed. They just lose money or did they just run out of money to keep ’em. But this would be the place where you would put your liquidity for your payroll. In case of a rainy day now, for most of you and you folks listening who are just salary guys, I don’t really see a huge need for liquidity stores.
Most people, three, four months of, salaries more than enough. So this is more for the, on the business owners out there who may wanna keep a few hundred thousand dollars in there for their, their staff of a dozen people, payroll. And Jay brought up a good point, Keyman insurance for a succession team.
That, that is huge also. So a lot of corporations do utilize that it’s a way of having some incentives also for their key employees. A business will pull insurance on their key employees. Business continues to own it, but it serves as a potential retirement incentive or supplemental income for the employee.
Maybe at some point it become, they become vested and you could either transfer the ownership to them or just pay their retirement from the policy as a business. So that is a key thing. One more thing is just, is, generational wealth. I think we touched a little bit about that, but insurance and life insurance specifically plays a big part in that as far as potentially creating generational wealth and continuing that legacy for generations to come.
All right. So we’re gonna get into the questions as you guys are typing into the Q and a box, but if you have to go, you can sign up and get access to the ecourse@simplepassivecash.com slash banking. But if you’re already part of the club, this is the URL to get access to the e-course. So everything that we talked about today broken up into a lot more bite size pieces.
In the the eCourse format that you guys know and love from us and a lot other, cool little tips in there too. I would say, the next step is, just getting an illustration and just moving forward. But let’s let’s hit into these other questions. Let me maybe accept this overall one that stands out.
So I think mark, mark asked as a commission agent, why would you design a policy to minimize your commissions? Truly it’s the reason why I do it personally is because it’s a better product for the client. I’m really doing it for the client first. I am an investor first also, so commissions are nice, but that’s not my livelihood or why I’m personally doing it.
It really is to give back to lanes, community specifically, but other investors also and provide them the best product that I feel is out there. And, truly have the client benefit. I feel even as with the minimized commissions it’s still very good. I’m very willing to share what those commissions are on a call, but.
Minimizing the commissions it’s still pretty healthy the commissions which is somewhat appalling when you hear like a hundred percent, the standard whole life, those commissions are basically 10 times what I would be pulling on the same size policy. And I’ll also comment that if you look at all my business associates, like the one thing I don’t want at this point in my life is nonsense.
And that typically nonsense occurs from somebody who is not financially free and still working in scarcity mode. And, in the deal side, it’s nice to work with high net worth partners because when things go wrong, we just throw in a few hundred thousand bucks each, and get the problem solved and make it right for the clients.
But, business is tough and when you’re not an alignment for the clients and you’re more in alignment or, there’s a lot of people out there, real estate agents, insurance agents, lending brokers, all the people in this financial industry that are they need to pay their own bills, like financial planners. It’s just not people I wanna get into bed with personally. And I, and I mentioned that and they, I that’s just maybe. Life advice for people is when you can get to a point, why do we all do this to get financially favorable? Why well, to do what we want with whom we want when we want that, so that’s why work with people that are, have seen the investments work fi in, in a place in their life.
And it just makes things better for everyone, including myself. , and it’s not like we need to really make money with this life insurance thing either. It just helps augment everything else going on more, less fees, more money to invest. And then, the investments, we can take down better deals in the future.
But other questions here, what life insurance company do you use? We’re not, Tyler’s not captive, so he’s not forced to sell you like a certain company. He can go wherever. Currently I think I know this is where Tyler goes to all these like meetings and they hang out and they do their secret handshakes and they figure out which ones are like the best one based on the rates and the flexibility.
But I think they’re the cool kids are using guardian these days, but, that’ll change all the time. I’ve seen it change couple times these last five years. There’s a minimum amount of a suggested amount of life insurance.
I would say, look guys, like if you’re gonna do less than 10 grand a year it’s a waste of time for everybody guys. Most people are at minimum, I would say, are doing like what 50,000 a year? I don’t know. What’s your take on this one, Tyler? Yeah. The tech, the true answer is, you could do a, any size policy the, that enhanced accelerated benefits writer.
And this is specifically for guardian that gets tagged on for free. If you’re whole life death benefit is at least a hundred thousand. So in that 45 year example, with that 45 46 a year, he was buying 190,000. So in his case, he could go about half of that 25,000 a year, or maybe 27,000 a year would be the smallest policy that he gets that benefit from.
I’ve done, I’ve written policies for people, a th 10,000 a year. It’s. You can see it, but it’s not the, it’s a small policy where they’re not gonna be able to have access to percentage wise you’ll have access to the same amount of money. It’s just that it is relatively small in the sense of why we would be doing this.
Yeah. You guys are investing in private placements and syndication. I would think guys, and you all your networks are over a million dollars. So I would say, like use case, I would say average person, our group million and a half, they are able to save 50 to a hundred thousand dollars at least a year.
And they have a bunch of liquidity, maybe a hundred or a couple hundred thousand dollars a year for five to six years would be a good starting point. But sure, if if you’d like to get a health review twice, that’s what I did. I started with a $50,000 policy every year and then I wish I did more because then I figured out what it is.
And I think that’s where you talk to other investors. And until you get the hang of oh, we take a policy loan to go into a deal. You realize that 50 grand is hardly anything. And then, you start to understand, oh, I nine understand why every, why everybody’s doing a hundred, 200, $250,000 a.
Into this, they just put it in there and they drain it out.
Number three, I think. Yeah. So niece, wait, our question is we are older and don’t have any children. Can these policies be set up for any relatives like nieces or nephews and maintain all the same loan benefits? Yeah. So there’s three main components to the policy. There’s the owner, the insured and the beneficiary.
So in this case you could be the owner. We’ve had, I specifically having haven’t done nieces or nephews, but there could be a reason why we would do that. And there’s insurable interest. The key thing we need to establish is what is the insureds insurable interest to you? Or if you have insurable interest to the person you’re ensuring and nieces and nephews, if you don’t have children could be that something, some, some writeups we’ve had is that they intend the nieces and nephews will in take care of you as you age.
You guys have that agreement. So you have an interest if they were. Pass then you would use that proceeds to hire someone else or, have to care for that. Or the death benefit would be used to find someone else to care for you. So that’s a typical story we’ve presented multiple times, not specifically for nieces or nephews.
But I think that story plays will continue to, then again, we can talk specifics on a call and to get to know all the details. Question four here is infinite banking appropriate to start if I am over the age of 70.
Yeah. We touched about this on the earlier parts, but it depends typically at 70 you might have a working child or someone else that may make more sense starting on them. But again we could just run the different scenarios to see what makes sense. My oldest client is 68.
And it’s yeah, because normally older people have done it on their working children. Question five here, are there no deals? There are no deals in life insurance. And I would say, yes, this life insurance folks are commodities. You guys can go shop it around. It’s just a matter of how much your agent wants to take in commissions.
It’s all the same Dan thing from the same underlying insurance company. But the question is, can you address the downsides of the nine, 10 design or 90 10 design which again is, where you maximize the cash value you decrease the commissions. So once a policy is paid up, we’re not able to sync a big amount into it.
You wanna take that one? Tyler? Sure. Yeah, we I, we actually answered the first half of the question, I think on the, during the call, the the downsides mainly is, there’s some limitation on the funding duration for that target amount. At some point that’s one of the biggest downsides for a 10 90 or a 90 10 design.
But the other question, once you, once a policy is paid up, you won’t be able to send yes. So you once the policy is paid, it, we, you do an option to do a reduced paid up that makes the policy paid up. So you no longer can contribute any more funds to it out of pocket, the policy will continue to grow.
Cuz as you receive dividends, it goes to purchase additional, paid up insurance in that fashion. But the good side of that is that you no longer have to put anything in either and there the premiums are zeroed out. So they’re not taking out any premiums from your policy cash value.
Yeah. And I don’t comment more on that one. Like I think if you wanted to, do you wanted to fund your policy long, long term because you’re in that stage of life where you just don’t care anymore, you’re not taking coupons, or maybe you are, but you’re not like optimizing at this point in your life, right?
Imagine you got $20,000, $50,000, a monthly passive cash flow coming in every single month and maybe you don’t have kids. You just don’t really care, right? Your time is more valuable than money. You may just wanna put your money in somewhere and have it make a little bit money and be able to continue to grow it and fund it with more new, fresh cash instead of taking that cash and investing it, which I think most of the people on the call are going to do because they’re still in growth mode then maybe a 70, 30 policy where you can keep funding.
It might work. But again, I think that one is, maybe talk to Tyler on that one too. Alright, so more questions. Number one here, can you talk about the advantages of using I B C with your charitable giving
you or so, I don’t know about specifically charit beginning, but you could have the death benefit or a charity be a beneficiary of your policy. Or secondly, the, your death benefit could go to a trust and you could have that within your trust. Determine what to give. I don’t know if that’s the question or in regards to your annual charitable giving.
I know if yeah, I don’t know exactly where that question is going, but. I know you can assign, if you didn’t have any kids you could probably assign an I B C to whoever you want. Yeah. Maybe if whoever’s question that was maybe type it into the Q and a box and we can come back to it.
But question two in this example, and I think they’re referring to that illustration page, what is the max we could take a loan from, is it from the net cash value? Yeah, that’s correct. The net cash value column. And we conservatively say 95% of that is what would be available in a policy loan.
So in, in year one, 41,735, so 95% of that. Yeah. The way you guys should be doing this, or most people, if you put the money in, you have 41,000 in net cash value, but you take a $41,000 loan the next day and you go into some deals, right? That’s the way you do this. And then of course, the next year, when you have to make your next premium and paid up additions and you fund it and you get that, but.
At some point, the money rolls in and then you refund it up and then you use this as that liquidity source to slush money in and out of. And then now maybe you’re seeing the big picture on the usage of this whole thing. There, there is. So there is a slight delay because the, you can’t do it the very next day.
You, it would be 10, it would basically be 10 business days. If you’re using that same funds that you just deposited, cuz the insurance company will need it to clear. So they look typically wait 10 business days, then they’ll process your loan. You can go in and request it right away, but it normally won’t get processed till that 10th business day cuz they, they wanna see that the funds cleared.
There’s one way of getting it slightly sooner than that. And if we can provide a bank statement showing the funds, cleared your bank they’ll accept that and then release the funds. But typically that doesn’t come into play unless you’re taking it out right after. So yeah. Good point.
Good point. I definitely, I think that’s where you guys talk with either Bri or Chad or team at simple passive cash flow.com. If you guys. You guys are cutting the wire a little too close there, just, let us know. And we typically can accommodate people. We do this ourselves, so we know it’s the, it’s not like the day of, but it can take a week or so question four, what do you think is a good target of how much percent of one’s net worth should be atypical and best should put into IBC?
I don’t know if net worth is a good thing right off the bat, but I would say whatever excess liquidity you have should be is more of an indicator. And I would go back to my other RX slide on that. But as far as like net worth as a percentage, when you’re under half a million dollars net worth need every single dollar going to investments, not this stuff.
So I’m not I would say if your net worth is under half a million dollars, don’t waste your time on this stuff, go make more money or will save it, save more money and invest it. But I think once, for most investors million dollar net worth, we’ve got X is we’re not the greatest.
We’re not the most efficient with our liquidity. Meaning you got 10 grand here, you got 50 grand in this account, you got. Hundred $200,000 of liquidity or equity debt equity in your house. I think that’s most of us on the call here who are credit investors, I think at that point, it would make sense to start implementing this strategy.
But as your net worth rose, it’s hard to say, right? And I think this is where you mix it up with other accredited investors. You have these types of conversations to me. If we were on a consult, I would ask you what are, what is your long term goals? Do you wanna continue to ratchet up to five, 10 million, 20 million net worth and con continue to grow, or once you get to formula and you wanna just shut off the engines and live life as the 4% rule with 20 grand of passive income coming in every single month, it’s it really matters up to you.
But I, yeah, I don’t know how to answer that question. I know you wanna put in your 2 cents that yeah. I think you covered, the net worth is slightly different. The net worth can play a part as far as being able to qualify for more insurance based just on your annual income.
But I, I don’t it’s hard to say. What do typically the net worths of these guys and, the financial profiles, like what’s I think that’s what the question is asking, right? Like of all the sophisticated investors doing this, what do you see them doing? Think it’s more like people want a bucket size, a certain bucket size. And so say someone wants, a $2 million bucket at some point, but that could be funded differently, that could be a hundred thousand or 200,000 over 10 years. It could be 250,000 over eight years. Or it could be, 50,000 or 50,000 over what was that? 40 years. So it’s really the size bucket and that’s I’m talking like your cash value size at some point in life. That’s usually what people are trying to target of saying, oh yeah. Good point. I think for like most business owners having half a million or a million dollars to be able to get at an end game is cool.
Any more than that, it’s just a little excessive, right? You could have your money elsewhere. This is not a growth option. You should have your money elsewhere making at least five to 10% elsewhere. To have more than a million dollars is a little silly. So yeah, good point there, Tyler.
This I would look at it, not as a percentage of your net worth, but like what kind of liquidity slush bucket that you want to have? I would say at most investors, it’s at least a couple hundred thousand at least is what you want at some point question five what’s wrong or not so good about, they mentioned Northwest mutual, what are like, we’re talking about the flexibility and the rates, but like, why is it that the ones that, we’re rolling with now are the ones that we are well I think specifically Northwestern, we mentioned them as a, one of the strong mutual insurance companies from my understanding, those are all captive insurance agents where they have to be with Northwestern mutual exclusively.
I personally like being independent and being able to be a broker, shop around or see different companies versus stuck with one company. Yeah. Nor Northwest nation is definitely one of the, like the triple a rated ones which is what we’re looking for. But the word on the street is like, when you start to build these policies for liquidity, taking money. Their policies just aren’t set up for that. There’s certainly your cash values. Aren’t gonna be as high, which is the whole point of why we’re doing this, which most financial planners don’t under, really understand what a question here, would it be better to do two policies and keep one going rather than having it total paid after seven years?
So either way it doesn’t matter. I think, it’s like the whole ready fire aim kind of mentality, I think is the best approach here, especially because the stuff here, commodities, and it’s no risk essentially, these stuff is more secure than banks. So the ready fire aim mentality here might be good to just get one policy and you’ll right, size it on the second one a year or few years later. That’s again, that’s my personal, like I got one and then I got another one for myself and then I followed up with one for my spouse.
I hit that ideal bucket size where I will very soon. And then or comments on that. Yeah. So I. It depends, it, because there’s flexibility in how we can design it. So we’re not, even though we show the seven year funding duration you, if you, if the funding duration is an issue, we can design something for 15 years or so, or maybe even longer.
But from a financial efficiency standpoint, I think starting two policies. If it started, if it’s, if you start at the same time, then I think there’s no loss of efficiency. If you’re starting one, maybe a little bit further down the road then one there’s a risk of the insurability. Something may happen over the two years that makes you less insurable, but also even if it’s the same health rating, you’re, you may be two or three years older.
There is some cost to that. But again, that cost may be less than if you started off with a larger policy that you don’t always max fun. So it depends. And that’s where we can go back and forth with some designs to show you the what ifs or compare the different two scenarios.
Yeah. And then piggybacking on the last question question two here. End game. What amount of cash value would you think is too much, 5 million, 10 million. So the cash value is, again, that bucket, that source of slush fund that you I ideally want, I’d say for most people, it’s at least a quarter million to like a million or 2 million.
I think you gotta be careful that, sometimes the cash value bucket size is different than like the death payout, which we mentioned before, we mentioned 10 million, that’s the death payout. But as far as like rightsizing the bucket, which is the cash value portion, that’s up to you personally, just, just know that, your money could be making more money elsewhere, so you don’t wanna go overboard with it.
I don’t know, a million dollars is a nice, if you’re an end game, it’s nice to have the peace of mind that if something goes wrong, you’ve got a million dollars to just throw down. And bill somebody out bail yourself out at some point that might seem like a lot of money, but yeah, end game.
More security is what you’re looking for at that point. And I think the bucket size can be large, but you’re in control of how full it is. Most of, even though say my bucket is too mill at this stage, a lot of that cash value is out deployed. I can make a choice at some point to start filling that bucket back up by paying off the loans or continue having it deployed in investments.
But having a large bucket size is beneficial to me. How you utilize it. You can make the decision and it’s not one size fits all, or you can course correct. Or right now I have everything deployed at some point I may want it full and just live off that four or 5% dividends be happy and not have to have the funds deployed.
So I think, I don’t know for me personally, my goal would be five mill target. I’m not quite there as far as total bucket size.
I think when you’re getting to really end game. Now, you’re thinking about, you’re putting your life insurance in your irrevocable trust and that’s caught an eyelet, but for most people on the call, your guys net worth is not end 20 million plus. It doesn’t matter because you don’t hit those state and federal estate tax limits.
So doing that is really no benefit to you guys, but yeah, we always like to have a conversation over in person when you guys buy a nice bottle of wine, because your net worth is 20-50 million. Of course, if that’s the question you’re asking, but similar on those lines, maybe your net worth is not 20 million, but it’s five.
You may wanna be thinking about charitable giving and that’s this FI question here. So that kind of was a follow up to the last question. And they said your regular annual charitable giving instead of cash contribution, purchase a single pay life policy with no me concerns for a nonprofit on yourself as a major donor to the charity would have insurable interests on you with the charity as the owner and beneficiary, they can use the policy loans for whatever they would have used a cash donation for, and the death benefit to buy more single pay life, making it an infinite endowment. That actually sounds like a very interesting strategy. I personally haven’t looked or used it in that way, but this definitely sounds like Yeah, it sounds very possible to do this.
Yeah. There’s a lot of uses for this stuff. And I think we put a lot of these more advanced strategies in the client section. Because when you’re in the end game, you get a little bored and you’d look for these types of strategies. For now, I think we just wanted to keep it simple for folks, just get going with a policy, throw in 50 grand a year, a hundred grand, maybe a couple hundred thousand a year for now.
And then, get going down the road and make money in two places. The quicker you start doing this the quicker you can make money in places the quicker you can start to create the time space, the head space for you to ask these kinds of good questions and come up with these strategies. Also along the lines of the end game.
One last question came in here. If you still use this bucket for deals or whatever else you want while still compounding, why would you want to limit it? I think the big thing that I’ve personally found and what was a roadblock for myself is when you go over a $10 million death payout or policy.
Now the life insurance companies are gonna want to see a whole bunch of documentation proving that is how much you make per year. And that might be a little bit of a pain for you to do. And especially if you’re not making income at that point in life. So that, that, I think that is another reason why, if you guys are still working your day jobs, you gotta do this now because all these policies are based on your ability to make money.
That’s what life insurance is at the end of the day, you being able to make money, which is why, getting policies on your little kids is a waste of time, cuz they can’t really qualify for that much. Why? Because they don’t make money. They don’t have jobs. So you know, like a lot of it is based on how much you make at your business or how much you make at your day job, your salary.
So it’s one of those things where you set up a policy before you leave your day job or retire. But if you’re already at end game and you’re looking to just keep funding this thing to in turning, I think you’re gonna run up to the issue of them saying you’re not making any active, ordinary income where you don’t have an income source at that point, other than your passive investments, of course, but they’re gonna have a hard time qualifying.
For you, but I dunno, Tyler, any thoughts on that one? Yeah. I, what you’re seeing is I think right on, I think Mark’s specific comment is why stop using your bucket for deals when you, it still compounds, you can still have it out for deals and grow your wealth. And I personally feel that’s a, the backup plan is to fill back up the bucket, right?
And then you no longer have to chase any deals or expose yourself to risk. It may be de-leveraging risk at that point to just say, Hey, I just want that consistent 4%. I intend to have my money working, at some point maybe deals may be a lot harder to find or whatever it is. This can be a fallback plan to have that, four and a half percent.
Dividend returns and live off of that without having to, to deploy money at all for going forward. But there’s that, I think that’s what that, that alluded to the thing about children which we didn’t really touch about. There is a limitation on non, so you can pull on children or minors.
The limitation would be the death limit. The death benefit limit will be 50% of what the parents have as death benefit. So if you, as a parent, have 5 million, a death benefit, a child would only be able to qualify for two and a half million of that. And then the health rating is a general health rating, like what it would be for a group, like at work, when you get group term insurance, It’s just a generic health rating.
So that health rating is not as great. So oftentimes with all of that combined for a minor, you might be able to throw in, eight to 10,000 a year total that’s the maximum you could put in a year still. And because the health rating is not the best, it may not be the most efficient use of that 10,000 purely for financial reasons.
There’s other reasons you might wanna do it for a minor, for a child anyway, but if you’re looking purely financially that may not be the best use of that, that $10,000. Any other questions please type it into the box?
Oh, Luke, raise his hand or, yeah, type it into the box there guys, but I wanted to show you the E course. So you guys know how to navigate it, but we’ll put the replay of this up on here, the way we have this laid out is, the introduction and then we broke out all the little slides into individual sections here for you guys.
And then implementation. And then, once you become a client, get access to the more advanced content here. That’ll just keep things fun and interesting, but this is the e-course, but, they get access to this. You gotta go to simple, passive, casual.com/banking, put your information in there.
But for most people yeah. The only other thing too is that the, it definitely is customizable and it’s not a cookie cutter, one design fits are or meets people’s needs. So that’s where a lot of times it is some back and forth tweaking and that, so a lot of the information we’re provided today is general overall, guidance definitely feel free to reach out and we can talk about specifics cuz there are small tweaks and things to that. Maybe more beneficial for certain goals and than for others so definitely reach out.
What’s up, simple passive cash flow! Now on today’s podcast is yet another coaching call with myself and our volunteer, Aaron. Now Aaron’s been investing with us in our group for a while and he started when I was still teaching people how to buy term key rentals and. All that type of pain in the butt stuff.
If you notice we shut down the incubator group, because although I like helping people who are non-accredited investors, it just became a little bit of a not a good use of my time. Because. In the turnkey world or even, buying single family homes through a broker on your own.
The characters always change. And I think most of the accredited investors, at least ones in our mastermind group will all say, Rental properties are just a waste of time and their high liability. You have the personal debt in your own name, and unless you are doing some kind of birth strategy, wiring money to some random person on the, on non institutional level and, one bad relationship from losing a whole bunch of money.
It’s just not worth it. And I’ve said it all the time. Once your net worth goes to be about half a million, million dollars owning rental properties. It just makes no sense. And this is my story. Back in 2015, I had 11 of these turnkey rentals and I had maybe an eviction or two every year, some kind of big catastrophe that happened every quarter.
And you start to realize that, when someone trashes your property and now you’re stuck with a five $15,000 repair bill, you’re what was the whole point of this nonsense, with the headache and liability. And, even when you are working with a property manager, which by the way, they’re not aligned with you, they get paid more money when you have a vacancy, which is completely opposite on the commercial side, where we have we are aligned with our third party property managers on the assets of more in terms of profit and loss, as opposed to, they’re taking in the income from certain percentage of the rent.
Now, if you guys wanna interact with more credit investors who are doing crazy things, like taking money out of their home equity, via Heloc or infinite banking. And despite what Dave Ramsey says to scam and maybe for going on buying a primary residence, especially if you’re a non-accredited investor.
As I always say, I don’t think you should be buying a house unless your net worth is two or three X, that, or that house. Even if you are using debt, come out to one of our events and get to know other people. And definitely gonna be different advice from what your parents taught you and what your broke coworkers are doing, who are probably gonna be working there for the rest of their lives.
Come out on October 1st, we’re gonna be in Napa. Check out those details at simplepassatcashflow.com/Napa and October 6th and seventh. Especially if you wanna get boots on the ground and actually visit these properties that you invest in come out to Huntsville, Alabama. I know that’s a little hard, which is why the price on that one is a lot lower and subsidized for that.
Because we know it. Time investment is more important. But you may have to take an extra plane to get there to Huntsville, Alabama. You can either fly into Nashville, Birmingham, or straight into Huntsville, depending on where you’re coming from, but that is gonna be October 6th and seventh.
We’re gonna be doing a little party for the unveiling of the Chase Creek apartments, our latest development, and you can get more information by going to simplepassivecashflow.com/events where you’re also learning about our annual retreat in January, 2023. There too. Again, make sure you guys are part of our club because if not, we won’t let you come.
We always put it out there in our free Facebook group. But if you’re a high net worth accredited investor, I think that’s the type of stuff that you guys like, and it’s apparently it’s worked for us in the past that we’re really the only investor group out there that, highly vets, the people coming in for not only net worth their professional status, but as people too. So again, sign up for the club, simplepassivecashflow.com/club, and then check out our events that are coming up October 6th and seventh, Huntsville and October 1st in Napa valley.
And with that if you enjoy the coaching call and if you guys like this or you wanna volunteer for a future one, please email the team at team@simplepassandcashflow.com. We can change your name around. We don’t have to use your video. But that’s a great way for some folks to get some extra one hour guidance with myself. And we’ll give you the recording too. I guess. But thanks for listening folks and enjoy the show.
Hey, simple passive cash flows listeners. Today. We got Aaron here. He’s going to be doing a hot seat with us. So I’ve got your personal financial sheet up. If you guys are listening on a podcast, probably want to jump on YouTube and check this out if you want some visuals here, but welcome Aaron on the line.
And for joining us, maybe give us a little bit of a background. Just people get a sense of where you’re coming from. Yes, sir. I’m happy to be here. I’m excited to sit down and talk to you a little bit. Background college graduates started lurking in a kind of corporate America, so I decided I wanted to have more time to control my schedule.
So I ended up starting a small business, which is house cleaning, which I enjoy thoroughly. And so ups and downs there, but it did manage to have some extra cash flow looking for a home. And so I started exploring the world of investing, which led me first to stocks traded those for a while and returns, but ultimately it was looking for cashflow.
Continue the path of finding my time being more in my control. So it wasn’t there and I started looking at turnkey rentals and started my journey that way. Where are we geographically, do you live and about how old are you? Kids are. Born in Ohio and Michigan spent some time there.
Kurt grew up in Minnesota, went to Stillwater high school, which I thoroughly enjoyed, moved out for college to Colorado, which is where I currently live and met my wife. We have one child who’s sick, a little boy who is a lot of fun. So that’s geographically we’re at 40 years old and things that have that worked.
So it’s about where I’m at as present. Cool. It is in the cleaning business. And a lot of people don’t know. That’s the old lawn Mowing business where you get people to work for you, but on steroids and nobody wants to do it. That’s why it’s pretty lucrative. It’s nice because I wanted a business that had repeat customers so I could build over time.
So it’s not always looking for the next customer once you finish the job. So it started the background and construction, and I ended up a lot. There were, you can have a really great year one year and then almost nothing. Next quarter, it’s just a constant process of trying to find the next clients.
So the nice thing about this industry and what I like a lot about it is that you have to work a lot less hard. You develop relationships over time. And through that, you’re able to have a very lucrative and consistent job. The downside of course, is finding people who want to do the work. So that’s a struggle, but the main value I’m able to add to the marketplace is to find the people who are willing to show up and keep showing up and doing.
Cool. So let’s dig into this a little bit. So you jumped into turnkey rentals a couple of years ago, or about how long ago? Two years ago, give or take, and let’s talk a little bit about how you came to that decision and was it about, was it the right choice and it was your experience there.
Sure I listened to a lot of podcasts and read a lot of books. Of course, a lot of it starts with a little purple book. We all know so well, which is rich dad, poor dad trying to find assets that throw off cash flow. So I was trying to find something real. He did a lot of research time for about a year calling around talking to different people from knowing nothing at all to trying to find someone to partner with and found a group out of Memphis.
What I thought was a great tune in is a great team. What really took me off as I talked to several competitors of theirs and they all had nothing but nice things to say about their business practices and how they take care of their clients. And they were hunters. So I decided to go there. They might like many turnkey rental places that had a wait list.
So I wasn’t able to buy it. As much as I wanted to right away. So it took me about two years to get a four properties about as fast as they would let me enjoy the idea of leverage and the first, for the first year and a half. And what were they well and then just started to notice that the returns a hundred just really were undercut by the turnover in clients.
The small things that happen in probably know the value of properties I was at. I was relatively really solidly B properties may even be minus what would you say? The price in the rents or on the course? Those are a little under a hundred thousand. So we hit the 1% rule pretty often. So if it was 60 or a $70,000 house, I got $800. For the door. So it was hit by the 1% rule. So I think the cheapest house I bought was 65. The most expensive I got back was 95.
And now you’re not looking for turnkeys today, but how late is 2019. Now the pricing and rent values are still about the same. I know, I actually think it’s much worse. I was in the process of making some money on the sale of my properties, which surprised me in some ways because people were willing to pay a whole lot more for the same rent. I think by math, the last two I sold looked like they net a hundred, $150 a month per a unit. And from my point of view given what I’ve been through, that’s just not something.
To cover the incidental cost. They may hit all the numbers as far as maintenance and missing renters. But, it just takes one even a broken window and all of a sudden you’ve missed half of your income for the year. So it’s been much harder almost to the point of, it’s hard for me to imagine how people are buying.
Turnkeys at the price points that are now being offered to the same people I bought a couple of years ago at ones I thought were safe. That was theoretically adding on paper between two 50 and two 70. Most of the doors I bought and I just never saw that and felt, I feel like it’s a really tough choice nowadays.
If I were doing it again, I feel like it was even more than it was not what it was advertised. It felt mostly a little like I got false advertising at the end that the numbers worked out that just really it’s such low amounts that it didn’t take much to wipe out all your income for possibly a couple of years and just wanted to spend, yeah.
Maybe getting in the nitty gritty hair D where you are on your underwriting, where you include like five, 10% for vacancy. If I have 10% for repairs and maintenance, I was, yeah. I could pull up the spreadsheets if you wanted. That’s probably too much for the unit, but yeah, I looked at ages 10% on probably the combined between vacancy maintenance.
Just wasn’t sufficient, honestly. I think what people don’t realize is like the vacancy will. Come up at five to 10%, right? Like how you said, but what people don’t realize is when you get a vacancy, you’re going to have to pay up to half the first month’s rent. So that’s like another.
Five to 10% right there. Yeah, for me it feels like if I were doing the math again, there is the 50% rule you hear a lot about with full pull, your own real estate, where you expect to get about half of the rent amount in terms of profit. I feel if you apply that as a model back, did he not say, okay, if I add my vacancy, my repairs, my mortgage, can I still make money?
If that’s true. Yeah, it’s a little bit the same, but I felt yeah, exactly. They don’t take into account things like you’re going to pay up to a month. Actually, many of them suppliers, now you pay a month of rent every time you do the transition over. And to me, it also is just the repair costs in turn was more than I thought it would be too.
There are according to the averages between, 800 to 1200. And I think the cheapest turn I had was 1600 and I had several around 2,500 and they weren’t. They weren’t trashed places. It wasn’t holes in the walls and people were just mad and spray painting things. It was just they left stuff in the yard.
They left the house and it just took extra time. They had to come back in and mow the grass once a week on my dime, that kind of stuff. And they did a great job in many ways. The shocking thing for me is that many things went well. It wasn’t one big blow up of man. You should have seen this place.
It took all the profit away. These are just very normal every day, Hey, the, we had, I, we saw evidence of cockroaches, so we’re going to spray everything down. So that’s another in between. So this isn’t while I live there. So I had to do pest control for a whole year.
That’s another, two, 300. And then you add that to another thing. And another thing later in this field I just, I had $14,000 go out between the four properties in a three-month period. And it was just like, I’m just, don’t feel like I’m going to make the kind of return I can get.
I did the math and figured out I could basically buy us savings bonds and get the same return. And, I will second that the thousand 2000 for change orders. But then this last one I had, it’s going to be like, I don’t know if it’s only 10, 20 or 30 grand or fixed this latest one up. So commiserate, like, all it takes is as you did, you have a three grand turn. Like my God, like that’s all your profit for a decade. Feels like one to $200 a door. If you’re going for, I’m going to make even a percentage, it looks okay. Cause they put in $15,000 or $20,000 in. And if I get $200 a door it’s $2,400 returned as a lump sum return.
Sounds great until you realize that. Gosh, and then you talk about insurance and you talk about legal covering, even just for businesses. I just set up a business in Tennessee. It has a, I think it was a one to 3% on total net assets tax. So do you want to run the risk of having a personal umbrella insurance or do you want to have a corporation run it through that?
And then again, And really come back to really buy into your profit margin. My thoughts are like turnkeys as I think everybody should start there, if you have no experience, especially. And then, but what would you say Aaron to like, that younger kid, just out of college with just maybe 30 or 40 grand to his name is w what should they start off with?
I know both of us are hated on turnkeys right now. What would you say in hindsight? I think in hindsight, I would say that double the expenses that people are telling you, or an average when they’re selling you a. And if you can still make money then go for it. Like I would say, start talking to people and get real honest about how much the cost is really there.
And then do it, run the numbers that direction and make sure that, in comparison to other spaces, even again, bonds, like looking at municipal bonds at three to 4%. Now, if you’re taking 8% return, you cut it in half due to expenses. You’re only there. It’s hard to say, go after it at these prices.
Even if someone doesn’t have a lot of options, I really look at them and say, that sucks, but I’d say, find a different vehicle unless you can find one. The return plus 4%, you’ve got to get higher than that with real expenses and real, talk to lane and say, okay, break it down for me.
What am I really looking at in terms of real expenses? Cause I, one to two grand turns is just normal. And if you’re only expecting to make 12, $1,800 on that and that property a year, I don’t know how it works. I don’t know how you make money. Yeah, one more time. You might get appreciation, which is nice and good.
And certainly it helped me, but that was a lot of emotion, a lot of money coming in, especially if you don’t have a lot of cash coming in from your other business. I did. So it wasn’t tragic. I, I, maybe we go through this, I’ve got a decent amount of extra cash I can throw at it.
I went to $14,000. Expenses came through at three months, it wasn’t coming out of my living expenses. It wasn’t coming up. My family’s experience of lights. It was just unfortunate. And if you only have 30 grand and you’re looking to invest it, I just really make sure that you have a lot of margin or find another vehicle.
All right. And you know what, one thing I just wanted to point out for the folks. You went with one of these like perennial, turnkey providers. I think you knew going in that they were overpriced, but I know you for just stability. Yeah, I think the burn method, if you can find someone to walk you through that, it’s got a lot of attraction to it.
If you can make that three to $400 or even $500 a month, if you have the money and you have someone you trust, I could see maybe that working. I just think the turnkey has presented me even with someone who’s good at this. Just make sure that they’re offering more than $150 a month as a prize, as you went with like the Maserati trying to provide services there.
They have this waiting list because they have turnkey providers lining up around the block. I don’t know if I would recommend doing that. Oh, so you’re a lot more experienced now. So you don’t get that white glove treatment. And this is another reason why I don’t like the Facebook group that we have. I really stay away from recommending anybody because things change.
Try to keep providers. They’re just low-end flippers. Most of them that once they get better, they go do more retail flips and they get out of the gate. So it’s this constant battle of trying to find a new bathroom. It’s good enough to be good at what they do, but not so good that they end up cutting my margin so much that I actually don’t make as much.
Exactly. So that’s the plug for the mastermind. So we kind of trade providers and do that, you gotta pay to play guys. Sorry, I can’t just give up free referrals. Cause you guys have been wasting my provider’s time. Just calling them and wasting time. So sorry about that. Okay. So let’s talk about your property on Wren avenue down here at the turnkey at yeah.
That’s I don’t know what that came from, honestly. Sorry. Oh, okay. Okay. I got it. And I went to delete it. It’s pretty profitable. That it might’ve been, I was trying to represent The P the money I put into the, I’m sorry, the sorry, the apartment building. We just did. We just completed it. Oh, okay. That sounds like that address really.
Yeah. That’s the multifamily we just completed and that’s the Gavi now. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. I was like, that was that look, that’s an apartment building. We did that. I was like, man, that looks really a,
so yeah that’s 60,000 is what I have there, okay. What kind of dig into these personal financial sheets here a little bit. So you’ve got about 40 grand in liquidity. Did you liquidate the turnkeys? I did. Okay. Okay. And then you’ve got your home in cash. So what I usually am looking for is where is your lazy equity?
So you’ve got a little bit here, right? You could probably do what you want, let me ask you a question. Do you want to live in this house ? The long term I do. My first step next will be to get a home equity line of credit to attack some of that. Okay. If you didn’t want to live here. I would say of course sell it right.
But just move and get the equity all out. Cause like he locks are good for, because you can, it’s a reversible thing. It’s not like you sold it or you paid at one person origination rejuvenation for a new loan. But the bad thing is you don’t get entirely at all the equity because right now you’ve got about a hundred grand equity with the HELOC. You might be able to get 50 grand. Sure because they like to have that lazy equity. So they’re secured. So you’ve got about maybe 50 grand to play with here with a HELOC that you figure.
So you’ve got about 90% of firepower ready to go. Your net worth at the end of the day is about one 60. I think it’s just 60 out of the other things. So that’s a little bit more than that. Okay. Okay. Oh, okay. Okay. That’s what that was. Okay. Yeah, that was the multi-family. I just didn’t know what to put it, so I ended up there.
Yep. Okay. So what were, what are your two options at this point? And then let’s talk about this. Are you asking? You’re telling, asking, oh I’d like to continue to look at renting my money out and building into the multifamily and or others indications. I’m a bigger fan of having more passive and the passive side of equity. I’m not looking to start another business. Did I feel like a lot of the options are?
So that’s what I’m hoping to do is to find a space that I can continue to grow. Investing into other people’s projects. I figure I can put 120,000 in, I got another 60. I can do this year, depending on what I want to find, and then, easily 60 a year after that growing as my returns grow. So that’s a six year plan to get myself to a half a million dollars invested in returning capital, hopefully around a 10% mark and I’ll come to you.
So this is what I look at it. If there’s one indicator of financial independence is they take this number minus this number, which is this. If you’re making, if you’re able to save more than 50, 60 grand a year, and you’re liking the top, at least top 20% of the people I talked to, which is like the 0.01% of the world.
Whatever that is. So that’s a big thing. It’s just not an analytical waiting game, right? This is the frustrating part. When you’re trying to grind from 200 to 500 to a million, and it’s gonna, it’s gonna, even if you didn’t even invest it, you’re gonna, in five years, you’re going to get up to half a million, right?
Yeah, three 50, but yeah, so what people don’t realize is when I started with zero it took, I bought that first property and then bought another property and then 10 31, and then this, it took me like seven years to get double digit units in that, just, it just moved like turtle speed. What about the idea of trying to go and find a broker and property manager and kind of piece together some single family homes yourself?
How does that idea sound to you? I’m not against it. Actually I feel fairly burned from the last experience of the turnkey. I don’t think it was necessarily just the turnkey side of it. I feel like I’d like to. Find a space where I feel like I’m more aligned with the lead investments idea. I like the idea of multifamily or at least the idea that I’m not the direct customer.
I feel like when I’m with the property management, they’ve meant really neat ways of making sure that they get paid. And I ended up being the first to get paid from the Abara complex. Ultimately they’re there to key in, on making sure the apartment complex is as proper as possible. So their incentive.
Is aligned with mine. I feel like I’m a little bit at odds with the property management and synchronization. But the syndications in theory, they sell them. Awesome. You have an asset manager and there are those, who’s a partner that manages the property manager day to day or week to week. But they don’t all go well. That’s the correct, w it’s just like the turnkeys, he thought it was good. Then you touch the stove and you’re like it hasn’t, we haven’t touched this homeless conversation with you works. How do I, who do I trust? And is this just one more?
It seems like on paper, but not to get through it three years from now. I’m like, yeah, that didn’t work out nearly as well. I think we’re in terms of where your net worth is right now. I think if you are like 500, 600,000, yeah. No brainer syndications, all the. But the fact that you’re in this quarter million, 2 million land, you, you may have to put a little bit more sweat equity to get it done quicker. Why is the return so much higher in a single family? I think what you’re not seeing is because you want the priMadonna turnkey provider. And the returns are very slim with them. And then you didn’t negotiate well with your property manager.
It shouldn’t, they shouldn’t take a full month’s rent on the first one. Yeah. Those are just some, but yeah, a lot of them out there were advertising that. Like I think if things go well and I think you’re going to get better and as an investor, you could probably beat what’s indications to you.
Don’t want to, you definitely don’t want to do that term. But it’ll get you to half a million quicker, but you save pretty damn good. You’re not like some guy who’s only able to put 10, 20 grand into the bank. Every. I do feel like it was in a couple of years, I have, between the equity, my, and my home, and I can get to 120,000 this year.
And, maybe 60 or 70 next year allows me to at least put chips on the table. Whereas indication goes, yeah. If I can find some willing to deal with someone like me, honestly, that’s a big issue. Not clearly not a qualified investor, so it’s a whole lot more difficult to do. So that’s what I would say is, it sounds like we’re w we see it both ways.
I think I wouldn’t totally not look for your own deals if you need. And if something looks very good, then be patient and pounce on it, just like the syndications to. Sure. And also it’s a sort of a misnomer it’s not you get access to more deals 90 to 97% is the statistic I heard of deals are for non-accredited investors.
It’s just, you’re not seeing because you’re not part of those networks. In my opinion, sometimes the credit owning deals aren’t as strong because they have to pretty much throw a hail Mary up in the stands and hope that they can get investors in mark. ‘ cause once they market those deals out, then they can only take accredited investors.
That makes sense. So I guess for me it’s how do I, I would look more towards, joining the right networks, even if I have to some way I do so to make it work. But on the other hand, I’ve only got, 50 to 60 grand a year to deal with. So that makes. Difficult as well. So I get, I feel like I’m in between, right?
This is what makes the scratch finally make it, it makes it so much sweeter because it was so difficult to get there. So talk to me about like time your resource of time. Is it better made finding more deals or connecting with more people or is it putting it back into the business and make more top line dollar?
It’s more connecting with people I’ve. I had the employees I want, and I’m fairly unwilling to keep on growing that side of it. Just because it’s, the turnover is killing my business. So I made a decision a couple of years ago that I’m not really going to grow much beyond my current level. So that’s, and, coming out with 50 or 60 grand worth of cashflow that I can use for investing, I don’t the amount of effort or take to add.
Without dramatically reducing it. Does that make sense? I’d have to reduce the amount of free cashflow to have to grow the business. And I feel like I could do better trying to find either network or other investment opportunities to run alongside my business. Then I would put in time and effort and money back into my business.
I buy that for sure. It’s most guys that are like, for example, doctors it’s just to get paid hourly rate. Yeah, it sounds like you’re up against a little bear or very yet the push through. I’ve got a pretty, I make a decent amount per hour, but I, to increase that Maura would take a different level of business that. Okay, I hear that. Any other questions? Like the life insurance, if banking is probably not going to be for you because you’re going to meet every single dollar to throw at more investments where assets that precinct. That’s what I feel about it too. So that’s my impression of it. I didn’t do the research into it.
It seems like I’m trying to find a way and I say my job is that if I can find a way to even make two or three grand a month of passive income, it’s not an all or nothing thing. I can back off a day, a week and find more time than possibly be a better investor, as opposed to spending all my time working and then just trying to invest in the margins.
So I have the ability to work, whatever number of hours I want. But that will reduce my number, my hours when I’m making. So if I can offset that, I can do that. More easily. And I think a lot of doctors or lawyers or engineers can tends to be more of an all or nothing kind of situation. That’s why also is attractive to me to try to find a way to make that return.
Even on the quarter million to the half million side would really change. Yeah. And if it doesn’t make it perfect. So I tend towards the, what I’d like to see is, who do I talk to? How do I get either mentorship or find a group that fits this category? And I’m not sure that there’s one which is I’m done with single family.
I have some free cash flow. I have as much free cashflow, as many doctors do perfectly. And trying to find a way to make the. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah, you have enough Coles going into the furnace is the, as the thought. And so there’s really not. Maybe the other option you haven’t thought about is as you expand your network, maybe you partner with as somebody in the summer position and you guys go after 20 units with each other.
Yeah. I can see that. That’s never really happens until you build the relationships and you meet the right person. And so if you weren’t, I know you’ve done this. If you were to build relationships from zero again, how would you go about doing it? So one mistake in relationships tomorrow, how would you start again?
Yeah. One mistake that I see a lot of people making is they go up to the person speaking on top of the stage. That’s the absolutely wrong place to go and not to sound like a jerk or anything coming to me as probably the wrong place to go. What I found the most effective is finding people on your left.
And then you that aren’t to any, they’re just working through their own stuff and you see if he sticks around and those are the people you trust, right? Because you see where they came from and there’s actual a real value exchange, both ways. They help you, you help them. And you guys want to get up to half a million dollars together, and then there’s a million dollars together.
From a high level that’s like that you think, or the places you think that person would be, I’m not asking for you, I’m just talking, where would you go if you had that position again? I know, I don’t know if I would recommend the local rehab because there most people there are broke.
That’s why they’re going to a local. It seems like one or two people. And then. Yeah, you do there. You’re not in the same place. I am put that way either they’re broke or they’re well successful that they’re not really. Yeah. And you just have a bunch of sharks there too. That are just from the stuff, the house flippers, just trying to stuff people into their deal and give them 10% on.
Take on all the risks you already know. That’s just lane. You’re an equity investor, not a debt investor at this point. So that’s. That might just tire you out, going to those types of things. But maybe I would go like maybe not every month, go out every other month, just be consistent.
You start to the point there’s now you try and realize who are the sharks and not to waste your time with them. And then who are the newer people coming out? And those are the people you’re trying to find, but you gotta get them up for the sharks. Get. I also know you’ve got the, a friend finder thing I haven’t really explored.
Do you think there’s people like me in that network? I could find. Yeah, but I don’t, I might be shutting that thing down because I just don’t have with, and here’s another thing I don’t like to connect people on, let’s say want to be connected. I do the double opt-in.
Standard operating procedure, or if you want to talk to this person, I go to talk to them first. If they want to connect with you. That’s just not cool if I just connect the email, but this all takes time and I got 40, 50 people in the mastermind now. And quite honestly, I need to focus more on them than the feat, the free Facebook groups and all these other free things.
Sure. There so unfortunately, I would get value out of the mastermind or the people not like me, or are they more still looking at single family and not there? Yeah. I don’t like the setting thing, but I think, yeah, you should probably join that thing. 20 or 30% are still in your shoes picking up their first few rentals, but majority are vetting bigger deals as a past.
Okay, but I think your net worth will be a little bit below the median. The median net worth is like 800,000. Okay. So maybe, I don’t know. Maybe that’s a good group to be part of. I don’t know. I’d like to be in a place where, you know, clearly, the, again, maybe too large, but I clearly want to be a place where people are smarter, more experienced than I am.
Yes. I’d rather be not room struggling to, have the, had the pressure to be like, okay, get better, faster than in a room where I feel, not that pressure. They’re not, I wouldn’t say they’re more experience. They’re all newer, but they’re very humble. And that’s what I like.
So it’s a good group of people like high paid professionals. That’s like shooting fish in a barrel, and that’s obviously not free, but so let’s get back to the free stuff because the person listening to the podcast is a cheapo. So I don’t mind spending the money. I want to find the space.
And I realized that quality people, and I’m just for the plug for the cheapo out there, I would say, Hey, spend a couple thousand dollars or several thousand dollars to fight. Someone who actually knows the answer. Otherwise, I think you end up with what I did, which was a lot of free advice. I ended up putting me in the premier Truckee area because that’s where I got funneled, which is, I’m not blaming anyone in that way, but I’m more than happy at this stage of life to try to find a way to spend money, to find the actual answers, not just the marketed answers.
Does that make sense? Yeah, the bread crumbs as I call it. Are those people who paid full time to go work at work. People just like me, who got just enough money. And that’s what the marketing is. The marketing to me who wants to just, I’ve got money. I want to spend up. I don’t wanna spend a lot of time and I want an easy solution.
That was me. Now I have learned more and I need do better than that, but that was who they were. So the goal is to find other people that are along your journey, that. If you’re doing turnkeys, maybe like how I had a few people in Birmingham with that I could bounce ideas off of her, or if my property manager wasn’t performing, I’m asking, oh, are you still using that same guy?
So that we all kind of band together that, but just, that’s just one example. Another example is just holistic wealth building ideas, or maybe even want to partner up and do a deal together. For example that’s what you’re trying to create now. How do we do that? I don’t know.
We’re not giving people much advice. We’re not doing a good job. I guess that’s what I’m pushing you. Why I signed up for this and I can be nicer in a minute if you want me to say something else, what is beyond just getting out of bigger pockets. What’s beyond just reading a bunch of blogs, listening to podcasts.
There’s something between that and the $40,000 mastermind, like what is, what exists between those two? I’m willing to spend the money if I need to, but I need to find a better source of advice than what’s free on the internet, because that led me to a mediocre. And I’ve been listening to podcasts for over a decade now.
And I’ll tell you that the podcasts are the same old stuff. I don’t even listen to podcasts anymore. And so what I would say the next step that I went down. Is get around. You gotta pay to go to like higher end conferences. Okay. You have to pay over a thousand dollars to attend these things.
And part of that is just getting around people who are more serious than the $50 weekend seminar crowd. But then I think what you’ll find is some of those groups are, they’re just not in the right. They’re more go getters. They’re more, $5 net worth guys that want to do big deals. You don’t want to find guys like that.
What I found was like other doctors, lawyers, engineers that were 10 years older than I was. So I was like, oh, I better copy with these guys too. I didn’t find out until I started joining these groups for 20, 30 grand membership fee. But once you get into the group, It’s amazing how easier gets, but you’re just trying to find a few good people, build a relationship with them, stick around for a year or two, and then eventually, hopefully they find somebody other groups or you do it’s really is the long game.
I’ve got one 20,000 I’m considering, but again, it gets back to I’m making good money per month and I can spend it. And I’m looking to stop trying to be the hero in the, do it myself, DUI. Yeah. I don’t recommend ever paying over that amount. I’m thinking about joining this one mastermind, just to give you guys access to more providers and like lending opportunities.
That’s an invite only one. And it’s only 25 grand. For me, that’s like for what it’s is it’s nothing. But I don’t think you need to spend that much. My, my program’s like under five grand, that’s a sell it, but I think the cool thing is if you want to do it the traditional way, you got to go to conferences.
You might have to go to a few of them. So that’s a few thousand bucks and you have to go fly there. And then it’s really like shooting fish in like a huge pond. Like you gotta meet the right people. You got to kiss a lot of frogs. You got to go back. If you’re an introvert, you’re going to go back to your room, super tired.
And hopefully you picked enough business cards. You can come back and hopefully rekindle a long lasting relationship. But I, yeah, step one. I think Erin is go to your local REIA. Cool once a quarter or something like that, at least, who are the sharks and who are like the new people that you want to connect with.
And now you had that your lens, right? How do you navigate that? That’s a scenario. Okay. But any other things that kind of comes to your mind? Things you might want to try. Yeah. I, I do, although the world, again, looking at things like note investing and such, you still look are interesting.
I’m not sure if I should or shouldn’t. I feel exactly the same way now. I feel a little kind of shy. Like I want to find somebody to walk me through how this might work. Yeah. For a lot of the passive investors that listen to this podcast for higher net worth guys, if you’re not, I don’t know why he listened to us.
Really the only things you want to do as an operator are like non-performing notes maybe self storage apartments, once you get to the assisted living or mobile home parks, those are more hands-on right. It’s a spectrum. Most hands-on operators like non-performing notes. For example, you can do that in the comfort of your home, living in Hawaii or Los Angeles.
Or the other ones, you gotta be boots on the ground that said, if you want to do non-performing notes, you have to go to the bootcamp. You gotta pay to play the 20 grand or whatever it costs in my humble opinion. Okay. Yeah. Like I said, I feel like I would need a guide in that kind of world. It doesn’t seem like a bad place, the questions are pretty endless, but if you want it to do something like non-performing notes, The way you circumvent that 20 grand pay to play method and just stop beating around the bushes.
You go network with the right people. And maybe that one of those people you network with that you build a long-term relationship with. Maybe they’ll want to teach it to you. There’s some sure injuries, right? Yeah. So that’s the only other thing on the horizon I think, was looking at those kinds of ideas. But I like the idea, like you said, no, that’s not an equity play. I’d like an idea. If I can find a way that your equity plays while also doing cash flow, that seems like at this stage of my development, trying to get to half a million rather than a million, I have to.
Yeah. I talked to this other guy the other day, all he’s been doing is. That deals at 10 to 12%. And I’m like, where the heck did you get in your head? That this is the way that you’re going to build your wealth while you keep talking to these fixed flippers that try to swindle him and their deal.
Do the math 10, 12%. You’re never going to get anywhere. You got the equity, especially if you only get it nine months out of 12, like it just doesn’t. Most of your time, your money is off the table. A good amount of it. I think the problem is. People don’t realize people look at what rich people do.
If you are like a million and a half, $2 million net worth for above and this stage of the market cycle. Yeah. You might want to be a debt investor to hedge your investing. But that’s not what somebody, half a million dollars, should be doing. You don’t have any money. You got to go make some money and go into equity investments.
You need them all, and you need all the tax benefits that go along with it. So again, that’s where you have to get around people, right? You can’t just listen to free podcast advice where it comes in your head one direction. There’s no feedback loop. And this is what’s nice about this conversation, right?
You get that, ask these questions that you get. And that’s why I really stopped typing stuff into the Facebook group, because I don’t type very well. You have to speak in terms of absolute, but it’s not absolutely every person, every situation is.
Okay that, that has helped. Cause I was tempted by the honestly the 10 and 12% I’m thinking maybe that’s a safer, more consistent return. So that, yeah, but you gotta, I want to get from a quarter million to half a million to a million . It’s a long road, if you’re gonna go that way.
And when you’re over a million then you can consider it, sure. That makes sense. But each of our own, if all you go to his local RIAs, that’s all you get presented with so much a flipper is looking, Hey, I’ll give you 12%. Yeah. If that, the people that I use, they’re all very experienced and you can actually rent the property out and make some money.
If things go really bad. So they’re giving a lot less than 4%, you pay for what you get. It’s very you can talk to Sam, but you’re taking a lot more risks than you did three years ago for the same amount of, yeah. Yeah. So sometimes you’ll see it, the local REIA is Hey, I want to borrow money at 15%.
Is this guy ever done anything, the first time I’m not really sure. I’m probably overpaying. Yeah. Yeah. But it’s a good deal, man. Yeah. It’s hard to hear. Cause I, like many other places, are immune. The average house is like $350,000 right now. So it’s hard for Colorados to find that space even more reason why not to do it right?
Like California or Seattle. There are 600 houses there. They’re wanting people to come in at half a million dollars. That’s everything I tell you not to do as a syndication investor, right? Don’t put more than 5% of your net worth into any one.
Yeah, that goes back to my goal of, okay I can save you for the next six years. If I put, if I consistently say at this Mount, which I’ve done, I proved that I can do it. It’s not just on paper. I’ve done it for over a year now. And spread it among, first, 10 and 20 different syndications. I don’t know if there’s a better way of doing it currently that I see.
Yeah. I think there’s a little bit of work to explore it off. Get your own deal. Because you are more experienced now. So I would say keep that road open. And then as you expand your net worth network, things will open up. I think in the beginning, when you were just two years ago, networking with anybody wasn’t going to do very much, but malware where you’re at this stage, then the network was really mad.
And I think that’s a big mistake that a lot of new investors make, they go out there and then they network like crazy, but it’s yeah, you’re networking with a bunch of other people that haven’t done anything that’s useless. But now that you’re at this stage, then the network is really where, that’s really where you have to put your energy.
I think that’s good. That makes sense. But cool. Anything else you want to chat about. I think that’s about it. I just appreciate your time and gave me some feedback. It’s hard to find again, like you said something between, you’re willing to do it for free and I’m really grateful for it.
We tried to make it definitely a lot cheaper and that was the vision. So I didn’t think anybody should pay 15, 20 grand to get started. That’s ridiculous. But yeah, simplepassivecashflow.com/journey is the URL to apply for that. But I think it would be a pretty good fit. Thanks for doing this, Aaron. And stay tuned for the next episode, guys. We’ll talk to you guys later.
What’s up folks. Now this week, we’re gonna be talking to Clint Coons from Anderson advisors about legal and tax questions that a lot of you guys had submitted to me in the past. I know this stuff, but I’m always catching myself knowing that I’m not a CPA tax attorney. So we’re gonna hear it right from Clint.
A lot of your guys’ questions that you guys have given me in the past. I’m really excited. I’m gonna be seeing a lot of you guys this next week in Napa valley, as we do a little bit of a Huey mixer and then off to Huntsville, Alabama, to check out all our apartments out there. We try to do an apartment tour for you guys to come and check out the apartments that you guys own with us.
At least once a. This is about the time before Halloween and the holiday season. This is probably the last opportunity for the year, but if you guys want to interact with us, meet other investors again, that was a big turning point in my investment career was, really meeting other really passive investors and really understanding why I need to get out of rental properties because it’s a headache too much liability as we’re gonna be talking to Clint about that today.
And it’s just too much headache and really this whole brochure strategy. Buy rent, rehab, repair refinance. That’s a great strategy, but it’s just too much effort. And for a lot of our credit investors, most of the people who listen to this show and especially invest with us these days are credit investors and their time is more valuable than their money. And they certainly don’t wanna go to the risk of doing a remote BRRRR or a BRRRR even in their backyard.
So again, hopefully you guys can join us. January 13th, the 16th in Honolulu, Hawaii for our annual retreat. For more information about that, please join our club at simple passive cash flow.com/club. If you want to be considered to come to that you guys need to book those mandatory onboarding calls with me.
There, you’re gonna get a bunch of other content such as our free, even a banking eCourse, and a whole slew of other free resources. So again, join at simple passive cash flow.com/club and enjoy the show.
What’s up folks we have Clint Coons from Anderson advisors on the show. , we’re gonna be talking about tax and legal, a lot of the questions I’ve been hearing from a lot of you folks. What do we do by asking for protection? And I wanted Clint to answer some of the tax questions that I keep hearing from you guys. We will put this video up at simple passive cash flow.com/tax. And from there you guys can also sign up to have a pre-con with Clint’s folks. And all this other tax information we have on that page against passive cash flow.com/tax. Clint joined us again. It’s been like two or three years. I think it’s the beginning of the pandemic. I last saw you in person, I think in 2019 looking the same man looking good out there. Thank you, likewise.
So like the first thing, asset protection, why is it important? And maybe we start with some of the basics , it really comes down to ensuring that if anything were to go wrong with your investments or on your personal side, that the assets that you’re investing into are not gonna be put at risk.
Look, I’ve been investing now, like you have for 15 years, I’m older, so I’ve been going at it longer and I’ve, I built up a sizeable portfolio, over 300 properties and multiple different strategies, buy and hold, fix and flip self storage, apartment buildings.
And so through my investing. I’ve come across some issues before I’ve had two houses burned down in the last year. Luckily nobody was hurt. I’ve had a tree fall through a house and strike the master bedroom again, narrowly avoiding disaster. And through it all, if anything had gone wrong and somebody had actually died or been severely injured, that would’ve resulted in a lawsuit.
And I see people day after day not quite on that frequency, but I do see people every year that will send me a lawsuit, a letter from an attorney, explain to them how they’re being sued because of something that happened on their property. And, they live in Hawaii and the investments over in Florida and they have never even seen the investment, never physically been to the property.
And now they’re involved in a lawsuit. And so with asset protection I tell individuals time and time again. Hey, listen. The likelihood of being sued, it’s not huge, right? You’re probably pretty safe. But the thing is that if you do get sued. The first person you’re gonna call is Anderson or another attorney.
And you’re gonna say, what can you do to protect me? And unfortunately, there’s nothing I can do. I was just responding to an email before you and I got on here and this family’s going through a situation where the grandfather owned the property. He contaminated the property and now where four generations or four buyers down the line, and they’re asking me what they can do to protect themselves now because of that environmental contamination, cuz they know, they’re, they’ve already been threatened that they’re gonna be sued and they wanna start protecting their assets.
And the answer is nothing. I can’t help you now, you shouldn’t have told me that you were going to be sued and all the backstory, because it really ties my hand. So asset protection, you need to be proactive. You set it up just in case the worst harm occurs so that you’ve minimized your overall risk exposure very similarly.
I just just heard this story from one of my investors and they, it was a story of, they got inherited a property from their dad and their dad does everything old school just doesn’t do anything with lawyers. And I guess somebody, there was an elevator that broke and then, now they’re suing all the three siblings equally, so just can expand the scope of the lawsuit. So a windfall for the person suing to go after everybody. A lot of that stuff, like to your point, you can’t do it after the fact.
So maybe talk again where I’m always like why the heck would you wanna own any rental properties in the first place, our group, I know you work with a wide spectrum of investors, but to me, once you go over, million or $2 million net worth, that’s where the syndications as the LP position comes into play. But I guess, from When you’re in an infancy, under half a million dollars net worth, what do you think is more appropriate and maybe walk us through as people grow their net worth, what is more appropriate from an asset protection standpoint?
I get that question a lot. And what I tell people just think about its properties. How many people say, how many properties should I put in one limited liability company? And they’ll be shocked. I’ll tell ’em one property per LLC. I’m like come on. My property is only worth $60,000 or a hundred thousand dollars each in equity and say, yeah that’s fine.
But how much income do those properties generate for you? Because really for most of us we wanna protect the income stream. And if something goes wrong with one property, you have five properties in one LLC. And they make $5,000 each on an annual basis, you just lost $25,000 a year in income.
Wouldn’t you rather be in a situation where you lose $5,000 and you save $20,000. And so this notion that your net worth determines the type of planning that you should use for your structuring, I think is misplaced because the person that has $500,000, if they were to lose a hundred thousand dollars, that’s 20% of their net worth.
Whereas somebody like yourself or myself, I could lose a hundred grand and it’s not gonna impact what I’m drinking. As you can see on my back shelf, they’re all empty by the way. It doesn’t impact me to the same degree because I have so many more properties and I make so much more income.
And so I think when you’re first starting out, you’re at more risk because you don’t know what you don’t know. And many times, and until you start having, you don’t even know what you need to know. And you get this backwards in your structures that you need more protection at the outset.
And then as you start to grow and you get to somewhere where I’m at, I don’t have 300 LLCs. There’s no way I would create that for myself. So what I’ll do is I’ll start grouping properties. I’ll put 10 properties in an LLC, and yeah, I could potentially lose an LLC if one of those houses that burned down was in an LLC.
If somebody was killed, I would’ve lost 10 properties. But the point is that I have 29 other LLCs or 290 other properties in that loss is not gonna change my lifestyle. Whereas the person that has $500,000 has one house. You get involved in a lawsuit because of that one property, or maybe you have two properties and you get involved in a lawsuit because of that, not only could you lose those two properties, but one impact is gonna have on your personal’s life as well.
If a judgment entered against you. And so I encourage people to always put plans together that is commensurate with the risk, but also ensures that if anything happens with the asset they’re protected, or if they’re involved in a lawsuit because they’ve entered into a bad lease or involved in a car accident, or a bank comes after ’em for a deficiency judgment that people can’t get after their assets, number one, their savings, their real estate, or what, a lot of times people don’t think about what you brought up syndications. If you’re investing in syndications, I think the biggest mistake people make time and time again is putting their own name down on the syndication. They should invest through an LLC so they can preserve that cash flow as it comes out. It wouldn’t be paid out to her creditor.
Maybe we can talk about that a little bit. There’s two types of liability. There’s the ones coming from so many chips and falls or the elevator breaks in your rental property, or I think what you’re referring to in that case is if the outside in. Liability. Is what your kind of primary concern is. Maybe expand on that.
And unlike, people that differentiate between the two, because I think that gets lost in the shuffle a lot of times. Yeah. So you, we have what are called dangerous assets that create liability for us real estate creates liability. Freedom. Just if you live in Hawaii and you have an investment property in Florida, if somebody injures themselves on that investment property, they’re gonna Sue the owner and you didn’t have to do anything wrong.
You had a property manager that was managing it, but it doesn’t matter. You’re still responsible cuz you own the property. And if you own it in your own name, they’re coming after you. But if you aren’t in an LLC, they’re going after the LLC. And hopefully that’s the only asset that’s available to them in that LLC.
So worst case scenario, what do you lose? You lose the equity in that property. Plus what I say is more important, the income, but you are preserved. I had a client. They’re a client and I met them a long time ago and they had this issue where they owned everything in their own name. And so now we’re gonna switch and talk about what happens with assets on our liability on the outside.
So they had multiple properties, 14 homes, and they sent their son off to college and he’s there less than a week. And he hits someone with a car and he makes this person a paraplegic. So the attorneys, of course. Sue the parents because they were paying for the kids’ education. They were still responsible for ’em and they found them liable for this person’s injuries and they bankrupt them.
And so here’s a couple, they had actually retired with living off the income from their assets. They’re in their early sixties. They BK themselves because of this lawsuit. And now they’re back at different jobs trying to rebuild. And the thing they said to me is they said, you know what? I wish we had this knowledge when we had the assets, we just didn’t appreciate the risk at that point in time.
And so this is what we refer to as outside liability, you’re gonna be sued personally. And then the question is, what can that creditor attach? What can they get from you? By using limited liability companies, certain types of trust, limited partnerships, what you’re able to do is limit a creditor’s recovery to what we call a charging order, which means that if it’s in an LLC, if you set it up the right way, we can’t take your LLC from you.
We can’t take the properties that are held inside of it. We can’t take your cash flow that is being generated from the properties or from a syndication that all stays protected inside of that box. You control it. I have a longtime client who lives in Oahu, and she was involved in a situation where.
She got into a deal with two Hawaii real estate developers. And she got the short end of that deal. And now she was going after ’em for $2 million and she got a judgment against them, a personal judgment against each of them for 2 million bucks. And she wrote me an email a couple years back, really frustrated.
She said, Clint, I’ve got this judgment and I’m not getting paid. They’re living in my own neighborhood and luxury condominiums, driving Teslas and Mercedes. And I know what they have. They have all these LLCs and there isn’t a single attorney that can get me paid. And she wanted me to look at it and see if I could offer any advice.
And unfortunately, my response was, there’s nothing we can do. She set ’em up. The developers set it up this way, so they’re protecting their income stream and their assets. And I knew every LLC that they had, and I knew how the money flowed through all the LLCs. And I explained to her, I said, I did the same thing for you.
And if the shoe was on the other foot, You wouldn’t have to pay out. And so I understand it’s frustrating, but that’s why people use entities. And that’s why I think people who have assets, people who are investing, they’re putting themselves out there need to take adequate steps to protect themselves.
So hypothetical question here, cuz it’s always hard for us to determine which one is the biggest liability outside in the inside out. If I had 10 rental properties, which I think are dirty assets, cuz things happen in them. And would you be more concerned for me personally, driving down to the grocery store, hitting grandma like that kind of outside in attack versus something happening with the 10 properties, I guess just that cuz you see these cases, you see the actual lawsuits and from the outside and inside all the time, which one?
Like which one would people do? People need to worry about more? It’s equal. People get sued for the most random things, cuz you can never predict when a lawsuit is gonna happen. You’re right. Driving down to the store two years ago, I was driving to a restaurant near Christmas time for dinner and it was raining.
It was dark. And some guys walking across the street in all black, in an unli street, I’m like you idiot. I almost clipped him. My wife freaked out. And because I couldn’t see very well cause it was pouring down rain and had I hit him that would’ve been a lawsuit and so things like that can occur.
But at the same time, I’ve got a whole bunch of emails and letters from clients that I use in my presentations, even where I show people, Hey, this person bought a piece of property and they’re being sued cuz this is what happened. And. It’s equal and that’s why you need to balance that out. And by putting together the structures, you’re protecting yourself from the asset. So if anything goes wrong there you’re protected. And you’re also protecting the asset from anything that you do. So you get two forms of protection by putting it into effect.
Yeah. I would also mention if you’re a doctor or high liability profession, even like a real estate broker, you’re gonna get sued all the time. That potential for that outside in attack is probably much larger than the average W2 employee out there. That’s what Clem’s saying. So if an investor is dumping all their rental properties, going into syndication deals as a passive investor, then they don’t have to worry too much about the liability from the investment, but they still have to worry about the outside.
They themselves are the worst enemy or the liability. At that point. Yeah. So actually a physician client one time called me up and this was classic. He’s a physician client. He wasn’t the time he wasn’t. And he said, Hey there’s a judgment against me. That’s coming down. And I’m about to have a liquidation event with this syndication that I’m invested into.
How can I word it to this deal sponsor, that’s running this syndication that I don’t wanna receive that money right now. And I want ’em to hold it until after this thing all plays out. And I said, really, you think they’re just going to make an exception for you and say, we’re gonna liquidate out our, every other investor in this deal.
But for you, we’re gonna hold on to your funds because you’re afraid that they’re gonna go to a creditor. I said, that’s not reality. And in fact, if you made that. What is it gonna show that you’re trying to influence or hide assets and you’re gonna put that person at risk. So they have no incentive to help you.
They, if I was their attorney, I tell ’em not to. So how do you protect against that? What you do is you take your syndication interest and you put ’em into a limited liability company. Typically we’re gonna set it up in Wyoming or Delaware, and you have it held by that LLC. So when the syndicators do pay out, it doesn’t go to you directly.
It goes to your LLC that you control. You’re the member of, and if you were staring down a lawsuit or a judgment, the creditors can’t step in front of you and swipe that distribution from you because the only time they’re gonna get paid, get this is if you decide to take money out of your limited liability company and pay it to.
And I haven’t met a person yet. That’s been in that situation where they say, yeah, I’ve got, 500,000 sit in this limited liability company. I’m just gonna start taking distributions to make sure my creditor gets paid more likely. They’re gonna say, I’m just gonna reinvest it, sit on this until that judgment expires.
And then I’ll start taking my money out. That’s how it works. But most time you’re never gonna get there. And the reason why is because attorneys understand how all this works and they’re gonna settle. One of my clients in Los Angeles $1.7 million judgment entered against him earlier this year.
And of course, he’s tripping all over himself, freaking out, he’s going into a debtor’s exam. He saying, what do I tell him? I said, you have to be completely honest. You disclose everything that they ask. And so he started going through and telling him how, set up LLCs. He was using myself as his attorney through Anderson and they pulled it up.
Our information on Anderson. And there was three attorneys that are grilling them and they started conversing amongst themselves. And then they turned the mic off, turned off the camera. They did a re they took a recess for, I don’t know, 15, 20 minutes. They came back and they said, listen, I understand you’re using this firm.
You’ve set up the structures. You’ve already disclosed. We don’t need to continue on if you’re willing to accept $400,000, we’ll settle today for 400 grand, 1.7 million to $400,000. Once they knew what they were up against calls me up, he goes, what do I do? I said what do you wanna do? He goes, I want to take it.
And I said, no, you don’t wanna take that. That’s just their opening offer. They’re gonna go lower. They just showed their hand because they knew they wouldn’t get paid otherwise. And so sure enough, we went lower or he did. And that’s the point why you have this stuff because it puts you in a stronger position.
And again, I think that’s where not a lot of people realize like this stuff it’s not black or white binary, it’s gonna protect you, not protect you in a way it’s like a magic card that yes, it shields you from a vast majority of the settlement. Everything’s pretty much settled. I don’t know what the stats are but like 90, 99% of things are settled.
Just goes to a math formula. If you have your LLC or some other legal entity set up that it’s basically like a shield. Correct. So what’s like the standard, like on the podcast form here, we can’t really go into too many details, but what’s some, like a typical like entity structure or maybe multiple structures, for the average, multimillionaire they’re just a passive investor. What kind of does that kind of look like for folks.
Typically, I tell people anonymity king, make sure they don’t know what you have, because if they can’t find it, they’re not gonna know they can go after and it’s not something they can recover against, make yourself appear as if you don’t own much of anything, because that increases the likelihood that a personal creditor will settle for policy limits and go away.
And that’s really what we’re driving towards. It’s those aggressive creditors where the attorney, is trying to make a buck more than the policy limits. That’s gonna push past that where you wanna make sure you have a firewall set up. And the best way to create a firewall is to use limited liability companies and LLC, that has what we refer to as charging order protections.
So I like to always set someone up with a Wyoming limited liability company, because it’s some of the best protection you can use to ensure that if you get sued personally, A creditor cannot break that LLC and get into whatever it holds. So we start with that as the base foundation, and then from there that LLC will own other limited liability companies because that’s the outside end shield.
So if somebody sues you that stops them from getting into your assets, your investments, you hit grandma going down the road, the outside in. Yeah, that’s right. Perfect example of that. So now your investments, your syndications your real estate that you own, your brokerage account equities, things like that.
You’re gonna set up separate not the syndications or the savings guy. You drop that right in your Wyoming, LLC. But if you own residential real estate, single families, maybe you have a duplex here, there you put those in separate LLCs. They all point to the Wyoming, LLC. So they’re all owned by that one, Wyoming, LLC.
So if you were involved in a lawsuit and somebody said to you, Hey how many LLCs do you own? I only own one. They need to ask the question. How many LLCs does the one LLC that you own? Oh, maybe it owns eight, but it’s your shield. So by setting this up in the manner which I described, if something were to happen with one of those other upper tier LLCs that happens to hold a duplex, then it’s gonna stay contained in that LLC.
And that’s going to absorb any losses associated with that, but your syndications protected your brokerage account. Your savings is gonna be exempt. You’re gonna be exempt from that lawsuit, your personal residence, not gonna be attached, it’s just gonna lock it down. And so for most people, that’s the type of structure we would recommend you set up now.
Where you’re investing is really important where you live is important as well, because there are nuances to the types of entities and strategies we use. It’s not a one size fits all people think I talk about LLC. So if they’re investing in Florida, we’re just gonna use a limited liability company. Or if you’re in California, it’s gonna be an LLC.
It’s really not. And so in different jurisdictions, we use different types of entities because you have to look at not just the asset protection you need to look at what are the tax implications. Do you wanna put together a structure that’s going to create a taxable event when you put the property into it?
Yeah. You get asset protection, but at what costs, it costs you $7,000 in transfer taxes or reassessment of the property. So you need to understand that other side of it as well, and look to different types of tools that will ultimately achieve the same desired result. But it’s not going to be with any type of negative consequences that can come from reassessments or transfer taxes.
And I think what Clint’s trying to say too, there is don’t go to legal zoom, cuz I think that’s where this stuff gets personal. And I think that’s why, let me tell you guys to, if you guys are new to our group book, a quick call with myself, we can dig into your guys.
Other, non-legal side that’s my area expertise, but it’s all personal finance and this is, it’s all legal structuring and it’s all personal to your situation where you live, how much money you make, what’s your values and what’s your legal liability is your profession, et cetera. But I guess Clint what’s what are some of these legal structures that you’re not a big fan of, or maybe don’t really apply to situations.
And I guess before you got you answer that I’m just gonna take a time to also say, tell everybody here, make sure you guys get your umbrella insurance, that’s essentially what is the giveaway for the lawyers when it comes settlement time? So get a umbrella insurance at least like a million bucks.
Most people on our family office group were getting that for three, 400 bucks a year. There’s nothing. Absolutely. What are some of the mistakes that people end up making. I see like these series LLCs, these land, there’s a bunch of like flat different options out there.
Maybe you can talk to why sometimes that doesn’t, those things don’t make sense, because where you’re using it, it has to be recognized or it has to provide. Some benefit. If you set up a series, LLC, for instance, and you create a bunch of cells associated with the series, LLC, and then you wanna own real estate in Hawaii through these independent cells of a Delaware series that ain’t happening.
You could do it, but at the end of the day, if you got sued, you’re not gonna have the protection that structure would provide you. If you’re making that same investment in Texas, that actually recognizes the series, LLC. So you see people try to use structures that aren’t appropriate for the state, where the assets located.
They think, oh, I’m gonna save a couple bucks by going with the series, LLC. Hate to tell you that it’s not gonna work there. Land trust, I use land trust for my investing, but I’m not one of those that I’m gonna tell you, you need to use a land trust in every situation because the problem you run into it complicates your life. So I like to keep things simple. I’ve seen multi-tiered structures before that the benefit doesn’t outweigh the cost. And when I say cost, I’m not talking about monetary costs. I’m talking about time, right? For you to have to get you wrap your mind around all this and operate it, that’s equally important, any type of structure you’re creating.
And then the other mistake that I see people make is not understanding the tax side. So there are things that we can do when the way we’re setting up our entities to ensure that we’re always going to look better to lenders so we can fund more deals or if we wanna sell the property. So I’ll give you two, two concrete examples here.
One individual comes to me, found me on the internet on YouTube, said, Hey, Clint I wanna book a strategy session with you. We get it all set up. His problem was he had a multi-family. Trying to sell it. Two buyers keep fell out of financing. He had it in a limited liability company set up by his CPA.
So the CPA got the structure, right? He just didn’t understand what tax election to make, which, he’s a CPA. You’d think he’d know this. He chose to treat that LLC as a disregarded entity. Now the benefit to the client is he didn’t have to file a tax return with the disregarded LLC, but the CP didn’t know the right questions to ask which would’ve been, Hey, what do you plan to do with this property?
Is this gonna be a rehab stabilization and sell? Because if that’s the case, this LLC needs to file a tax return and we’re gonna set it up as a partnership or maybe an escort that would kind of be my secondary option so that when we go to sell the property, the underwriters who are financing the deal for your buyers, they’re gonna get a tax return to verify the income and expenses and CapEx and all that with the property, cuz absent that.
It’s gonna be tough, cuz they’re always gonna ask for tax returns and he didn’t understand that. And so as a result, they kept falling out under financing. And so there wasn’t a clean cut solution for him. He had a third buyer and the same process, they kept asking for tax returns for the LLC. people say, just give him your 10 40.
It doesn’t work that way because underwriters, they got these little checkbox. They have to go through in order to underwrite a loan. Otherwise it isn’t gonna comport with the lenders requirements. And so they wanna make sure that they’re hitting all these boxes and the same thing with the private investor that owns multi or owns, residential real estate.
I’ll explain to them, Hey, you can set it up where you own it personally, or you own it through a disregarded LLC. So you don’t have to file a tax return federal return. But what is that doing to you rather than what is it doing for you? And if you don’t know what that is, then you’re missing out on a big part of real estate investing.
So what I’ll tell my clientele, what I like the way I like to structure it, that Wyoming holding LLC, all of it treated as a partnership for federal tax purposes. And the reason why I do that is because it hits your income will hit your 10 40 on a different line. Then if you own the real estate in your own name and so where it hits your 10 40 makes you actually look better to lender.
So you can get more deals done because your debt to income ratio, doesn’t go outta whack, cuz this is what can happen. If you own it in your own name, it screws up your debt to income ratio. Cuz they hold back income. You can make a hundred grand on your real estate and rental income. They’ll say, no, we’re only gonna give you credit for 70,000 of that.
You’re like, what the hell? There’s a hundred grand. You can see it. Yeah, but we’re forced to hold back. Whereas if you structured it slightly different, same income, same taxes to you, but where it hits your tax return, they give you a hundred percent of that. And then you take that and you look at the audit risk and now you just reduce your risk of audit as well.
So if you’re gonna engage in cost segregation to massively depreciate your property to throw off huge tax breaks to yourself, I prefer to do that through a partnership K one, then on a 10 40 schedule E page one, so that I’m taken out of the audit risk pool. And so there’s different layers. And I call that the business planning side of investing, where a lot of attorneys, if they’re not investors, then they’re not gonna see that, that side of it because they haven’t been down there and making the mistakes that, I made these mistakes.
And so it took me a few years to learn this stuff just from my own investing. And thankfully, because we work with so many clients all across the country, I would find myself talking to experienced investors like yourself and, You’re asking me for asset protection and I’m asking you questions yeah.
To help you plan, but also to figure it out, Hey, what is he doing? That’s helping him to achieve his goals so much faster than I am and started putting all this stuff together. And it’s really helped out our clients a lot in their investing.
And I think, like for our group, this is the simple passive of cash flow ways. When your network grows, you eventually get out of these little rental properties and not only for the legal headaches as we talked before, like why do even maybe I should take myself out because I still sign on the debt personally. But for most of our clients, why do you even need to show income to qualify for a loan?
Unless you’re gonna buy a primary residence, but then that’s another problem. I haven’t figured out personally, when you start to buy 2, 3, 4, $5 million properties, you can’t get a loan for bigger than a million dollars, but if you’re buying a regular house like for mostly you guys out there, you’re not gonna be doing deals, you’re not doing buying a duplex. TriFlex you’re just getting out of that world. And that’s where, you don’t really need to think about, these things as you start to gravitate more as a professional investor, as opposed to deal maker or, the bigger pockets world, group, B guy, those kinds of types of folks.
Let’s say that I’m in four year deals, that’s four K ones then that come down to my tax return. So if I held it through one entity treated as a partnership, not only have one K one that comes down to my tax return rather than four. So how does that benefit me? The benefit comes in the complexity of your return and that should you go to qualify for new personal residents and you want to use, qualified mortgages.
You’re not working in the non QM world. Then when they look at your 10 40, whoever you have to turn, your 10 40 over to less is gonna be better. The more you have, the more scrutiny it draws and you take yourself out of potential situations that you could have ordinarily qualified for. If you just didn’t have your tax return structured in a certain manner.
So when I look at planning, how your 10 40 looks is just important to me is how your asset protection side’s gonna play out. I think all you guys just should go work with Anderson and then go to the tax pitch, cuz I’ve just as the syndicate and sponsor, I’m just tired of working with some of your guys’ CPAs that ask, like they need to file this.
Or the mortgage brokers they ask for all these little K one S and it’s dude, it doesn’t even matter. It’s not like they. Debt recourse to this loan. They’re just a passive investor along with a hundred other investors. They give you guys, if the bureaucratic guy actually knew what a K one was part of a partnership, they wouldn’t be asked in these questions, but they’re just following a checklist.
And I don’t know, that’s my little rant against all these little doc or these requests that these mortgage brokers or underwriters ask for at the end of the day. Yeah. It’s frustrating because it just, can screw up your deal for sure. Oh, and it’s time consuming for you to have to deal with all those little request that come in.
Before we move off of the legal side and talk a little bit about some of these questions, these typical questions that I get on the K one and taxes side, you mentioned like the kid going out and getting drunk and you. Incurring liability for the family. We, this specific question has come up many times in our family office group.
The kids are becoming teenagers. Do you buy the car in their name? Do you put the, the loan in their name? What’s the best practice for that? Especially when, mom and dad worked for $5 million net worth and, mobile juniors out there doing OLS one.
That always comes down to what is the cost of insurance and how much you’re willing to pay? Ideally if a child, when you say child, what over 18 or under 18. So 16 year or even going up to the college, I guess I get, I don’t know if it matters, it really doesn’t matter so much.
If they’re going off to college, like the example I gave you, that vehicle is still in the parent’s name. So that brought the liability back home, but they can also say that you’re still supporting that child and therefore you’re responsible for them. They could try to rope you in that way because you have the deepest pockets.
So what I would recommend, if you have someone who’s over the 18 or over under 18, I don’t think you can get out of it, but over 18, make sure that the registered owner of the car okay. That legal owners aren’t necessarily liable. It is the registered owner. And you know this because when you finance a car, the legal owner is always the bank and you can’t Sue the bank because you go out and pull a DWE and you hit somebody else’s car and destroy it.
You Sue the driver and the registered owner. So that’s one way to, to minimize your risk exposure to the kids that are going off at college. Second thing is to show that they support themselves. Structure in such a way that maybe they’re earning income, where they have their own investment stream coming in.
So you bring them into one of your LLCs and you give them, five or 10% interest in that. And that gives them enough money to cover their expenses. And some people say heck if I give them a 10% interest and they’re making 80 grand a year, how do I know they’re not gonna blow it on, parties and girls and things like that?
Because if they are you’re in control, you just turn it off is what you would do. And so that’s what I tell people, you always wanna make sure you’re in control of of what you’re doing. Yeah. So have them put the loan in their name too or that doesn’t matter? The loan in their name, you could do that.
The benefit of doing the loan in their name is that now they’re gonna build business credit or not business credit. They’re gonna help build their credit. You may have to co-sign on the loan, but if they’re on the loan as well, now they’re starting to create that credit profile. So that’s advantageous for sure.
To do that. What about insurance policy does or does that does not matter, I guess it doesn’t matter so much, but what’s gonna happen, it’s gonna be more expensive for them than if they’re insured under your policy. I guess at what net worth would you say, would it make sense to bring it?
Irrevocable trust to take care some of these issues where they don’t, nobody owns the car. It doesn’t matter about the owner. It’s a registered owner that comes down to it. So you could have the legal owner is the trust, but the registered owner, what gonna be your child, or maybe you make the trust also the legal and the registered owner, but the child’s driving it.
Then the liability flows back to that trust. And whatever assets it would hold and the child gets sued. I could see you doing that. And that’s the only asset that holds is the car. The problem with that strategy is that someone’s gonna look at it and say, what is the purpose of the trust?
And you’re gonna say to hold a car and for asset protection, and then you could run into problems where they don’t respect the trust, because it was set up strictly for asset protection purposes. They might look through it. You could try it. I’m not opposed to doing it because I think more roadblocks you put in place the better off you are.
You could just tie an attorney up. Oh, that car out’s owned by an irrevocable trust. Oh, that’s owned by limited liability company over there. Oh, there’s a corporation over there and we don’t have the insurance that’s in the kid’s name and all of a sudden they’re just chasing down all these different paths.
To me that damn car is really the biggest point of contention. If you’re thinking about how to not lose your money, as far as here’s what you do, you give your kid a bicycle. Okay. And you solve the problem. Or number two, you make sure that all your assets are protected.
So even if they do Sue you, what are they gonna get? Or get an Uber one and give ’em a whole bunch of Uber credits and stuff like that. Yeah. So they never have to leave their house. Correct.
So let’s switch over to some tax stuff. And I had some questions here that I get asked a lot and I always feel bad. Taking your guys tax Tuesday videos and regurgitating it back to them. Appreciate Clint, answering these for me because they are the same old questions over and over again. The first one I normally get is this grouping election, right? Investor invests in syndication deal where they’re a passive investor and they get their gains and losses on this K one form.
And especially if there’s a cost segregation involved, there’s a huge amount of losses created often, like at least half of what they invest . And then, so the investor goes back to their CPA who looks up from their glasses and says you can’t use those losses to offset the gains on other rental properties or other syndication deals.
Maybe talk a little bit what’s the logical leap there. And. Should people handle that one. I’m not sure. As long as there’re passive losses and you have passive income, those net out. And so that’s the way that should be playing out. And there’s always gonna be nuances if people are going back to their CPA with passive losses, and they’re trying to take those passive losses against ordinary income or non passive income, then you’re gonna struggle unless you’re a real estate professional.
You’re not gonna be able to do that. So the losses that you pull out of a syndication, those can be grouped against similar types of income, but they can’t be used to set up unsimilar types of income, right? Similar types, meaning passive income gotta be passive. So from other rental properties or other syndicated deals, all passive that’s correct.
Let’s talk about then that kind of leads into the next question. You can’t use the passive losses to offset order income such as from your 10 99 to your day job. Unless maybe go into rep status, what that allows them to. Yeah. So unless you become a real estate professional, which means that, you’re spending 50% of your time, so you don’t hold a full time job in a non real estate related activity and you spend 750 hours on real estate related activities.
And so with reps to meet that test, it doesn’t have to be with your own rentals. You just have to be doing stuff in real estate. So you could be a broker, you could be a contractor, you could be someone that’s involved in that, an appraiser, and you’re gonna meet the first prong of the reps if that’s what you do for your living.
But then the second prong of that test. Is you have to materially participate in your rental real estate business activity. Or you folio there folio the properties you won’t correct. And so that’s either there’s seven tests, but the two that we look at the most is gonna be the 500 hour test. You spend 500 hours on your real estate.
Plus you met the seven 15 half of your time on other real estate activit. You’re good. Or you have to spend a hundred hours and that a hundred hours is more than anyone else that works on your properties. And so where I find that people struggle with the reps test is that they have out of state PMs. So they’re not involved with their own real estate.
And they try to use education looking at balance sheets and qualify. And there hasn’t been a case yet that I’m aware. That’s ever happened now that could probably qualify for that first 750 hours. That’s not involved in their portfolio. One might use that, cuz that seven, that 750 hours outside of their active portfolio is a little looser.
It’s gonna be tough because you got 50% of the time. So if you’re a physician, you ain’t making it. You’re already you miss out on that prong. So what I typically tell people is that if you wanna make sure you’re gonna qualify, self-manage your real estate. Now you don’t have to. Self-manage all of it just self-manage enough where you get the hours and you’re good to go.
Or if you’re not, if you don’t have the time and you can’t meet 750, 50% of your time, just do short term rentals for a bit, buy a property, turn it into a short term rental, spend a hundred hours on that property. You don’t have to worry about 750 hours, 50% of your time. You just do that.
And your average rental period is seven days or less costs like that thing, harvest a ton of tax deductions, turn it into a long term rental next year. And your goal, you can take that money now and you can offset those losses against all your income that are generated from that short term rental activity.
And so what I find is with many of our physician clients that are not yet just putting all they’re diversifying, they have their syndication interests, they have their equities, and they’re doing some single families on the side. We’re taking those. And we’re saying those need to be short term rentals for the first year.
Focus on that. So we can harvest the losses. We had one guy who sold a his interest in a clinic. He had a big windfall and. Poured all that investment into a property in Texas and turned that into a short term rental. His wife was the one that qualified. He still was busy wife qualified with the a hundred hours.
And it freed up for him must say he was $670,000 in deductions. So it can be huge. If you look at it from that perspective. So if they turn on the, short term rentals, they do that for the first year. What about the next year? Are they real professional next year?
When nothing goes to be a transition to a long term rental? No, you’re not because you couldn’t meet the test to begin with. Yeah. So only that it’s that, that one year. Everything comes here. You’re eating all the cookies the first year. There’s nothing left for the second year. So you don’t care in the second year you took it all now.
Yeah. So this is that strategy where you’re investing in a whole bunch of syndication deals. Maybe you invested half a million and you got 300,000 of pass the suspended, passive losses on your 80, was it 82, 85 form or something like that, but you have that ready to use. So you pulse it in next year.
You, you do a short term rental. Now it’s your game to use those passive losses as you wish. But after that, you lose that kind of that Starman ability that, that rep status for after that year. Or if you look, if you had excess passive losses, look for excess passive income opportunities you have where you have appreciated positions that are passive in nature, sell ’em harvest the law the gains this year to take your losses and offset it, or buy another short term rental next year, a couple years later, buy short term rental. Yeah. One of the things I, you and I were talking about, I had a client that approached me, said, I have this property, I’ve owned it since 2014. I told I couldn’t do a cost se on it. What should I do? And I, I don’t qualify as a real estate professional.
I need some tax deductions this year. I said, sell it. His complaint was well it’s tripled in value. If I sold it, then I have to fail this additional gain said sell it on a 10 31 exchange. Let’s exchange up into even a larger property with that. Now, since you bought the property between two, September of 2017 and the year 2022, it qualifies for 100% bonus depreciation.
So we exchange into a larger property for you. We then perform a cost segment on that larger property, generate a huge tax reduction this year that you can then use to offset that gain that you have. There’s ways to use the code to to fix your tax problems if you’re willing to do it. And in that case, he had to sell the property under a 10 31 exchange, find the replacement property, which he was willing to do because he wanted to get the tax losses harvest it.
And this is the best year to do it because a hundred percent goes away next year goes to 80%. Yeah. Still not as bad, the year after, I think 20, 24 be 60%, but , that’s another strategy that I’ve been personally thinking about is, buying a big house that I eventually like to live in, but to buy it and then cost it out stuff, those passive losses in my pocket, then maybe living it at some point.
That’s a strategy too. It’s exactly right. I’m running out of time in the year 2022 to do that. You are but the thing is, if you buy it this year, you don’t have to spend a second this year. To get a hundred percent bonus you could cost second, two years from now, as long as it was still an investment property.
And it relates back to the year of acquisition. So if you bought it in 2022 and you held onto it, put it in the service and then didn’t perform a cost second until 2024. Your bonus depreciation would be 100% because it relates back to the year of acquisition, not when you do the cost sec. So that’s why this year, as long as you buy something now, 4 20, 20 twos out a hundred percent.
Ah, that’s a good one. That’s a new one. I probably should know that. That’s why our other CPAs on our cost fixed indications. They say, yeah, you don’t need to do it just yet. But that’s a great point. And I really, I don’t know if people missed it, but Clint’s idea. I’m not a huge fan of the 10 31, but if you’re gonna do the 10 31 to get a larger property to, make the bigger bang for your buck on the cost, say before the end of the year or acquire it before the end of the year, then the 10 31 allows you to get something bigger, to get a larger cost say, and stick those losses in your pocket, or at least kick the can down the road. A little bit that way.
So the other questions that kind of come to mind as far as passive investor taxes like I, I think the big thing that, a lot of CPA firms are scrambling, or at least on our side, we’re seeing, K one S get taking so long and most times in private equity world, to have them get it completed in January, February is just ridiculous in the private equity world.
We tell ’em to do it in October when it’s normally due. But still, investors are their CPAs asking for these K one S and what, if a K one is missed, right? Can they just refile it next year? Or what’s the, they could amend the return, just make sure, approximately if there’s positive income there, what that’s gonna be and just report the income.
So you didn’t under-report your total income, but here’s the thing with, like you said, the CPAs, we have a large tax group inside of Anderson, and the problem you’re running into is industry. Why can’t you find enough people to work? And so it’s just really slowing down the process for everyone and getting their returns completed because there just aren’t enough preparers right now in the workforce.
That is willing to do the job. And so you see it across the board, doesn’t matter, you guys it’s taken them a long time to get their K one S out. Unfortunately it’s because they don’t have the manpower. And everyone we talk to cuz we are, we’ve been trying to grow and expand our tax department beyond the 140 people that we have to buy up other companies and thinking, all right, we’re gonna get more people, economies of scale and they’re behind, they’re struggling to get through their work because of that.
And here’s my personal tax question. So I get 80, a hundred K ones every year, then I make it into a little spreadsheet. So I can spot check you guys at the end to make sure approximately how much passive losses I should have.
Yeah. But like the K ones they’re never right. Like the names always felt wrong or the damn boxes on the bottom they’re checked, they’re all messed up anyway. Does the IRS even look at that stuff or does anybody even care that it’s not gonna get an issue audited?
They’re just looking to see if you’ve got the income reported on your return. They’re matching up, not with the name, but with the E that’s really what it’s pulling down to. So it matches back to the parent return. If they were to audit, they would partner, they would audit on the partnership level and just make sure all the numbers add up to what the partner divided up in the beginning.
And here’s why you’re not getting an audit. You have 80 K one S in your return. You’re an audit. You look at that, you’re like the hell , I’m going up for this 10 40 guy. That’s the biggest joke about it. That they keep talking about what they just passed. But with that inflation reduction act scam.
They say they’re hiring all these auditors. Who do you think they’re gonna target? They’re not going after the people that have the K one S and the more sophisticated returns they’re gonna target the middle income taxpayer that doesn’t have the investments that just files the 10 40.
because that’s the easiest person. Plus you don’t have the knowledge. We’ve got some X IRS attorneys that work for us that used to work in the audit department. And they said, it’s crazy. You gave me a room of a thousand auditors. There’s only 10 in that room that handle corporations and partnerships. And those types of returns, 10 forties that have K one S on ’em.
He said the rest of ’em can’t touch ’em. Yeah. So he said, that’s the best way to hold assets. So what should I tell a lot of our investors were new. They might have three or four K ones, and then they’re asking you, they’re saying, oh, we spelled their name wrong on this K one.
Or, this checkbox needs to be checked. It’s just not a big deal. I think you can send them a corrected K one, but as long as they’re gonna be reporting their income then it’s not in and of itself gonna trigger on and on. Yeah, I get it. People are always everyone’s concerned about being audited, but that’s not the thing that’s gonna co you know, trigger the audit.
What’s gonna trigger the audit is that you, the 10 65 reports that you earned $250,000, and you report that you only made $250. That could be a problem. If they catch it and you’re part of the 0.04% or whatever that number is that actually gets audited or point, 1%. But I think if I’ve followed your guys tax Tuesdays enough, your guys have a big strategy as you guys put as many things on as the schedule C right.
As opposed to what normally people will put things in a 10 40 or the schedule E and that’s a lot more audited. Schedule C is more audited. So you have page one of schedule E that gets audited. We prefer to put things on page two, which is gonna be via K one. So all those K ones that you get that have to do with real estate, those show up on page two of your schedule, E not on page one is reserved for real estate that you own in your own name or through a disregarded entity.
That’s the audit because again, 990 auditors handle those types of returns. When you put that income over on page two via the K one. Now you have 10. So another reason why not to own little rental properties. Got it. Yeah. That is the closest plan. I know you’re always looking at these inflation reduction acts and the B B.
Any, like looking into the crystal ball, anything coming up for investors to be on the lookout for for like new tax breaks, like maybe a new opportunity zone ish type of thing or something exciting you coming up or or should be really be worried about the 80,000 IRS agents who they’re teaching with the fake code.
I wouldn’t be worried about the 80,000 IRS agents because they’re not gonna find them. We can’t find tax preparers. What, who are they gonna find to do this? And you can’t find employees right now. They’re not gonna find employees. Just finding people that show basic level skills that they actually wanna work.
Good luck. But beyond that, I think that the biggest thing on my horizon for people who own entities is gonna be the corporate transparency act where they’re gonna issue the finals. Regs, and they’re gonna have the auditing procedure that’s going to be released in. They said December is when they have to release that.
And so I think that’s the one thing that I’m curious to find out what’s gonna be required and what the reporting requirements are for anybody who has a business that have set up a, Ivo business trust, or LLC, or corporation, how that information is gonna get disclosed to the federal government does that one have to do with I remember a couple years ago, I told everybody, that were, putting their syndications and LLCs.
They all got pissed off at me because I said we need your social security number, man. Like when they got all upset with me and I’m just like I’m just the messenger, I know. Is that what the corporate transparency act is that part of it or. Yeah, you’re gonna have to, you have to report on all the members of the limited liability companies, the managers, the officers, all that corporation, same thing that’s gonna have to get submitted to, to the federal government.
And I forget if on a syndication, if there’s a, if there’s a de minimis rule where you don’t have to provide that information, but it’s gonna be an annual reporting requirement. Government wants to know what you’re doing, because they think that you’re committing tax fraud or your money laundering is really what they’re concerned about.
Yeah. I know people don’t like to give that stuff up, especially when they’re purposely using entities to invest through like you mentioned earlier. But, from a standpoint of Iris doesn’t have enough agents and to collect revenue from people who are doing bad things like, on purpose, I think that night may be a good idea for them so they can go catch those guys because that’s what people were doing, right?
They were, creating all these LLCs and creating all these deductions or hiding all the gains. And it’s impossible to track unless you can tie it to one E or one social security number. And we’re not doing fraud here. They should go catch those guys. That’s not gonna change anything.
Tell me a law that stopped some type of crime from occurring, right? Yeah. It’s gonna happen. You wanna commit fraud? You’re gonna do it. so side note here years ago, this makes it harder for all of us. It does. The IRS came in to audit our company because they wanted transparency cuz we set up entities in Wyoming.
Or at that time we did a lot in Nevada and they said, we want a list of all your clients, which they can force you to provide. They do it all the time to companies. And we said why do you need this list? We said, we wanna know who’s behind all these companies. He said, you already know that.
He said, no, we don’t. We said, every time we set up a company, we obtain an EIN and we provide you the member, the owner of that company and their social security number. Who’s behind every single company that’s set up. That’s how we acquire the EIN. We don’t acquire ’em under our own names and this is what they told us.
You may do that, but we have no way in our system of matching that information up. I said, are you kidding me? That’s a basic computer system. You can’t run that. I said, now our system can’t handle that. And so that’s why we need to ask you for the information . So it just shows you how antiquated they are and the way they approach things.
And so even if they collect this information, it’s not gonna do ’em any good. It’s basically whether we didn’t keep our records straight or we didn’t, it’s too much money to revamp for a computer. Let’s just bother everybody again. That’s exactly right. Thanks for coming on Clint. Again, folks, we’ll put this in the tax section at the webpage at simplepassivecashflow.com/tax.
We’ve hit Clint on there and passed the webinar. So those are all up and there too. But remember, a lot of this stuff is personal. This is just a podcast made for entertainment, but hopefully we’ve created some questions in your guys head to ask more probing questions and again, join the investment club simplepassivecashflow.com/club. We’ll get on the phone there or get on a zoom call and we’ll see you guys next time. Thanks Lane.
On today’s podcast, we’re gonna be talking about investing in crazy digital assets or digital companies that happen to invest in YouTube channels. YouTube channels are a form of the big three in terms of the digital world, eCommerce, SAAS, businesses, and content websites, simple passive cash flow is a content website, except I’m not looking to put out some crazy NTF thing to lets you all invest in simplepassivecashflow.com.
It is a passion project of mine. It’s been a great way to meet a lot of you folks and build a list of cool people. That came out to Hawaii. Once a year, we are going to be doing that little mini wine tour in Napa valley. Actually, it’s not gonna be mini. It’s probably gonna take us the whole day of visiting several wineries.
We get on the bus, everybody gets to meet each other and make sure you go apply there because these days we vet everybody who comes. You’re a weirdo. You don’t get to come. And how do we figure out you’re a weirdo? We get to know each other. And we are also a big enough community that a lot of people coming in these days are referrals from friends.
So we’ve got a tight knit circle at this point. So no random strangers. And I think our group is the only group out there. Is not just like a fake to you, make it be a general partner one day because you’re broke and you’ve got nothing else going on. You know, Most of our investors, although they are in there, they are younger, maybe in their thirties, forties at the youngest.
And I say that with a lot of respect, a lot of you guys make so much more money than I could ever personally have done in the professional world. And you guys are high performers. Individuals in all your own respects that often we put on these events, I’m very flattered by the people who come.
But the thing that ties us all together is, we are pretty financially minded and we appreciate financial freedom, but we also understand that we need to invest with people we know, like or trust and have a small. Community of other purely passive accredited investors. Not a bunch of people who are looking to get to know us on a loose basis and want us to invest in their first deal because there’s a lot of fake team make groups like that.
Trust me, been there, done that and also got the t-shirt and lost some money doing it. There are a lot of those types of organizations out there, but we are not one of ’em. We are an exclusive passive investor group. So if you’re looking to grow your net worth from one to 10 million, number one, check out our family office, Oana mastermind, but just, check us out.
We usually let people come to an event at least one time. Check out our community. And then see what it’s all about because personally, I didn’t really start to get outta my shell until 2015 and 16 when I started to realize, wow, there’s a lot that could be gained from, master mining informally with other investors.
And then when I started to join different other higher level groups, of course you have to pay a lot of money for that. And that’s what I did, but there’s really nothing out there for the purely passive accredited investor. Which is what I sought to create with simplepassivecashflow.com. Hopefully you guys can join us on October 1st in Napa valley. Simplepassivecashflow.com/napa is the info page for that.
And here we are talking about YouTube channels, but Hey, let’s make one thing clear folks, just because we have somebody on the podcast doesn’t mean that I’m saying to invest with. Actually I am saying the opposite. If we have somebody on the podcast or you see anybody on any podcast do not invest with them.
Podcasts are a great way to create that sort of fake type of influencer, all that content type of stuff to conjure up, fake amount of followers. That’s just how the Al coin. World is created in all these discord channels out there. To me, the only way you can really figure out if something is legit is to know another purely passive accredited investor, get to know them organically and build a true deep connection and see where they put their money and have had a good experience with it. And I’ll tell you guys, anybody can do a podcast. It just takes a certain character, these days to do it. Thanks for listening again, guys and enjoy the show.
Hey simple passive cashflow listeners today. We’re going to be talking about a different kind of investment that I’ve been looking at in this realm of buying, not hard assets, real estate, but working businesses, no family offices, they don’t invest in all this equity stocks, mutual funds types of stuff.
That’s a very small minority portion of their portfolio when reality. No it’s businesses or a huge part is real estate. Someone even says at least 50% of their high net worth portfolios. Now not saying that you guys should do this, or just show us any sort of investment advice. You’ve got to be silly to think that you can listen to a bunch of podcasts and get a bunch of financial advice and even further.
You’ve got to be even more silly. Or if you think that you can just go on a podcast, land, figure out who a bunch of operators are and start investing with them. Do not do that guys, unless you would like to win the financial Darwinism award of the year. All we’re going to do today is talk about a little bit of a different opportunity.
I’m not investing in it personally. But again, I just want to expand people’s thinking, right? Because when you expand people’s thoughts to other things that you didn’t think were investible or in the arts world, you start to do private money lending, or, you go into a multi family deal or you buy a rental property, by expanding yourself, going a little bit past your comfort zone. You get past that block where you were originally. And a lot of you guys, just quite frankly, by some rentals or get into. Or move from 90% into equity stocks, mutual funds and get maybe 10, 20% into being outside.
I want to introduce Michael call-up who works for an eCommerce content website? That produces YouTube videos. And you guys watch a lot of YouTube videos out there, but it’s pretty profitable for those folks out there that get a lot of views and you can turn it into a business with Michael and his partner.
But we’ll start off at the top, right? Because I think most people here are pretty familiar with investing in alternatives, such as real estate. And that, that one line they’re just crazy real estate as alternative investments, wherever they go wrong or get to the macular. But let’s get into something I’ve been interested in personally over the last few years, as someone who runs simple passive cash flow in a content website, where I create a bunch of content.
And it creates relationships with people and then I’m able to do the masterminds. We do the events, we do, all kinds of things under this umbrella of simple passive cashflow. But Michael, why don’t you just give us a quick outline of different businesses within the internet space.
It’s funny you say it’s good going back 20 years ago, I owned a cleaning company, and so I bought it. I had worked on wall street for 10 years. Got burnt out, and had my first kid quit. Didn’t know what I was going to do. Ended up buying a franchise. It was a cleaning franchise and I got really bored with it.
And 2007. So I got into the online space and started my first, what is now today called drop shipping. It wasn’t really a thing back then. But I would cold call. Like companies like Hoover vacuums and stuff like that. And the microphone I’m speaking into, I used to sell this online and we would drop ship it directly from the manufacturer.
And the online space, as we all know has shifts, escalated tremendously and particularly with COVID. You mentioned YouTube before we saw a huge spike and people now that they’re homework sitting there online watching YouTube. And I was pretty active with my e-commerce company, which I sold in 2013.
And then also started investing in software company SAS at that time. So I had a Twitter automation tool that we had 10,000 users with. And that was great because it was recurring income. And so somebody just signs up for a piece of software. If you build. That software can run itself.
And then we had individuals in the Philippines and Morocco that handled the customer service for the customer. So that was a tremendous investment for us because that was just consistent money coming in $50 a month. But each of those customers until Twitter suspended our API which is always a risk in any type of a software business.
And I went from 10,001 at night to zero the next morning, zero. Which was like an, oh no moment, but, throughout that time, one thing I’ve always done is use content to brand myself because that’s great. And I’ve always been fascinated with YouTube, met this individual. His name is Saad and he was working for you, familiar with what family offices are.
It’s a little bit. We run the family office, Ohana mastermind. A hundred million dollar families and above are defined as family offices. But what do you do when you’re going from one to a hundred? That’s the kind of group that we have. It’s more of a coaching format. People want to get more involved with that. Join our inner circle, simple passive cashflow.com/journey.
So you’re very familiar with it. So what side was doing is for that family office, he was actually doing this on YouTube. So creating content, it was all what’s called faceless videos. So maybe, like somebody famous, Evan Carmichael Evan Carmichael, a lot of his videos online to all faces. So I, the motivational ones. 10 quotes from Steve jobs, right? And people love specialties. I can engage the entrepreneurial world with that type of content, and it can get a million to three, 10 million views.
And so what’s great is obviously, as we both know on YouTube, once you have been approved by YouTube to be monetized, which means you have a thousand subscribers and 4,000 watch hours. Every time somebody watches that video, it’s like owning a piece of real estate where you’re getting passive income from rent, or you’re getting paid passive income every time somebody watches that video.
The definition of faceless videos for the folks, it’s one of those really dry, boring videos where you get the, sometimes it’s a bit of an animated narrator, but it can be very boring. The copywriter, whose text is typically good, it’s not like a YouTube influencer, if you guys like YouTube, go to my rich uncle’s channel. We try to make it more for the kids out there where it’s more personable and it’s easier to listen.
Whereas if somebody just reads something to me, I just drown out personally. But the cool thing is you can turn and burn these things and you can, Shern this stuff out with very bold, cheap labor. Cheaper content writers to turn the stuff and you can turn it into a machine it’s repeatable. You don’t need to get lucky, like with an internet influence.
Not at all. You just have to be very good with SEO and understanding what people are searching for online, what they’re interested in, and then very good with, from the SEO standpoint ranking the video. So it gets seen because there is a ton of content out there. And so some folks might always say, Yeah, I know content creators and their stuff never gets seen. It could be that they don’t understand SEO. So before we dive into content, we’ll back up, we talked about SAAS. So SAAS, as you build a little web app or application. I don’t know what are some things that are common that people think of.
So if you, on social media you most likely use some type of social sharing tool, right? Like a Weber. These are, they’re not entrepreneurs, so they’re not using sweets or things. Like a lot of the web apps that entrepreneurs will use, but. MailChimp looked at MailChimp today. MailChimp is a SAAS company. MailChimp was just purchased this morning by Intuit for over, I think it’s $12 billion and that’s a privately owned company, but that’s a piece of software right at the end of the day. All right, man is a more consumer one. Correct me if I’m wrong, but like the way I look at SAAS businesses, the cool thing is recurring revenue, but.
You create a product, but then now you’ve got to go sell it. So it’s more of a sales and biz-dev type of yeah. Yeah. And so that’s SAS. Then the other third one is e-commerce. Which you mentioned you started with now, this is something every guy under the age of 35 years old thinks that they can run an ecommerce business, but you guys are 20 years too late.
Maybe if you can list off the brews in this space and we say, it’s probably not good to spend $2,000- 5,000 for stuff like that and I would tell everybody to be very careful when looking at that online, like a lot of folks are Bellflower, I believe is the name. We’ll say, oh, we can start you through Shopify and online drop shipping business.
Nothing to do, just, invest $5,000 in this program or what have you. The reality is everybody else is selling that same product that is listed on a site across. And so it’s a race to the bottom, right? There’s no branding. You’re not going to be able to compete and there’s so many people, I waste so much money on those. And the only people where he makes the money are the ones who are selling courses. On how to do this and a lot of them have never even done it themselves. They watched a program and then they just came on. Like I’ve literally got into that drop shipping was not a word like back then.
I didn’t even know that I was drop-shipping. I used to go to conferences and literally go from booth to booth, just introduce myself, say, Hey, do you sell online? And they would be like, now, we haven’t cracked that yet. We sell online and would love the opportunity to have a conversation and just, I would assign on it eventually three years later, I was selling 200,000 products and then all of a sudden drop shipping became a thing.
So it’s crazy. I forgot the name of the Dan Martell site. He’s a big guy in software but I’m listed on it. And I had done a lot of poaching on drop shipping back in like 2015, 2018 frame. I still get so many calls from it, from people that have bought these courses. And aren’t anywhere from it because they thought it was so easy and everybody just said, Hey, it’s a passive investment.
It’s not, it takes a lot of work. You have to be good at Facebook ads. You’ve got to be good at SEO. It’s more than people think. And you’re competing with people that are like the general masses and it’s high competition and people that live in their mother’s basement. That’s all hours of the day. You think you can work a six-figure job.
Do this on your side type. You’re incredibly mistaken. That’s, you’re not a professional by the true technical sense of the word. You’re not a full-time person doing this type of stuff. And maybe what are some of the other things they tell you to do in this industry? Like they tell you to send them those cards with your product, say, Hey, we’ll send you another one.
If you just give us a good review, or we’ll bake, we’ll pay you guys 50 bucks. Or they’ll find influencers on spark, Toro, whatever, and they’ll pay them to shoulder their ad or they’ll just straight pay them for review. They’re just, although they tell people they can become an influencer today, and what’s funny is like so many of them have been called out online because they go out and they buy fake subscribers and then, they’re charging people to be an influencer again, another passive investor. But it’s very not because they’ve called out eventually they burned their account and then they got to start another one.
Yeah. It’s like when you have a really ugly kid and that they’re ugly. And then they, the modeling company comes and says, oh, we can make them famous. You just have to pay $300 for this total package. Yeah, I got a, I got to say my daughter’s gorgeous. But I fell for one of those. I didn’t fall for it. They got her on Instagram and said, oh, come on. And the next thing you know, we went in, there was a modeling runway, and then dad’s in the back saying, did you love watching your daughter on this one way?
And I was like, yeah, this was awesome. They’re like, listen. She’s got potential. And for this, you can I think it was $3,500 for a two month program Dyke. We can get her amazing gigs. And if you want to do this, which was a $5,000 program and it was just bam, LACO, yadda, and fall for it. But I know friends of mine who have actually paid for it.
And then they say like at the end of the two months, they’re trying to upsell them another program. It’s just it’s me, again, as a parent, I can’t stand Pam, people like that. So that’s like the e-commerce world, right? You’re buying and selling. The people who are doing it right there, they’re flying their butts over China or wherever at the manufacturer, building those relationships.
And 100% you have to I’ve had stopped. And so I did a lot with I was doing this thing that was called an H2O mop and, I bought a half a container sold out of it. I thought it was amazing. I bought a full container. It was a six figure investment while it was being shipped here to the yes to the U S in Edison, New Jersey.
I got served a cease and desist from an individual by his name of Kevin. What’s what’s his name? Harrington. Remember, but not herring, but he is a, this guy is a shark tank guy. What is his name during the blank, but anyway, he’s from as seen on TV. And so the mops that I was buying. At night in this plant in China, apparently they would swap and use the same molding, but then use different boxing.
And so he basically reverse engineered find everybody that found everybody that was purchasing them and dropping drop shipping them, serve them with a cease and desist. So I was stuck with this whole container and almost lost a hundred thousand. Luckily I came up with a clever way to get rid of all them all, but I was like, I am never doing this again.
And that’s, if I fly my butt, like you said, over to China to work with somebody. So that’s the e-commerce, we’re all it’s like one of those things where it’s if it’s too good to be true, it probably is you don’t have to have any inventory. The people that do this right. To fly their butts over the China, and they have the big warehouse here at the states, the house, all these multiple schools, like thousands of schools or products.
Yeah. But so we’ll talk, we’ll stop talking about e-commerce cause that’s something and it’s. We’ve we mentioned SAS, we’ll get off SAS, which is that subscription type of web app. And we’ll now diving more into the third, which I’m both familiar with the content, and the content can be a kind of a a faceless video.
Some of you guys are aware of like, whenever you Google something, there’s some like more like HubSpot and like different kind of aggregator kind of website. Visit Hawaii, or, where people will they’ll create that buzz, that domain authority, and then other websites, or, or people who want to buy ad space will pay under.
And this is how the internet works. But it’s more, what I like about it is being an investor. I like to throw thing I’m more low, always. Long-term I like to do things. A minimal to semi hard work, but they offer the returns far in the future and it’s guaranteed. You just have to wait.
It’s real estate deals or planting vegetables in the garden. You do enough content and you, as you stay consistent and you’re halfway decent, you might get somewhere in the future. Do you guys talk a lot about the author of rich dad? Poor dad. Which I not see. Cause he’s just a, he just an influencer, right?
That’s all he said. That’s why I, you bring up like, he, he is big with content. He’s a content, that’s where he makes a lot of his money is the content side. And when you mentioned YouTube before he’s got a ton of faceless channels. Not only is he, an investor in real estate, but he’s a very big investor into content.
And in fact, I don’t know if people realize, but like he does a pretty good job. He’s a chameleon, right? He’ll use that book, which is jamming. That’s a good book, right? Like I wish I had that book, but he’ll use it and he’ll do it to different things. I think we all see from the real estate end, he’s also pushing it to a bunch of young kids doing SEO.
E-commerce stuff that you have to own your own business. I see it as the lead magnet for essential oils companies. There are all these little vomit paws, but that’s the thing. Yeah. Tony Robbins, he’s a big one too, right? Like he has so many different like ways he monetizes this influence.
He’s got like the fight. He affiliates with financial planners. He just dumped his last guy. I forget the new guy. He works with, at JVs with, but he’s got all these like health type of products. This, it’s brilliant, When you, as the consumer kind of understand this little game that’s being played.
You start to realize that Santa Claus is not real and Easter. Bunny’s not real. Yeah, I’ll stop now. It’s it is a game, but I, I can say again, I’m 49. I’ve owned a lot of different businesses and have just been involved in a lot of things. And you think the grass is always different until you’ve already get in and you learn the way that it’s being operated and that it is a game and that it does take work at the end of the day.
And it, it takes. What is the same, like luck and opportunity is just, you need luck, but you also need to put yourself in the right position to be in that red spot. But you also needs, you also need luck. So I think a lot of people listening are very familiar with financial blogs, the financial, the PF blogosphere.
So I’ve been always into this space as a consumer reading content. I don’t really these days because they’re just a bunch of broke guys who don’t buy any caught $4, $5, lots of. And they don’t like to go into debt, but I went to fin con one year, which is the, just, I think it was in Florida several years back.
Yeah. There’s like 10,000. He’s a MC a certain level of bank at 10,000 financial blogs slash podcasts.
They did. And so it’s going on in this month and Austin. So in September I believe, and so I’m not going this year. I go more to network and just meet that top 10% because it’s all about partnerships and collaboration. But to your point, a majority of them are just, BS and they’re just copying each other’s content and they have no idea what they’re talking about, which is scary.
Like taking financial advice from. Not that 21 year old can’t understand it, but that they have no battle wounds. And they’re just preaching what they’ve read in a book. I don’t agree with that, especially when it comes to money. Yeah. Some of them are really good and the, to me, I got to have lunch with a lot of them and a lot of them have like really, they write really good stuff.
Very interesting pieces, whether I agree with her. But nobody reads it other than themselves. And you can tell. And that’s what I, I look at it as luck, right? As an entrepreneur or a blogger, a YouTuber podcasts, like you can put all this stuff out, you can do a hundred, 200, 300 podcasts, which to me is like the level of commitment you have to put through.
But if it’s not good, you’re not going to have anybody listen to it. But even if it is good, you may not hit success, which is okay. And that’s where your guys’ model comes in. You guys have picked the video platform, which is a good place to start because everybody watches more videos these days.
That’s the uptrend, but you guys aren’t relying on a shining face, a star, right? Because a star is another rare commodity. Now, these are all non-branded for that exact reason. So we’re sticking more to researching a niche before buy. And so is this niche get a lot of interests more from a viral standpoint?
Yeah, I was speaking to somebody earlier that want to do cryptocurrency And but that comes with a lot of risk. Why while there’s roles on YouTube. And so if you make an investment recommendation that video can not be monetized. And so there’ll be monetize possibly that video with, and also that would mark your channel.
If you were to try to get. Yeah, money from YouTube to show an ad on that. And then all of a sudden, somebody marks it as, Hey, they were making a recommendation. Next thing you know, your channels demonetized, and now you’ve lost out. And we’re very strict with what we will. So we like channels we just we’re looking for an investor in a golf.
That’s a lot of fun. There’s so much you could talk about with dolphin. There’s all kinds of people that are searching that each and every day. So we could review the top golf players in the world. show inside their houses and mansions. We have a sports channel and know we have a video on it that just took off.
It was Floyd. Mayweather’s insane. Car collection. Don’t know why people want to see his car. But they think it’s the coolest thing in the world. It got caught up in the algorithm. And within a few days I had a hundred thousand views. And so that kind of thing will die. But if you really get caught off and you’re putting financial capital, meaning like advertising it on YouTube with some money or with Facebook ads, you can get a video that takes off and is getting a million views a month, which is going to bring you in, several thousand dollars a month in income, just from one video.
And so it’s about stacking good quality videos over and over again, not all of them will take off, but for the ones that do it, it becomes a, an ATM in a sense. , let’s take a. Sports. YouTube channel. But you create, what does it cost to start, on your guys’ part? And, is it just, you have a creative director and like a video editor? Is that kind of how it works? We look at, how many videos is somebody want to upload to a channel and I’m on three basis. Once we determine what that is.
And the niche that they’re in, we then have internal tools that we use called an algorithm. That’s looking not only on YouTube, but outside of YouTube, what are people doing online? What are they interested in? In the masses? We don’t want something. That’s just like a thousand views or 10,000 views. We want to see what our a hundred thousand, a million, 10 million people searching for when that shows up on our radar.
And we see that’s doing good on another channel on YouTube. That then is passed off to our content creation team and what our content creation team consists of is it’s going to be somebody that will actually go out and copyright, write out all of, write a script for somebody who’s our voiceover specialist who will then once that video is created by graphic designers and video folks will then final step go through and do the voiceover of that five to 10 minutes.
And then what we do is once that video is uploaded to YouTube, we have an entire secondary team that’s going to go in and then optimize that video from an SEO standpoint to get it to rank. So when you upload a video, most videos, when you upload them to YouTube, They don’t do much. And so what you have to do is you have to go out and start doing one, putting financial capital behind it and advertising it on Facebook and on YouTube and on Google.
Number one, number two, we reach out to people who have emailed that list to see if you can get them to email out that video. Because again, once more people are watching, it does an algorithm and YouTube, and it starts seeing that more people aren’t engaging with the video. It will start showing that video to more people.
Potentially, the last thing that we’d like to do is when you upload a video to YouTube, you tag videos. And so a tag is basically passive income, real estate investing. So you can put a certain number of tags up for every video. It’s very much a character limit. And you want to watch those when you go into the analytics, which is part of our process every morning for every channel.
It is one of these keywords meaning real estate investor. Maybe our video is ranked on the 12th page of YouTube when somebody typed in real estate investing. But all of a sudden it’s on the second page of YouTube. Why is that? Maybe it’s a different keyword. And so now what we do is start optimizing those keywords.
Changing those tags and that can get a video to really take off on YouTube, which is great. And so a lot of YouTubers don’t do that because they just fully don’t understand it. And that’s why you see a lot of channels that start and then stop because they don’t realize they don’t think there’s a lot of work to it.
They just think, oh, create a video. And then my video’s gonna take off, but that’s not the case. It’s already that secondary step that I was explaining that he causes all that and then the thumbnail, then that was a huge thing. And so we’re constantly changing thumbnails to test it out.
You have to. Yeah. So that’s the process of a nutshell. One question I had is, you start with a new channel, right? Do you start with like maybe a bunch of videos just to get it going? Maybe it does a couple of dozen. Piecewise content just to have something there or do you start right off, start off the bat, you start to really sniper and what are the keywords?
Am I going up through a Floyd Mayweather video that kind of went viral? This is if people haven’t caught on yet, like this is what businesses do. They have a business plan and they add value to in this case, it’s not worth anything in the beginning. It’s just an empty YouTube channel.
We need to fill the content. Yeah. But like on the apartments, we try to do the interior upgrades for us because that’s what people will pay extra a hundred, 200 bucks a month for and exterior stuff kind of gets put to the wayside or whenever it’s convenient or especially at the end, it doesn’t really bring dollars in the bank.
So in this virtual value add kind of business, what do you, what’s the first or is it yeah. So we’re going to, the really initial thing that we’re doing with a channel is when people come in and get started with us again, we’re doing all of the work for them. It’s determining how many videos that they’re going to be wanting us to upload on a monthly basis.
Once that’s decided. That’s the number that we’re uploading, but what we’re really doing differently in the beginning is trying to monetize your channel as fast as possible, meaning that we need to get that thousand subscribers and 4,000 watch hours. So we always allocate a certain amount of dollars.
Every time we upload a video to market that video online, but in the initial six months, what we’ll do to get it monetized faster is we’ll put additional cap. Behind a video that we start to see get some action. So is that, that can help us bam, trigger that channel. So if you can trigger a channel in the third month to get it monetized, that’s just, faster income for an investor.
So that’s really what we’re doing in the earlier stages. A little bit of both, right? You’re making maybe a handful of videos and out of one of those that are the better, best out of the box. Yep. They’re terrible at charging it with paid ads. 100% Google, Facebook, YouTube, and we’re watching it much more closely.
Because sometimes we upload videos for four months. They just, they do nothing, maybe 1,005 thousand views, but then all of a sudden within a three-day time period, we just had this happen with another video. It had over a hundred thousand plus. They didn’t do anything to it. It just got caught in the algorithm. And so the more financial capital we as a company put behind those videos that we do start to see move the faster. It is as a return. So that’s what we’re really doing in the first 3, 4, 5, 6 months of a channel. So you got, I got five videos you uploaded, right?
Most of them suck. Just like most videos where they only get maybe a few hundred views or less. And one of them has. A hundred thousand views, which is a lot of views for a new channel. And okay. How much would you throw down on ads like that? Yeah, like two examples. One of those Floyd Mayweather examples we put in.
Zero money behind it because the channel isn’t owned by an investor, Foley B, so we didn’t put any money behind it, which is fine. It got caught in the algorithm because we were changing words, those tags that we were speaking about a little bit earlier now on the flip side, when we do put financial capital behind it, it’s not a lot like our max that we’ll recommend sometimes it’s a couple of thousand bucks.
And then just bam, once that happens. Do we turn on a per video basis is insane. What is, a hundred thousand views is a lot of views. I think more in practical sense that maybe it goes up to. 10,000. Yeah. We have a fashion channel with that gets, 40 million views a month, 40 million views a month.
But why, like you’re familiar with the compound effect. So the compound effect is you gotta remember, like all those videos were uploading and. We do what’s called evergreen videos. So they’ll still be watched in years 2, 3, 4, because people are still interested in that. We don’t want to put something up like space acts.
Space X is taking off today. Like we want to do a video like that for somebody because it’s relevant to today, nobody’s going to be searching. And three years from now, but you know how space X got started, somebody would be searching for that. You want evergreen stuff. So investors out there, this is like some people like unsophisticated investors, they always invest up like the shiny offic thing.
Like when a hurricane comes in hurricane Harvey, they want to go in there and invest in the area or they always invest in gimmicks, right? Like short-term rentals or something like that. And the certain area during certain times, This is no different what’s going on here. So like the near investor is going after oh, space X, the rockets flying up, or the Tesla model, whatever that is leasing this month, or, like with a Ford F-150 the lightning thing, it just came out. You’d make videos about that, but then nobody watches it. And so that’s where a lot of channels go wrong. It’s 100%. We just said they are missing out on the compound effect. They are because like in three years a channel, if you have strategically thought everything out and created evergreen content consistently followed a formula, done good SEO.
Those videos from one month, one, three years ago are still being watched three years later. And now all those other videos month in and month out. So now you’re stacking. So let’s say you have. 300 videos and you’ve done good work over a two year period and going into that third year. A good percentage of this is still being watched, plus your new videos that are being uploaded, right?
So that’s why from an income standpoint, income appreciates and compounds exponentially as a channel stays older and older. But if it’s not evergreen, It’s not going to work. Yeah. And in this business is a doggy dog world. It is not working at a job where everybody gets paid between a hundred and a few hundred thousand dollars for being really good and halfway decent.
One out of a hundred thousand million youTube channels are good. The rest are just horrible and they don’t do anything. And maybe even if they do have the systems, the staff to do every one little step along each side of this workflow, it’s hard.
I love my son. He’s 19 years old. Yeah he just graduated high school and he’s got a YouTube channel about walking. And he’s always coming in and talking to me in my office about why his subscribers fluctuate or his income fluctuates with it. I’m like, let’s look over your last five videos.
So you have great content. People engage with you all the time about the walking dead, but one out of every five videos you’re uploading you start talking about a new game that’s coming. On whatever he plays. I don’t even know, like I’m not a gamer, buy XBox or something like, so when he’s doing that, it’s I’m like all those subscribers, which look your subscribers decreased when you came out with that video, because they’re not interested in that.
So they unsubscribed, whereas I think a lot of YouTubers, they just, they don’t have a philosophy. And if you want it like a business, you run it like a piece of property, right? Like you, you would do with an apartment building and you have processes in place and you follow. But somewhere down the line, like you, your kid just wants to make fun videos that he likes, which is not the point.
If it’s a. At 100%. And I told him that I was like, if you were going to do this, it’s, you’re not going to college. And his goal is in four years to be making a couple of hundred thousand from his personal channel that he wants to do, then here’s what you gotta do. Cause then he says to me, he’s oh it feels like a business.
What do you want to do then? Yeah, we want a business, you run it like a business. And yeah, now it’s a, and I think that’s where ego comes into play with just a lot of people of any type on the blogs. You see it, and they just never monetize. But I have a good friend that does this in the blogging world.
And so he makes good money for folks. He’s got several different blogs that are managed now that’s harder in my opinion. Because it’s actual content and you’ve got all this AI that’s coming out and writing content that I think you could tell that a robot’s been writing it.
There’s a difference from that standpoint, but yeah, if you understand the content game, it’s a great option. And some insights for the folks, like all the blog articles these days, guys, not the pop, your bubble, but they’re all written by AI. I know what I don’t, I use some of them for the headers and it grabs my research for me, but I can take, I could take it another level, but it just would waste my time or waste the staff’s time in my opinion.
But like you can write, have them write the whole thing out, T3 it’s new technology and it just keeps getting better and better. And it’s all like it’s written by. And this is why you don’t want to do a blog. That’s why, because the robots can do it now. And it’s just minding the waters for the most part.
So let’s go back. Maybe if you can give people some sense, because I want to have some people get excited about this stuff a little bit. So that’s like Mayweather, right? Outlier of course. You got a hundred thousand views without juicing it. That would make what, like 20 bucks a day or.
How much. So every channel is always different. So for instance, YouTube, right now, we’ll pay more for gaming channels. Then they would for celebrity channels. So we have a lot of celebrity channels, celebrity gossip, very popular. But gaming, although, you would think gaming’s huge.
They don’t have enough content yet for the search volume. That’s coming in on YouTube to watch a game. So they’ll pay the same viewership, four X, the amount per view. In gaming now that will change at one point. And it is just so most of the folks, like from an investment standpoint, when they invest, they also want to enjoy the channel.
And so some of them like to share it with their friends and family and what have you, and say that they own this and that’s super cold too. And when you have a video that takes off and an algorithm and it gets a million views, you’ll make $10,000 off. Yeah. So a hundred thousand dollar view video would be like, a hundred bucks, two bucks a day.
Okay. And that will start escalating and then it will also decrease and that in every video. So it just depends. How long has it stayed in the algorithm? When do you take your foot off the gas of putting more fuel behind it? And when do you have to start accelerating? Cause you want it to stay as high.
Also it’s. Can you link for words, like by itself, again, for you with a Mayweather, can you link for just that? So Floyd Mayweather’s house, Floyd Mayweather’s income. Okay. But if you could rank for just the word Floyd Mayweather, how many people are going in and typing injustice. The masses type in that versus what’s called long, long tail.
So we start off trying to rank for the long tail keyword, ultimately trying to come in to a big thing, like passive investing, if we could rank for that, like you yourself, like that’s really big versus in the beginning you got to go long tail. Yeah. So it’s not like for those guys or, trying to find similarities and art assets.
Real estate goes off forever. In fact, the return has go infinite after a certain point, but like the videos here, Floyd Mayweather, he’s not going to be alive for. You could think about an oil rig, people invest in oil and gas or ATM machine. It’s just a decaying asset after a while.
It’s not going to be worth Jack and it’s not going to perform at cashflow after a while. So that’s how you think of it. I need to see as you’re trying to correct. That’s why you have to be putting content up all the time. I see it with people all the time. Somebody bought one of our investor channels for a lot of money and they stopped uploading videos because I had all these say stop for three.
And then I was wondering why like the income was dropping so fast and it was dropping because YouTube rewards people who keep producing content. And that’s one thing too, if you keep producing content, but the quality of the content drops, that’s another thing where the channel will just start dropping very fast.
So it does a lot of work that happens behind the scenes. That folks just don’t understand. But if you understand what happens and you fight. It’s very consistent. It’s predictable. So here’s a hard question to answer, but if you can give just a broad answer. So my flight may weather video.
It’s not mine, but if I, if somebody had it right, that makes a hundred bucks a day, which isn’t much, but it’s showing signs of light. If I turbocharged that thing with, when you say a couple grand of ads, what would the views go up to? Yeah. So 10 million views, they will go exponential a hundred X or is it a thousand?
You could go 10 X you don’t like it. It’s unpredictable from that. So we know we won’t make an investment of one last. We know we’ll make the money back minimum, but obviously the goal is we’re shooting for, can we invest the least amount? To get the most amount of views. Can this video take off and get a different topic?
Basketball. We had a basketball channel and this isn’t very often back. Let’s go back to Floyd Mayweather. So if I put in Joplin a couple grand instead of a hundred dollars a day, what does that go up to? Like a thousand dollars a day could go to 10,000 hours? Yeah. I’m recouping my investment. In that one ad once I found that a winner 100% target that ad you could be.
So how do you get people? What is the $2,000 going towards exactly like what’s the creative that gets people to click on your flatbed weather ad? Or is it just some algorithm that you pay to get in the algorithm to get to the next video or something like that? How would we invest the money internally?
You say for that owner, what does $2,000 to push light men? Weather’s video? What is, but how do you do that? What are we doing? So we’re reaching out to the number. One thing we’re doing is reaching out to other channel owners and cross collaborating with them. Yeah, because CFL promotes our video on their channel and gets a shout out for it.
With a call to action that’s number one, two email lists are huge. So before we’re doing Facebook ads or YouTube ads themselves, definitely outreach is the number one thing. Yeah. So this is, I put this in the category and pay the butts with equity. You can make a lot of money by buying rent, rehab, and repair.
There’s also a lot of risks, but in this case, it’s not really a risk other than just losing gear, your buddy and paying an influencer a hundred bucks and they don’t share, or they share your video, but nobody watches it. It’s a numbers game. It’s reaching out to as many. And that’s why, we’ve had YouTubers themselves.
Come to us to manage the channels because they just, they don’t want, they know what the work is. And so we have a system in place. We follow it. It’s not for everybody. There’s a lot of work. That’s why we’re not afraid. Like we have, it’s an investor manual. I don’t even know 300 pages I think, or 200 and change.
We share everything that we do. I don’t care if somebody can go and take it and try to do it themselves, they’ll realize after a while, it’s hard. You have to be very good, partly right. YouTube changes all the time. And so if you’re not staying up with YouTube rules and what you’re allowed to, one of our biggest investments in.
Is copyright issues. W we’re very careful with that because if you get strikes against your channel the music that you play in the background of a video if you’re using something that’s copyrighted, or if you’re using the actual editing so if I’m using Floyd Mayweather, but I’m showing 12 seconds versus nine seconds of that actual clip, that channel could be flagged for awhile.
And you don’t want that. Cause if you have too many. You eventually lose out from the opportunity of making a return on your investment and we don’t want that. So that’s where we invest internally. A lot is staying up to date with what are those rules? What do we have to do when we’re uploading content?
Because we want to protect. And that’s also why we don’t share a lot of the channels that other investors have, because then you can have competitors going out there and trying to do something to mess with the channel. And we don’t want to do that either. So we leave that up to the investor. If they want to share their channel.
Like I have a family, I think I shared it before. Yeah, I love golf. And they think it’s very cool. They want to share that with their friends, their family. Great. Other than that’s up to them. Yeah. I think what this really comes down to is magnified as if you’re, let’s say you are an e-commerce person, right?
You sell weighted blankets or you sell kitchen chairs. You buy a channel that’s in there, you push your product through it, or it’s funny, you said I just spoke to a big angel investor before I was joining you. And that’s what he’s looking for is he wants to start an entrepreneurial channel.
That’s just going to be like, 10 fun facts about Steve jobs, 10 things that you didn’t know about Elon Musk and his goal is that, to get it to one of those channels that are getting 10 million views on. And then halfway through the video, we’re going to interject an ad. So it will look like it’s coming from YouTube, but we’ll stop our 10 things about has.
And interject and add about, Hey, are you a startup? And if you are, and you’re looking for, financial capital, what have you click down below and come and watch this free 30 minute webinar. And then it will come back into our video that we’re creating. So our content team will always be, just inserting that ad of his, in the middle of our content.
Now that will affect the channel when we go to salvage channel, if you ever wanted to sell it in the future, It’s somebody else’s business advertised in the middle of the video and we can’t change that ever. So that’s the flip side. He doesn’t care about that, but we always make people aware of that.
So that’s what family offices play around, where they buy good businesses that supplement each other that are in the same industry when you are there, they magnify the businesses, others most people here, if you’re. $10 million and above. You’re not listening to many podcasts. Your most people listed are somewhere between one and 10.
Maybe, probably not to that stage, but I think it’s interesting to get insights of how wealthy families do this type of stuff. And it, to me, makes so much sense, but you need a lot of money to pull off fullest, pull this star strategy off. Definitely. Sod, who’s my business partner.
He’s been, that’s how he started. I was doing this for a family office back in 2006. And they were investing over seven figures into this, but they saw the opportunity. They understood. It’s like owning a billboard. Yeah. I don’t know if you’ve ever had anybody on your show about billboards.
But there’s a lot of money in that. And that’s what this story is. This is an advertisement in the middle of interesting content. A billboard is just, a popular road you’re driving down and you see this billboard that billboard owner is making. And, if you look at how family offices have made their money, initially, how they got wealthy as they concentrated one thing, they were an operator of some business and then they diversified into half real estate.
I think that’s the safer way of going to build your wealth over a long period of time. But yeah. You also look at the people. I think Forbes did a study of the fortune 40 or 400, right? The people that were there, that they did a study of the people that left it.
And the reason why they left is because they were too much concentrated area. So what got them there, what was also knocked them off the horse. So it’s a prudent advice is to concentrate in the beginning, whether for a lot of people listening, the way you guys are going to get rich as investing in value.
But, this is 10%. What we do is only 10% of somebody. It shouldn’t be more than 10% in my opinion. I’m a big fan of Charlie Munger. If you haven’t read the book, read old Charlie’s Almanac, it’s like this big it’s phenomenal. But it’s a great book and that’s Charlie Munger. Who’s Warren Buffet’s partner.
That’s the investment philosophy, right? It’s boring. But it’s what makes money consistently over time. And then you can take 10% and try different. But trouble is on YouTube and podcast land. And some of the guys listening are broke, they’re under a million dollars net worth at some of the advice that they say does not apply.
And then you got guys like Kiyosaki spoon off a bunch of random stuff to different chat, different things at different channels, different audiences. And it’s even making it more confusing. Is he saying. Diversification is radiates or something like that. Like it’s just so much noise out there.
It makes it a little difficult. Yeah. And I don’t understand that also. Yeah. I get one folks are like bashing also, you hear with, real estate or whatever, like it’s that? I don’t think so. It’s not going anywhere. I’ve got an investment property. I would never sell it. I’m not going to so yeah, no I’m with it.
That one always gets clicks. The real estate market is it’s going to crash, right? Yeah, what it is. That’s how a company like Buzzfeed has become who they are. It’s this, a very good copywriter makes a ton of money because that’s what they’re doing. I don’t know if you’ve ever heard of our girl financially.
They’re very big in the finance space for newsletters that you can subscribe to for 2000 to $5,000 a newsletter. And that’s all, when you lead through all of that The headlines for the newsletters. It’s all clickbait. That’s very much what it is. Some of the writers are very good.
Don’t get me wrong, and that’s what you’re paying for. They got to get attention in a noisy world learning brew. A great example of a SAS business. That’s just mentioned morning, BU and who’s that that just sold the hustle they do sold to HubSpot and that was brilliant.
This morning, again, MailChimp was purchased. You’ve got the hustle that was bought by HubSpot for 30 million hours. They wanted the audience and it just made sense to TopSpot and it’s a content company. That’s what the hustle was.
And that’s it for the show again, the disclaimer is, do your own due diligence. And people always ask me, Hey, have you heard of this guy? Have you invested with this guy?” Guys? I don’t do that anymore. I’m not giving out any financial advice. If you guys want to get in the inner circle, join the family office ohana mastermind, we’ve got over 70, 80 people in there.
You have to pay to play, sometimes we’ll do events where you guys can interact with some of the live accredited investors within our community, but due to some people finding out about us, if people have found a great place to pull off very trusting investors in our group.
So we’ve had to close the walls, helped Japan in the 19 hundreds. You guys want to join that, go to simple passive cashflow.com/journey. Or if you don’t just throw down your money everywhere and hopefully you don’t blow your leg off, stepping on a landmine. All right. So you guys bye.
What’s up folks. This is the September, 2022 monthly market update where I go through a bunch of news headlines that I feel really impacts how investors should be thinking. Welcome everybody. This is the monthly market update. Here we go. Now I’ve gotta warn you guys that this is going to be a pretty beefy presentation today.
I went a little bit crazy with the amount of articles. I think a lot of people have been really attuned to what’s been going on with all this talk about recession, Ukraine and supply chain in China. But I would say if you don’t know what to do with your money and it’s sitting in some kind of 401k with some financial planner or Vanguard or fidelity or some kind of retail investment option, I would say pick up my book.
The journey, the simple passive cash flow. I think we’re up to almost a hundred reviews now. But here we go. And if not, if you guys like podcasts, check out our podcast, simple passive cash flow, passive real estate investing. We also put this up on the podcast too. And for those of you guys who are listening on the podcast right now we also have all the slides that we’re gonna be going over today on simple passive cash flow.com/investor letter, where if those of you guys joining us live, thank you for doing so.
If you have any questions or comments, as it comes up, feel free to drop into a comment below. It somehow magically fed me. And I do give you guys a shout out as we do this live, but here we go. Indicators for a recession. There’s some flowing data. This is a pretty cool article or it’s actually not really an article, it’s just pictures, but they graph eight different types of supposedly indicators for recession.
And in case you’re wondering the 2020 recession, which it technically was since the country was shut down that was a recession, but they’re showing like what’s been going on this last six months before and downturn six months after, and you can take a look at some of these, percent change in non-farm employees, employment level.
Unemployment is at an all time low right now. Industrial production is very high. GDP increases higher personal consumption, GDP product, personal income except manufacturing. But the other three, I mentioned they are. Comparing pretty well, that really begs the question or really in a recession.
Are we just gleaning what the headlines are saying? As I said earlier, unemployment is at about 3.5%, which is very low. And to some people who believe in healthy economics, they believe that unemployment should go up and down a little bit within the ranges of five to 10%. Maybe not 10%, but maybe five to 8%.
But certainly right now at 3.5%, we are very low and this is pretty evident in, people are getting paid, are able to go around and negotiate higher salaries. And this is humbled with the inflation data, which is inflation really higher than what it really is.
Right now it’s put out there at 9.1%, but when it’s been said that they remove the energy costs and some of the food costs and some of these other things, is inflation really higher than it really is, which I would probably argue that it is, it’s probably more like 10 to 15%.
And why does that really matter? If you have your money sitting in some kind of investment account or worse in cash holding onto the sidelines, I would say that’s the worst option you could be doing? GDP growth from b.gov, real GDP decreased at an annual rate of 0.6% in the second quarter of 2022.
Following a 1.6% increase in the first quarter, the second quarter decrease was revised up 0.3% point from the advance estimate released in July, the smaller decrease in the second quarter, compared to the first quarter primary reflected an upper turn in exports and a smaller decrease in federal spending. So Novo grad, a website that I follow for different tax information.
They’ll release semi commentary on, like solar and, taxes in general, but they had an article on there talking about Biden science, inflation reduction act into the law, including renewable energy provisions. It was a 750 billion budget. And a lot of people, especially Republicans were laughing saying like what the heck type of inflation reduction act.
That actually is spending money, it’s counterintuitive, it was a cut down bill from almost like two or three times what it was. So $750 billion of government spending is a fraction of what it was. So from that point of view, it actually is a little bit of inflation helps a little bit, or it helps inflation a little bit.
But the things that were stuffed into this bill were renewal energy production tax credits, and investment tax credit. But who knows how that will work its way through the system, but the government continues to spend more.
But then, I always talk about the fundamentals, there’s all this stuff coming around and news headlines, but what are the fundamentals? And that’s really what I think what attracts a lot of folks to our community is, value investing, whether that’s investing in companies where they produce some kind of economy that people need in good times or bad times, or this is one of the main reasons we invest in residential real estate.
Multi-housing news reports that 4.3 million new apartments are needed by the year 2035. And this new demand research shows that despite economic uncertainty and growth during the pandemic in single family sales and new products such as built to rent, the fundamentals for multi-family remain strong underbuilding largely resulting from the 2008 financial crisis and decline of 4.7 million dollar affordable units. So basically, it’s the lower middle class that are the underserved more immigration. And those immigrants who are on the lower end of the economic spectrum who live in apartments are the ones driving up this demand.
And some 40% of the future demand for apartments will come just from these three states. You guessed it, Texas, Florida, and California, which alone will require 1.5 million units in the next 13 years. Things are happening now. Things can get really good. Things might take a turn for the worst. We don’t know, but in the long term, people need a place to live. Now, the visual capitalists report that these are the salaries needed to buy a home in 50 US cities. And The top 10 are San Jose, San Francisco, San Diego, Los Angeles, Seattle, Boston, New York city, Denver, Austin, Washington, DC.
So these are all the places where the median home prices range from half a million to $1.8 million. And in San Jose, you need a salary of $330,000 to be able to afford an immediate home there all the way down to Washington DC at 110,000. So pretty ridiculous.
As I get more involved in hotel investments, large brands like Hiltons, the Marriots make a lot of money. They make the most money off their timeshares because it’s just a branding in play. So when somebody is making a lot of money off one product line, you as the consumer, in this case, people buying timeshares, those are the worst products to buy. So don’t do that.
If you guys like this video and you wanna make up for that person, please like it or share it with your friends. But continuing on, so flip flop it, the salary needs to buy a home in the bottom 50 US states. Those would be. Pittsburgh, Oklahoma city, Cleveland, Louisville, St. Louis, Detroit, Buffalo, Cincinnati, Memphis, Indianapolis, those salaries range from 42,000 to 53,000.
And those median home prices range from 185,000 to 271,000. Now I think this is where like most of our clients who live in high price areas like California, Hawaii, tech, we have a lot of investors in Texas, but their home prices are pretty low. But some of these other places have a lot of sticker shock.
When you start to see some of these, where one place we invest in like Cleveland, 190, $2,000 for a median home price. Actually we don’t, we invest in too many at these places, but I used to want a home in Indianapolis. 271,000. That this is how a lot of America, in fact, probably the majority of the people in America not invest, but live in these types of homes.
I’ve always said, when you’re buying your little rental property as most non credit investors do, a lot of us are accredited investors these days. When you’re trying to buy that first rental, you’re looking for anywhere from like 80% of the median home price.
So what does that mean? So if you’re looking at $192,000 median home prices in Cleveland, maybe starting around $160,000 is a bad place to stay, to start looking. But I think, a lot of unsophisticated investors when they start off and I was there at one time, you’re starting off to what one of these.
Areas like, your Indianapolis is good and the median home price is $271,000 are there. And I see a lot of people buying houses that are 300,000 and above, and now you’re starting to get more into the B plus a minus type of tenant profile there. And you’re just not gonna get the returns you are.
Although there is a, probably a lot less headache investing that way. So CBR braces for impact of interest rates hike. So there’s no secret that the interest rates pushed up again and it probably will push up maybe another two or three more times. So what this is doing, it’s creating an aftershock into the capital markets, which is, basically the capital Marx is the term.
Where people get their loans from the banks. The Fed increased rates in March with a 25 basis point hike and a 50 basis point hike in may. And the three quarter 0.75 for you, people who understand numbers more than English terms that got raised in July. Now the largest since 1994. And it’ll probably get pushed up a couple more times.
Like I said, now, the goal, the Fed, what they’re doing is they’re raising the Fed’s fund rates to fight inflation. So it’s one of those things where you increase the interest rate to Dow inflation, because what probably happens is that the cost of capital you can’t expand. Businesses can’t buy more factories or infrastructure or, on our end, like our cost of borrowing money to buy assets such as apartments, our ability to go down.
So our ability to pay more goes down. Sure. This also affects the Joe blow random small homeowner, right? Their affordability obviously goes down too, the world doesn’t revolve around the little homeowner, it, the way I see it, if you look at what the businesses are doing. And in this case, the business will not be expanding.
Now at some point, they’re probably gonna change their forecasts. Whether that’s next quarter or next year or years down the line, they may say maybe we shouldn’t make as many widgets or units, whatever their business may be. And also let’s also, now let’s start to maybe not hire as much, not replace attrition or maybe even cut back on hiring.
And that is what the Fed is trying to do. They’re trying to create that behavior to push that or unemployment to creep up right now, like we said, it was 3.5%. It probably needs to be almost double that for, to get to a point where we can get back to a little bit more equilibrium. I follow a guy, Richard Duncan, if you guys are interested in this stuff and really wanna understand it as opposed to just get, screwed around left and right with all these news headlines.
I would go to simplepassivecashflow.com/duncan, and read a, watch a couple of those podcasts there, how everything’s connected now, the problem is like this stuff, isn’t exactly in a vacuum and with the war Ukraine and the China, still a kind of in lockdown, basically pushing up our cheap labor sources.
Now that’s also gumming up how this is all working. And also it’s not like you, you push up the 0.75 points on the rate and the inflation pops up. It’s just not that there’s gonna be slack in the system. And the one good thing going into, the past year, there was a lot of money liquidity in the system.
So it’s gonna take a while for that to drink, which results in a longer slack period. Now obviously the fit is watching this and they’ve probably got the best insiders in the game, or they should make sure that they don’t tip the scales and push us into a hard landing recession. But, I think this is all very natural and it’s one personally, I don’t really wanna see rents go up 10, 20, 30% or 10 or 20%, like how we’ve been seeing it. I think that’s the most sustainable. What I would rather see is just the normal, two to 3% rent increases, which is just normal average, basic inflation.
Because when you’re a business owner, you just wanna do business in normal times as opposed to things going up and down. And that’s what the Fed proposes in my opinion. And I gotta, I have faith that’s what their angle is just to keep the highs, not as high, but the lows not as low and compensate things out to make things a little bit less bipolar.
Pretty much give it a L give the economy a little bit of I don’t know, a drug that is, little more chilled out I guess. Multi-housing news reports, senior housing’s next wave of investment opportunity, like how we were saying, there’s a huge demand and supply shortage for low income housing in apartments. But there’s also a bunch of baby boomers going to be retiring right now, but it’s gonna be a while till they need that senior housing facility.
And nobody knows exactly when that will hit. We’re not there yet, but there’s an obvious need for this in the future. a 45% uptick in construction loans for the first to third quarters of 2021 on the investment sign transactions quickly started to rebound in 2021 and Tate, a 55 year over year increase. Now, I think there’s obviously a silver wave, what they call it, that the baby boomers need these facilities. But I personally really haven’t found reliable operators who could capitalize on this wave. So basically good surf conditions, but coming, but nobody can surf too well, basically.
And, as an investor, unless you’re the one who’s gonna get your hands dirty, take out all the debt and the risk and be the young person who makes the on the general partner side, you’re looking for people who are standout operators that are honest, that do what they say they’re gonna do to help you capitalize on these macroeconomic and microeconomic events.
So Fred Mac expects, the pace of growth is slow in the second half of this year. I think that’s what everybody has known. And I, what I wanted to compare here really is look in 2021, look at that kind of just slack back year from 20. It’s just worked, do it.
And I, and a lot of the industry reports that I read. And if you guys are interested in that send an email to team@simplepassivecashflow.com. We can send you everything that we read or what I read, but, I guess what they’re saying is 2022 will continue to be, as slower growth year 20, 23 is a slower growth year, but 20, 24 is when things are off to the races.
So I think a lot of people may make the mistake of it. All right. I’ll just chill out and do nothing for 2024 and just sit on my butt and have my money lose 9.1% every year with inflation. I guess that is a semi logical idea, but unfortunately I think the way it works is like, once things get moving, you can’t get into these assets for the prices that right now they’re fetching for right now, As the same goes the best time that buy was yesterday and in support to buy under fundamentals, despite what is going on in headlines.
Now, this is a top and bottom 10 metros by gross income growth. The top ones were Jacksonville, Albuquerque, Tampa, West Palm Beach, Orlando, Phoenix, Tucson, Memphis Raleigh, and Fort Lauder. Their annualized growth in income was 12.7% to about 10%. Vacancy rates range from 2.7% up to four, up to five and a half. That’s a normal vacancy rate. I would say some of the bottom metros were Memphis. I don’t wanna talk about Memphis Minneapolis. Washington DC. Lexton Knoxville, Kansas city St. Louis, New Orleans, Columbus, Buffalo, San Jose. Those annualized growth range from 3.1% to 4.8% and their vacancy ranges from 2.7% in Buffalo, all the way up to 8.9% in Washington DC.
The one outlier I see on this list is I thought Knoxville was a little bit better than that, but, maybe that was like Knoxville’s kind of Boise, Idaho, where it had a huge 2001. Maybe it just got a little too overheated and slack back. Not to say it’s bad, anything bad with that market.
But sometimes when you have a breakout year like that, you’re bound to come backwards and it gets lost in these types of arbitrary ranking articles. Joint center for housing studies of the smart people at Harvard university, who makes these really insightful articles. They’re talking about rental deserts perpetuate social economic and racial segregation. Rental deserts are disproportionately located in the suburbs where there are restrictive land use regulations and not in my backyard. I N Y politics can be common. So to highlight that a few of these rental opportunities for households in these neighborhoods, less than 20% of housing units are either occupied by a renter or are vacant for rent. In contrast, I rental errors are at least 80% rentals where a mixture of neighborhoods fall in between the two.
The lack of multi family homes in these neighborhoods is like a significant factor in limiting opportunities for rental households and for lower income renters in particular, single family homes are much more common in rental deserts, which is Unsurprisingly given that single family homes have higher ownership rates than in units in multifamily buildings, kind of obvious stuff.
But it’s kinda interesting. Maybe, if you guys check out the video on this, check out some of these slides at Harvard university put together but moving on Arbor reports at small multifamily investment trends report of 2022 Q2, the they’ve got like a little chart of the action, the volume year over.
The record total represented both a wave of pent up investment in bands that sat on the sign lines during this pandemic. I’m searching for 2020 in anticipation of the monetary Titan. The 2020 ones, the original nation’s total, represented an increase of 5 35 0.6 billion, up 63% from the prior year.
Yeah, I would say, yeah, 2020. We lost half of the year because nobody was really doing business, ourselves included. But as the second half of 2020 went on and 2022 was a big year acquisition wise for ourselves. Key factor that led to an unprecedented search in ordination value volume last year was a wave of refinancing activity ahead of the federal reserve initiating its interest rate hikes. But I think a lot of the mainstream medias, it’s whoa is me, the interest rates, have gone up the last several months to a lot higher levels, everybody in the know, knew it was happening, in 2021 or at least this time of 2021, it really isn’t that surprise to any of us.
Now, how long is it gonna go? That’s the other question? But yeah, refinances and loan originations really took a tail off Q1 of this year.
but, I think the important thing for people who own real estate is rents continue to go up. And in this case, small multi-family asset valuations continue to grow at a robust rate. Best time the buy was yesterday, especially if you cash flow through it cap rates and spreads. Now this is comparing all multifamily with smaller multifamily.
I don’t know exactly what they mean by smaller multifamily. I gotta believe it’s like your 20 units that a hundred units. And then all multifamily is skewing in like larger complexes. Two to 400 units would be the way I would be reading the differential. Usually the smaller multi-families have a little bit of higher cap rate because they’re in less desirable areas which have higher caps and they’re just not as an institutional, they’re a little bit more effort required for those small multi families, but you can see there’s always gonna be a spread between the two, but what’s interesting here is in the year 2020.
Well actually tell end in 19 early 2020, there was like a little pinch where the way I read that is people started to really buy a little more of the smaller multi families. And then there was a little bit of pinch mid 20, 20, but then I think we’re getting back to the normal Delta between N two, how that impacts your regular past investor, who knows, but I don’t know.
I guess I’m interested in this stuff and looking for stuff to do with just sitting on our hands a little bit, waiting for the interest rates or the capital markets. To get on frozen. We actually were gonna sell some of these assets, which the bread was ready to take out the oven, but, unfortunately the buyer market dried up because nobody can really qualify for good lending options.
So it just froze everything and, just, it is what it is. I guess it’s good for people who are in deals and probably frustrating for people who are waiting on the sideline to deploy capital, especially now that they know they’re getting 9.1% of their money every year expense ratios basically like what are you running the assets at?
Normally normal rule of thumb that they always teach you is like 50% expense ratio with apartments. You can run that little bit leaner because it’s more economies a scale, this is showing how assets were performing. 2020 was a lower year than 2021, obviously, because I think like what we did a lot in 2020 is we didn’t have the staff running around.
It was just per appointment. If something broke we wouldn’t get in there and fix it. If it, unless it was absolutely needed because you just wanted to limitate the contact between your staff and your tenants. And it shows how drastically things have changed in two years. Whereas 2021 people are like, all right, fix my stuff.
I don’t care. Wear your mask. I don’t care if you wear your mask, get in there, fix my stuff. So things are went back to normal in 2021. And then, back to where we are in 2022 2020, I see it as a year was everybody was hibernating, like big fat sleeping bears.
And, that’s why the expense ratios were maybe 20% lower what it was in 2021, but all this is in hindsight. And it’s kind, as I looked through this, these big macro industry data, I can give you guys a little bit more insight on what actually drove things.
This is the discussion on loan to value ratios. So in 2020 2019, you had a high amount of debt given out, and this is typical, right? Like things get hot, which happened in, in a 2019. And then there was a, that natural thing called that pandemic happened and it cooled off the market.
And right now we’re in a bad part for capital lending too, where, it’s normally the banks will like to lend at a certain level, but they’ll give exceptions or this is how the commercial markets work. Thinking back on the whole single family home, you, I think what they’ll do is they’ll slowly, people will apply for loans and there may be some exceptions that change.
Something that I can think of is a member several years back, they required like a certain amount of cash reserves, like three months, six months. And at some point they, they loosened up restrictions and, these are the things that kind of play out over the years. For a lot of new investors, this is nowhere near where things were in 2008 where you just needed a heartbeat to get a loan.
Those ninja loans. And I think that’s a big, fundamental difference that it’s just not the same thing in 2008, as it is now. It’s actually hard for like responsible Americans who have a good job. So you even qualify for debt on even little rental properties top 10 metros for multifamily starts.
So this is where they’re building more stuff and you can look at it one or two ways first. So while there’s more supply coming online or which is, could be bad, if you’re there cuz more competition, but it can also be like why are they building more? Why are these smart institutions building more stuff there?
Because the freaking demand is there. So that can be good for you. But that’s Al there’s always kind of two sides. Multiple ways to look at data. Reading up from the top to the bottom New York city, Dallas, Washington, DC, Miami, Austin, Texas, Phoenix, Atlanta, Seattle, Los Angeles, Philadelphia, and you can see the percent changes and the overall total value from number one was New York city area up 20%, total value, 15.3 billion.
And number two, Dallas was 8.1 billion. So half that in New York city it just shows how expensive that real estate is up there. But Dallas went up 72% where New York only went up 20%. Phoenix is another one that people follow a lot of 53% and then total value 4.2 billion. So half that of Dallas and less than a third of New York.
Multi-housing news top 50 multi-family property management firms at 2022. So I just wanted to put this up here because we’ve jumped property management companies and, we started with a midsize small to midsize regional company. And lately we’ve jumped up to that next level of bigger property management companies, the match, better partner not equity partner, but partnership, like they need units and they wanna work with more of an institutional ownership group.
And so we wanna work with a company that is bigger, has more assets under management. One of ’em that we work with is Lincoln down there in Texas, which is number two, they’ve got 210,000 units, little property management companies, mom and paw in the residential world. I think they’re usually between a hundred or few hundred properties, but we’re talking 210,000 units is what Lincoln holds. From what I’ve seen, I’m impressed by a lot of their back office support. And, I think for a lot of us that work for big companies you can see the waste, especially if you work for the government.
There are a lot of things that I’ve seen that a larger property management company they’ll offer the back support. It’s not the they’ll do things and they’ll negotiate better contracts for like materials, or if you’ve gotta like procure, lawn share equipment, they just already have it in their own in-house CA catalog.
Where they’ll support the in the onsite management staff, cuz normally the manage, you would think the management staff is the one buying all this stuff and procuring and searching for the best prices from vendors. The nice thing when you have a larger company is the home office, does it.
And then the people who are boots on the ground at the property can focus on what they’re really there for, which is to help out tenants, customers, support and market.
All right, ya already matrix multi-family market outlook for July, 2022 rent growth, moderates as economy and demand soften remains lofty by historical standards. And I think that’s that kind of summarizes things. Things are slowing down a little bit, but they’re still growing folks. As they say remains lofty by historical a historical standards.
The average us asking rent rose 10, $10 to 1717 in July making the fifth consecutive month of deceleration and the loss increase since January year over year of growth. It’s so growth. Nevertheless Florida markets remain in the lead in rent gains, Orlando, Miami Tampa, San Francisco, Baltimore twin cities posted the lowest rent increases.
The overall trend is attributed to an return to the mean combined with the slowing economy. In addition to the slowing economy, consumer confidence in waning as the federal reserve has kept rising policy rates attempting to slow inflation. Now, again, that’s what I was saying earlier in this this video, but I always like to read it in multiple places.
And I’m sure you guys too, from, other, disruptable sources. Their next takeaways, occupancy remains at 96% for the third consecutive quarter. Now occupancy is, indicators, supply versus demand, and it is the second big thing you look at when you’re looking at the health and wellbeing of your asset.
San Jose, 1.7%, New York, Chicago, and San Francisco, all 1%. Those are your strongest occupancies.
Next, finding supply demand, imbalance sustains growth in the US currently has a shortage of 600,000 units. Another 3.7 million units are needed through 2035 to meet demand. I don’t know if that’s exactly what they said in the article we started out with in the beginning of the video, but still the same narrative, right?
That’s the important thing. The study took into consideration social factors, impacting demands, such as delayed marriage and childbearing, as well as the increased age of first time home buyers. And then the last finding here, single family rentals make the best of interest rate hikes. The asking rent for single family sector growth, 11.2% year over year 21 posted rent growth at 10% with Orlando national Miami in the occupancy degrees by 30 basis.
Point year over year in June, as the rate fell in 24 of the top 35 metros. The one thing I don’t like about when they report on this single family rental. I always question the validity of the data, because it’s so hard to get the data from like little mom and Paul homeowners, which is, who owns most of the little single family home rentals.
And it’s so much more spread in, in the, like in like rents went up. We all know that went up maybe 10% the last couple years across. If you pick any random Metro out there, but depending how sophisticated or how much C you had as a landlord, really determined if you really bump, rents up, Some people were just right on the ball and was able to get a hundred dollars, $150 under a thousand dollars a month.
Some landlords, a lot of these guys who, you know, they’re in, like our Facebook group and they’re just amateur landlords. They’re frozen, solid, they’re freaked out. And they’re like, they’re the ones calling their tenants asking, Hey, can we like pardon you on rent? Like completely doing the opposite, what they should be doing, which is raising rents.
But, I think that’s why single family home rentals are just all over the place due to the amateur status of the operators in that world. So whenever I see data like this, I’m always like questioning a lot. Wealth management.com reports at garden apartments remain favorite among multifamily buyers and garden apartments are, so there’s Highrise apartments, which I think mostly will think of, apartments, big skyscrapers or bigger, more than four or five stories. Those are typically your nicer buildings. But the garden apartments, a lot of these are more geared towards lower middle class families. And that’s what we like to focus in on. They’re typically more in a sub urban type of market and they’re a little bit more reasonable and, it’s, they’re great for pandemic, minded people who, it’s a little more spread out, you’re not on top of, all your tenants sharing, all the limited resources for like common areas and stuff like that.
Arbor reports, rental housing markets, exhibit cyclical, stability complaint contain structural questions. Yeah. So this is showing the implied possibilities of effective federal fund range. Target range by date Arbor is like a lender. So a lot of their articles are more geared towards more sophisticated operators, but I always put these on here. The passive investors we have are pretty smart.
At least you could, it challenges you guys intellectually. I think it least, maybe it challenges myself. So one, one thing that’s happening is declining spending power is having a tangible effect on the ability of consumers to afford data expenses. This is evident by taking fuel. Gasoline costs have gone up for your middle class, lower middle class people out there. Now that is a lot more impactful than the kind of wealthy people who probably don’t really care.
They may complain about it, but it sure isn’t changing people’s behavior. Very much. This is a graph of the relationship between rental vacancy, which is the dark green and the home ownership rate, which is the light green. And you can kinda see home ownership peak in 2020, not 20 2002 to 2006, which is part of the reason why that whole 2008 fiasco cause too many damn people who couldn’t afford houses were buying houses because I don’t, I think that was kind of George Bush’s thing was that they felt like everybody.
Owned their own house. So the home ownership rate went up to 70, 69%. Then in 2014, it fell to, in recent years, the low of 63 2020 was a time where interested were really low and people were able to save some money. So it jumped up to 68% temporarily, but it came back down to baseline, which is tied under 66%, which is about midrange right here, actually.
It’s funny, that spike in 2020, that’s probably, summer of 2020, that was when, a lot of our B plus a minus type of assets. A lot of those tenants who are, a little bit better off tenants, they, they used the opportunity to go buy a house and they moved out.
So we had some temporary vacancy hits during the summer of 2020 when this was actually happening. There I go with my little stories from the apartment world to bring some of this dry charts to life. So here’s another thing RA business online. Their prediction is institutions will own 40% of all single family rentals by the year 2030. I remember it happening in 2008 or 2010. And then what they figured out was it’s really hard for them to operate these single family homes, scattered all around the neighborhood, which is one of the main reasons I focus on apartments, cuz all your stuff is right there and your staff can really focus on a small geographic area.
That’s spending burning up most of their hours, traveling from one place to another. And looking for lost parts without all their stuff being there. But again, recently seeing a lot of institutions coming in, buying big chunks of single family homes and get into these built to rent projects. And it’s the, it’s pro yeah, probably are right.
I probably will agree that more institutions are gonna be gobbling up a bigger percentage of the single family home rental stock. Mom and pot owners still make up most of the single family rentals, but institutions are increasing market share with a heavy concentrate in the Sunbelt. So I don’t think it’s too late if you’re still buying rental properties, just know that the trend is coming.
Sad because maybe in a 50 years, a hundred year in the future, maybe, the doors are always closing and real estate is a nice way for the last, for the average person to become semi wealthy. Get above a few million dollars doing it. This opportunity called you know, being a landlord or a passive investor might be closing up as institutions are able to get more hands on using technology to operate these, semi cumbersome assets, but now use their institutional financing power to, just buy more and more of these things, pushing the small guy out.
We have a bunch of people on our investor group that, geek out on little mainframe computers, these days Amazon is just killing everybody, doing that stuff. You can’t really make it on as your little small mainframe operator.
Across the nation rising rent prices, increase interest rates, limit access to home ownership. I think that’s probably what you’re seeing. Some of the prices stagnant across the country, or maybe decrease a little bit. Certainly I don’t believe in any type of like housing crisis. Goodness gracious. But I guess that does do sell a lot of YouTube views.
Yahoo reports. Blackstone is preparing a record 50 billion vehicle to soup up real estate bargains during the downturn. Here’s how to lock it up in higher yields than the big money. So yeah, like we said, on the last slide, the big institutions are trying to get more and more into the game and this is the them taking up market share from the small mom and Paul, I.
But, I think take a page from these big smart companies like Blackstone. They’re not just sitting on the sideline, they’re in there actively buying stuff. And now they’re doing it a L and N reports and updated run down rent growth, rent growth kind of went up quite a bit. But it’s slowing a little bit stilling. The main factor impacting rank world since the start of last year has been a supply demand imbalance.
It is showing the the monthly Nett absorption and average rent change nationwide still, like big data nationwide, but it does tell the story a little bit. Of course, you always gotta dig into individual markets and more importantly, submarket. I think this is, these are the general trends.
Again, I’d suggest you guys check out the video on the slide, but don’t lose fact of in the last 17 months from March, 2021 to July, 2022 national average effective rent rose by 22%. Normally again, folks it’s supposed to go up like two to 3% every year. So I would say that’s almost like three or four times the average.
Re business online reports to Intel Brookfield to jointly invest 30 billion for the expenses of semiconductor manufacturing plants in Chandler, Arizona. These are the things as an investor you wanna invest in good stories like this, a new supply of good jobs in this case, semiconductors, which is a big deal.
I would check out some of the articles and YouTube videos on semiconductors and Arizona, but it’s exciting. And as an Intel is making a run to reclaim the semiconductor crown from TSMC and get us our independence from Taiwan and China. I. After you asked the question, wonder if the con continuation of interest rate rising will push out ineffective, inexperienced syndicators and operators.
So to answer that question, in my opinion, interest rates don’t really matter, right? Because if you’re already in deals, you’re you’re good, right? You don’t really have to worry about things cuz it’s not like your rate’s gonna really jump up. And if you’re doing any type of value, add strategy, surely in two years or three years, when your note comes due, you’ve created a whole bunch of value.
So it’s really an afterthought. What the interest rates are doing are impacting new in inexperience operators who don’t have much capital behind them because now they have to cough up more funds to close a deal. But I think what’s testing a lot of people, which really didn’t really talk about today in any of these news headlines, is that right now a lot of people are facing the backlash of a lot of the the rent moratoriums on folks.
Where previously in 2020 they froze all the evictions, right? Couldn’t evict people. Basic basically. There were still ways to evict people, but 20, 21, I believe, I might be butchering the timeline, but that was when they said, all right, you guys can, there’s no more moratoriums.
Somehow the CDC got involved with that. People can get evicted now, but it wasn’t, there’s always a slack in this stuff. How is the courts gonna interpret this? And so we really didn’t start to see it come out for six months to a year after. So talking 20, 22, maybe late 20, 20, 21, when you actually started to see these evictions go through the system, and now you’re starting to deal with the.
The bad debt where people just don’t pay and now you can enforce it. But in that meantime, you’ve got a couple months where you have a non-pay unit, then you have another two to two weeks, maybe even a month or more of rehabbing the unit, getting it back online and maybe another week or two to get it released up in the, and get somebody paying in there.
And of course, you’ve got another couple weeks or month of concessions you’ve made, varying levels of concessions, such as a hundred dollars off the first month or half months off the first month, the rest you have to count for. So that’s really what I think a lot of people ourselves included are challenged through now.
And it’s something that the, I think something like that will never get published in a regular type of publication, because it’s just complicated to, to keep track of. It’s it’s more complicated than your Monte Netflix special. For those people who are interested in a interesting story and wondering what was his girlfriend real?
I would suggest watching that video or it’s two hours long, but, getting back to the whole eviction moratorium thing, it is a little bit confusing. And, a lot of people just don’t understand how long it takes its way to actually to, for the problems that bring it’s ugly face and it’s right now.
I think a lot of that should be worked out maybe in the, in, throughout this year early into next. But I think that’s where a lot of the struggles with the industry which you get over, right? If you have enough capital reserves to get through it and your occupancy doesn’t drop too much should be no problem to get through.
Thanks Matt, for that. Wallet hub reports, 2022 is best real estate markets. So one through Tenco, Texas Allen, Texas McKinney, Texas, Austin, Texas Nashville, Tennessee, Carrie, North Carolina, Gilbert, Arizona, Denton, Texas Peria Arizona Richardson, Texas. I’m surprised Gilbert made it on the list. Cause Gilbert, I always said that Gilbert’s kind of on that that east side of Phoenix and it’s funny.
We fought like assets from like the north west corner all the way down to the north or south east corner. And it’s like a slash from upper left hand Northwest to the bottom. And we never picked up any assets. Gilbert. Yeah, but maybe the time might be coming up apparently, but this is just wallet hubs, another whimsical, top 10 less best places to buy a house.
Another one is this is their markets of seriously underwater mortgages. So they’re lowest ones are San Mateo, California daily city, California, Santa Clara, California, San Jose, California, Sunnyville, California, and their highest one. I guess these are the places where people are herding in terms of their mortgages per Illinois, S Shreveport, Los Louisiana, Columbus, Georgia, Bannon Rouge, and St.
Louis, Missouri median days on the market. So the lowest one, and that this is an indicator of how hot the market is. Once Mr. Colorado, Arva Colorado Renton, Washington, Gilbert, Arizona, Everett, Washington. So you have properties in those markets. It’ll go and it’s priced, right? It’ll probably go in like a day or a week.
The worst places where your property’s gonna sit there on the market is Patterson, New Jersey, New York, New Jersey, Miami beach, Florida, Yonkers, New York. So people just aren’t really buying properties out there or is not as much the best city to the worst city differences of differential, five X from Westminster, Colorado to New York.
But how occupancy percent is an indicator for kind of demand and filling vacancies for apartments or rentals. In the real estate transaction world, the retail world, where you’re buying and selling this days on market is the same barometer record setting rent growth in markets in the south and the west eight of the 10 markets with the highest rent growth.
In New York rents rose 20% year of year in the first quarter of 2022, a dramatic turnaround from the first quarter 2021, when rents fell 15% year of year. And in San Francisco, Boston, Los Angeles, Washington, Seattle, where rents fell at least 5% year over year in early 2021 rents were up 10% or more in 2022, which to me is a sign that things are bouncing back it wasn’t.
And this is like where the UTV is, are saying everybody’s moving outta California. Oh my God. Which they generally are, but you, I think it was definitely played up a little bit more and here’s a great chart. By Harvard university of the domestic migration. So the red states are the ones where people are moving out of the only three are New York, Illinois, and California, and the dark blue, the darker blue ones are the ones that people are moving into, which lot in the Southwest, Texas and Arizona.
This is more where international migration is coming in. And, I’m just not gonna really, I don’t know if I should really report on it because there, the numbers that are domestic migration versus international migration is I’m flip flopping between these two slides. It’s 10 X, the amount of domestic migration.
So as I read these states where there’s a. Net international migration, which they’re coming into. I think that’s New York. I think that’s New Jersey. I think that’s Massachusetts. And I think that’s New Jersey Virginia, or probably DC is what they’re talking about there. And then California are the places where you have a lot of international migration.
And then of course, Texas and Florida and New York are the big ones. But one thing that’s interesting that he says many more rural country counties gain migrants in 2021 compared to 2019. So normally you would say the gateway cities like your San Franciscos new Yorks would get a lot of the the bigger. International migrants, but it appears that the trend is moving more towards rural areas.
If you guys are interested in joining our group, first step is always signing up for our club at simple passive cash flow.com/club. We are primarily an accredited investor group these days. So if you guys would like to meet up in person, meet some of the investors, you have to get vetted first, again, going to simple passive casual.com/club.
And from there you can possibly apply to joining our inner circle mastermind at simple passive cash flow.com/journey. But I would say always educate yourself first, check out my book. The free audio version is on simple passive cash flow.com/book. Or I read it out aloud to you guys. And thanks for joining us and we will see you guys next time. Bye.
What’s up folks, we have a great podcast today, especially if you have kids ages, any range, cuz eventually they got to go to college and they’re probably doing a lot of extracurricular activities. I think a lot of the listeners type individuals , most of you guys make multiple six figures.
Majority of the people these days are accredited investors and we are moving to an accredited investor base. But more news on that in a future podcast. Now check out our, now I wanna invite you guys to one of our future events. We’ve got several of ’em coming up on October 1st.
We are going to be taking over in Napa valley. We’re gonna be putting everybody on a bus, going out to a few wineries. So if you’re interested in that event again, that’s October 1st. Go to simple passive cash flow.com/napa. Again, simple passive cash flow.com/napa. We are also gonna be doing an October six to seven Huntsville, Alabama property tour.
So if you guys are investing in apartments alongside us, and haven’t even visited these things as I would probably say maybe. Less than a third of you guys haven’t even checked out a classy apartment yet. Good time to visit ’em cuz we’ve got quite a few assets and we’re gonna be doing a little bit of a grand opening party.
Now that our Chase Creek apartments are done pretty much through construction and the clubhouse is all finished there and we might even have some people moving in when we’re there. But on October 6th we’re gonna be doing the party and we fight everybody to come out and especially stay the next day.
Come on the tour with us and visit some of these apartments and, really get some boots on the ground instead of just having some wine with us in Napa valley, even though not, that’s not that bad. And we always preach being a passive investor and being, and living like a passive investor, which is focusing on your network as opposed to a lot of these kinds of non-accredited investors running around with their heads chopped off trying BRRRR strategy.
Buy rent, rehab repair, just a lot of work and just doesn’t really make too much sense. I’ve got the dates also planned for our annual retreat in Hawaii, January 13th, through the 16th. That is going to be on the I of Oahu. If you want access to any of these events go to simple passive cash flow.com/events, the nap tour, and October 1st, the Huntsville tour, October six, seventh and January 13th, the 16th 2023 in Hawaii.
All those links are@simplepassivecashflow.com slash event. If you haven’t yet joined our club, go to simple passive cash flow.com/club. That’s the prerequisite first because at our events, if you notice, you don’t really pay to come right away. We gotta vet you. We gotta know who we are, because I think that’s what sets us apart from any other investor group out there, which is, we vet people coming and we know who people are, because if we have one random person out there, who’s just a little weird.
To me that reflects badly on our brand and our community. So we try our best to vet the people coming. And we need to get to know you first or refer you. So make sure you guys complete the format. Simple pass a casual.com/club. And if you guys have been lurking on our newsletter and our insider email, less book a call with me and let’s get to know each other before the schedule fills up with all these late summer travels.
Now we really wanna get to know you guys and after all, it’s all, this is a relationship game and enjoy the show.
Hey, simple passive cash to listeners. Today, we are going to be taking a break from the normal investor and taxes. We know most of the listeners out there, at least most of the investors, a lot of you guys have a million, $2 million or greater, and you typically have offspring and children.
and we get it. You’re busy. And you have ample resources to pour into those perfect children of yours. Maybe you guys are different, but today’s guest is Linda fan again, and she has a new book out called Take Back the Game, which you can get at Amazon. The tagline is how money and mania are ruining kids’ sports.
And why. Now I think a lot of listeners today will agree that grit is one of the very important things that a lot of us successful people can attribute to. And one of those that I hear a lot from our listeners, especially most of our listeners are male, is that our parents made us go to baseball and support team sports like that.
I thought about today’s Linda coming on the show would be very beneficial for a lot of folks who have younger children or at least hear a different perspective. But thanks for coming on, Linda. Appreciate it. My pleasure. Yeah. So maybe give a start off just a little bit of background on what you did prior to writing the book and yeah, we’ll get going there.
I had another life before becoming. Before writing this book, I started actually being involved in the national security field. I was the national security analyst at the Kennedy school at Harvard for a few years then, took a turn and had kids. And then when they were young, I started coaching because I’ve always been an interested and competitive runner and I coached for 17 or 18 years. And throughout that time, I also picked up various project writing projects and became very interested in youth sports, both as a coach and seeing what was happening, from my perspective with the parents I was dealing with, which were high school girls as a high school running coach, and also with my own kids who are now in their twenties.
When I began coaching, we were young and, so I was grappling with the same, with the same pressures, probably lesser pressures then than there are now on parents to get kids playing sports. And the world fascinated me. It was so different from the way I experienced sports growing up and what I got out of sports growing up.
And there’s a very big difference between at least when I grew up. It was the general. I have a fun league in soccer and a lot of baseball. There’s a lot of like dynasty teams and different leagues where you have to pay some big bucks to get into. And it starts being right.
Very serious. Yes. And, I stand firmly on this side of saying that’s those expensive leagues and teams, especially at young ages. Not only a waste of money, but in the long run, likely harmful to your kids or not to their advantage, to play in expensive teams and leave. When they’re young, you’re paying, you’re lining someone’s pocket.
Who’s convinced you that your kids need this, that they, if they’re gonna get to the next level or whatever, there’s always some kind of platitude. why they need to do more and more, but when they’re young, when they’re not adolescent, yet the expensive time consuming games and leagues often do more harm than good.
The one, another thing I can think of is your point. There’s a lot of kids that quite frankly, aren’t really good at the sports that they’re playing and they wouldn’t even be. Play the dang game because they aren’t able to make the team or make the cut. It reminds me that a lot of the folks out there will do this like a little tax trick to call their kids models so they can write off, I think six grand per kid. It’s some whimsical thing that a lot of investors will do, but I. I hate to break it to you. A lot of you guys, but your kids are ugly. They’re not models, right? Oh God. I didn’t realize people did that. Yeah. People do that. I’m just joking folks. Geez. Same thing with sports, right?
Yes. Yes. And I think I was thinking about this today, that when your kids are in high school and they’re participating on some of the club teams, advertise themselves as well. We had X, many recruits, go off to division one, the Ivy league or the top tier division three schools, I think it’s really important.
You’re at that level to ask them some serious questions, because it is true that some percentage of those kids on those teams will be recruited. Very few will get any scholarship money. It’s a very slim percentage. But some will get admitted to a better school because they played varsity sports.
But it’s important for parents to ask questions of those leagues because for every one child that goes all playing college, which may not be the Nirvana, everyone thinks it is who knows how many more have been gone through all of this these years and years. Club play leagues play expensive travel teams that end up with nothing.
Most kids do not get recruited. So those clubs and clubs and leagues that promise it, you should ask for data on it because you’re not on a team chances. Aren’t good that you’re gonna go to play in college and you’re still paying the same fees and sacrificing all that time. But for those. So to catch some people up, cuz I wasn’t super familiar before doing this interview, like when does the club league start?
Some kids will start to play baseball and soccer and they’re like five years old. Do the club leagues start at that point or are there other major entry points that people will come to? It’s really entirely dependent on where you live and what’s being offered in your community.
What’s the culture where I live in New Jersey? It’s very competitive. It’s a very densely populated state. There’s a ton of people and a ton of ambitious people with money who want their kids to play sports. As a result, there are clubs. There are club teams available for second and third graders. And some of these kids travel.
So depending on where you live and who is like how saturated the market is with these private teams, they’ll offer programs for kids at younger and younger ages. In fact, in my town, I recently looked up one of our soccer programs and they offer soccer for U five, which is four year olds.
So I presume those aren’t travel teams, but I think starting in second grade, they’re travel. At least in my area. And again, it’s, I don’t know where you are. I can’t say for sure. It’s dependent on the area and sports tend to dominate in certain regions across as big in New Jersey, track and field is big.
Baseball is big elsewhere, so it’s somewhat region dependent and what are the kinds of the ranges, just again, a lot of people are just unaware of this, right? A lot of our investors. They grew up in semi lower middle class families. They just, they, they are like me and just go to the $200 a year league.
Like what do these club sports know? What are the ranges? It’s there’s different numbers that are thrown around, but the Aspen Institute, project play, Estimated that the average family that has children playing sports spends $693 per child per season per sport.
However, another study conducted by Harris poll. It was somewhat limited study. It was of 1,001 adults with at least one child playing competitive sports. and what’s key here is that they had to have $25,000 of investable assets. So they weren’t impoverished, some spent $500 a month per child. Some spent 8% spent $12,000 per child a year. It’s all over the map, depending on the sport. Some sports are more expensive than other sports. Nationally ice hockey is the most expensive sport. Yeah. And followed by, oh, I think field hockey and gymnastics are right up there too.
There’s a, there’s, it’s the predictable, the usual suspects are, would be the most expensive. Yeah. So I know you have a lot of the downsides, which we’ll get into in a bit, but before we do. Something that kind of comes up to my head. And I think I echo like a lot of our audience who are other type of parents is, like I don’t want my kid to go to the leisure league where they hand out participation trophies.
I would like them to grind and be up against some serious talent. Is. And develop grit. Cause if not, . If, and not for sports, sometimes the only point where they get to make it and, or break it is when they interview for a job. And that’s sometimes too late to figure it out at that point too, to step up and do their craft, and perform their pressure.
But what, what’s the, I bet you meet a lot of folks like myself and our audience. , what’s kind, maybe walk through some of them. The cons of that mentality. The cons of that mentality. I guess I totally understand and sympathize with that point of view.
And I think many parents have that perspective, that sports are there to toughen kids up a little bit, teach ’em some, to pull up their socks and get to work and stop moaning and, yeah. No blood, no foul, yeah, exactly. And I appreciate that. And I understand that way of thinking.
And I, although everyone moans about participation trophies, my kids never got one. That’s all I can say. I think, and maybe yours have, and maybe they’re more of a thing in the last 10 years that everyone bemoans participation trophies. I think what a really important consideration is, what age are you talking about?
If they’re little kids, if they are like in elementary school, The idea that they need to be around tough competitive players. And so they can, suck it up and belly up to the bar and hit the ball when they’re two strikes. I think that’s not a helpful way of thinking about kids and sports.
I think there is a time for that as they get older, as they’re in high school, when they’re more able to handle it emotionally and intellectually and physically, because they’re certainly not developed when they’re young, when they’re in elementary school. But it is also that if I think when parents have that kind of mentality that, here, your sports are, you gotta toughen up here that, you’re gonna play to become.
To build your character to develop your kind of warrior virtues, younger kids more often than not are gonna flee from that because the main reason they wanna play sports is because they wanna be with their friends and they wanna have fun. We parents come into it with another outlook, but when their kids it’s gotta be fun.
Part of the fun is when they’re good and they’re playing well, and they’re playing with other good kids. I get that. And you wanna give, you don’t wanna hold them back. The idea that this is gonna somehow Rob them of a future of being able to handle themselves in a job interview. I think that’s pushing it.
I would also argue, and that, the whole notion of grit has been such a celebrated concept now for years. And, I think it was Angela Duckworth who promoted it. And this is the new magic. Quality that kids need to be successful. And of course, we parents all want our kids to be able to hack it, to be able to manage and have resilience and stand back up after they have some kind of hardship.
But grit also can be an overrated virtue. There’s something to be said for. Not doing something you’re terrible at, after you’ve given it a go, as you were talking about with the team sports, like some of these kids they’re not great. Maybe they would be wiser to do something other than whatever that sport is.
Try a different sport, try a different activity entirely. That’s not athletic. Grit is I think kids. This generation of kids has been so indoctrinated about grit that they’ve lost sight of and parents do to some extent of what is it you’re going to be gritty about? Shouldn’t just grit for the sake of grit is not a virtue.
It needs to be attached to some valuable thing that matters to you. So I think it can be really overstated the value of it, particularly for young kids. They’ve got time to grow into, Those wonderful qualities that sports can deliver to kids. Very similar, like adults, like I’ll have a lot of calls.
Not many these days, but with like broke guys who are like, didn’t go to college, they don’t have that much money and they have this, they buy into this like hustle culture, which is the same thing. In my opinion. I tell these guys, yeah, you gotta get to, you gotta do something. I still have some value in the world, dude. Yeah. But like many of our listeners, they grind it through decades of school and work and savings and it’s something that I’m personally working on is getting away from the hustle culture and more finding spirituality and, but I dunno, that’s, I’m just aware of the terms.
I don’t know if it’s best for kids, it is for me. This, I don’t know if I agree with this, but to me, a byproduct of letting your kids search for themselves in the world. I don’t know why I say it like that, like you, but they’re gonna find, they’re gonna find themselves. I look back at myself. I was a fat kid who liked to play video games. If I wasn’t told what to do, go play baseball. I would just sit there and play Siana chrono tri for like hours on. Obviously, as a parent, you need to, sometimes you need to nudge your kids and get ’em out of the basement and off the TV, get outside or, go meet your friends at the park.
I, by, by, I’m a big believer in having kids that they should be the ones calling the shots about what they play because to the greater, the extent, the greater the decision to play is the parents, the less interested they’re gonna be. And at the same time, while wanting them to be the ones that lead the way, where are they?
Where are they gonna, what are they gonna play? How often. They also need to be nudged sometimes, they need to be yanked out of the basement and say, okay, what do you wanna try? Pick something. You need to pick something. Yeah. So there’s a balance between, giving them total freedom and, being the one, making the decision for them.
There is some nice middle ground there. And that’s what my current belief is, and I got like another couple of decades with. My child, cause you gotta search for finding that like thing that they have somewhat of an affinity towards and then having them grind a little bit at that.
But I mean that, that kind of goes into your first, your, one of your topics in your book. Do you specialize in one year round sport or you dabble and find that what’s your thought process there. The trend now is, as most people are aware, if you have kids and they’re playing in e-sports, everyone knows that there’s this emphasis on picking one and specializing picking one sport and specializing, and even in some sports picking one position in that sport and specializing it, specializing in it.
Now every medical professional psychologist. Anyone, any student of sports will tell you, this is a crazy idea that is not in the kid’s interest because for all kinds of reasons, it shrinks their interest to such a tiny thing for one. Yeah. And it’s also physical, the more you specialize, the more you play, one thing all the time.
The more likely you are to get hurt. And then what do you have? It’s like putting all your eggs in one basket. The specialization, certainly before high school, is almost universally condemned, except by the people who are selling it to you as something you need to do to advance your child’s athletics.
Yeah. And I’m glad you said that you there’s somewhat of a timeline here, right? Because if you just let a kid dabble all the way through high school, College there’ll be that Jack of all trades who has 15 minor degrees and no major. And then who knows what they’re gonna do after college at that point?
You and I may disagree on this. I’m a big believer in the generalists. I think generalists are what the world needs. People who have some knowledge on a lot of things that’s what you need to be successful rather than, obviously there’s some mix, but I think. Playing three sports. The three sport athlete is gone, a Relic at this point because yeah, kids are specializing, but they would be better off. If they could play multiple sports, be better for their bodies, it would be better for their mental health, for their ability to work with people and have different coaches, but that’s not what they’re gonna sell you.
Yeah. And I think I, I acknowledge both sides of what you’re saying, the specialize and then be the generalist. It’s just like how, like in the investment world, they say you should have a diversified portfolio. I don’t know why to say it like that either, but then you have the pros being like diversification is for idiots that don’t know what they’re doing.
So they need to generalize. So it’s the same thing, right? Each and I guess maybe let’s, if I were to you. Have two sides of this. You have the kids who are actually good at what they do and may be able to play in high school. D one D two D three 80% of the kids.
Would you say 80% of kids are just average, right? And well, 6% of high school kids end up playing in college. So it’s a pretty small number of kids who play at any level in the college division. One’s the most competitive and then two and three. It’s, we’re talking about quite a small number who go on to the next level anyway. Yeah. So let’s stick with the masses, right? The kids that barely can get on a JV team, maybe. Maybe a bench warmer in high school, right? Those are, I think those are the parents that are listening. That’s the masses. How should they go about, from, I guess from hearing you like, correct me if I’m wrong, but take ’em through elementary time, multiple sports, see what they’re good at and then specialize or, the core principle in my view is let them take the.
All of the sports experts will tell you, ask your kid what he or she wants and let them take lead. Introduce them to a lot of stuff. If you’re in, you have the luxury of doing that, you’re in an area where there are many different options. Give them lots of options again, not so that they pick one and like to narrow into it, but that’s so that they have a diversity of experiences.
If those, if that child wants to keep. Keep playing, have ’em keep playing, keep trying more things and very likely they’ll decide for themselves. I really prefer baseball to soccer or tennis versus, I don’t know, lacrosse, and they’ll narrow their own path and the more they make that decision, the more app they will be to stick with it.
Now in the middle school years They’re often school teams. It also depends on the area in my area. There are middle school teams and they can play for their school team. There will be a lot of pressure to join a club team. Then I would say even younger, depending on your child’s interest, if they are absolutely crazy for a sport and they are desperate to play, I think it’s fair to consider joining a club team in middle school.
But recognizing that once you’re on that team, you’re not getting off that train until they graduate from high school or the train crashes and they quit and they get hurt. So there has to be some caution. I would also advise any parent who’s thinking about whether or not my kid really wants to join this tra club and they love it.
And do this. There should be some awareness or thought on the part of the parent about what’s being given up doing this, because if we do this, there is another cost. It’s not just the, it’s not just the price of the league and time and all that. It’s what you are not doing with your, if you’re married, you have a partner.
You’re not doing it with your other kids. There’s a cost associated with joining one of these teams. So they should be done with a lot of thought in advance by high school. I’m a big believer in high school sports. I think they’re the best. That’s where kids have the most fun. It’s always said it’s the high school sports they enjoy the most.
When they’re in college, you talk about how high school was a fun time. That’s to me where parents ought to be the most enthusiastic and encouraging. And your opinion on team versus individual sports. I think from an application to real life, most people are employees, especially listening to this show.
And yeah you’ve gotta band up, play on a team and feel the celebrations of a team. Cuz if not, you’re not building your own damage stream. It’s building the team, some people like to get off on the team succeeding like the military, but yes, some of the minority of our group are entrepreneurs myself.
And it’s the idea is to gimme the damn ball, get out the way and let me score the, carry the team to victory and those. Those are sports like tennis or maybe track and field, but yes. Track and any general thoughts. Yeah. General thoughts on that? Yeah. See, when I, when you were talking about, oh, get out of the way, give the ball and let me score reminded me of Michael Jordan and that documentary a couple of years ago, about how he, rallied the way he rallied his team was to yeah he wasn’t as bad as Colby, right? Jordan is empowering. He was the man. But he made other people around him better. Bullying them into it a little bit, but, yeah. Yeah. I, I see, I guess I think that in terms of which is better, I think, or if it depends entirely on the kid and what they’re good at and what their inclination is. Some of these individual sports, they have a, like a little gloss of a team aspect because, even in tennis, there’s five matches. And the team wins if three of the, three of the individual, those players and the doubles teams, three of those, so there is a team quality to most of this stuff.
I just think it’s gotta be from, come from the kid, yeah. They may be inclined to do this individual stuff and push themselves. I’m a runner. Runners are often self congratulatory to say, but cerebral and independent and disciplined. And but that’s it, it has some qualities of a team sport when you’re on a cross country team. Then there are other things where you’re, if you have a shared goal a basketball team where everyone is working together, I think that has gotta build stronger team bonds than these individual sports do. And how that translates into the work world or real life. I don’t know. It’s probably really dependent on the personality of the person.
I imagine you could. Ask open ended questions like, how’d you do and how, how and see what they say. Do they reflect from the team side? I know if I asked my younger bone head self I’d probably if, if we lost, I’d probably claim it on the team, I went three for four with a triple and walk ,single, it’s more on me. I can’t remember what I was. I didn’t enjoy it. Sticking around with the teammates, eating after the game, we had a pot log. That’s all I remember. See, that was fun. Okay. That’s what you remember. Most kids remember the fun stuff. They remember going out for ice cream and that’s what they remember and that’s the fun stuff.
And there’s something to be, there’s a lot to be said for that mainly because, they’ll be more inclined to stay with it. If it’s fun, if it’s not a grind, Constantly. I would also caution some of your listeners if, if you are, if your podcast listeners are generally like have gotten by, on grit and, grinding it out as you put it and it’s very respectable. I think it can often be really hard to see the next generation lazing around and thinking I had so tough and, I was working so hard and it, there can, it’s easy to just make two. I think, to punish kids to some extent and toughen them up through sports to think that sports will be the way to toughen them up and ’em up and, I just would caution against that. I think sports when they’re little, should really be fun, cuz you want ’em to keep playing. So they have all the benefits of sports as they age and you stay active.
Yeah. Yeah. I probably think the same way, right? Like the son of a gun, right? Like I gave you this $400 carbon fiber bat, what do you mean? Gotta walk, even use the damn thing, right? exactly. Exactly. And it’s just, that’s the other point I wanted to raise. There’s a lab at Utah state. Travis DORS runs the families in a sports lab that found that the more parents spend on their kids’ sports, the less kids like it. And the more pressure they felt. You go and buy a $400 bat or $200 goalie gloves. And, at least in our house, those goalie gloves became a dog toy and it’s it’s not helpful to them. It’s not, it’s getting too much parental, like per baggage, parental baggage gets involved there. Yeah. Just because we live in the best neighborhood and you didn’t grow up in the kind of the fringier area that we did back then doesn’t mean that I have to. Give it to you in the sparks world, but it’s hard to resist.
Yeah. Something that comes to mind, like have a lot of informal mentors that are like maybe 20 years older than myself, but , you know what, in general, these guys are like, 20, 30 million network plus and their opinion is like, look, we buy our kids, whatever they want, we totally spoil them.
They’re gonna come out how they came out. Cuz we came out. We did okay with what we had and we didn’t have much. So there’s no sense trying to control destiny or control face kind of their way. Mm-hmm I thought that was very refreshing. Especially coming from somebody who was a self made multimillionaire, they didn’t come through with. That is refreshing and it’s very counter to what you, I was expecting you to say. Yeah. And what I think you often hear. And I agree. I do think kids are pre, they’re gonna turn out, they’re gonna, they are who they are, you can shape it on margins, but it’s grandiose to think that it’s gonna, your influence is gonna be that much greater than that.
Let’s end here on a, kind of a fun topic. Everybody likes to, to talk about, which is. The bad coaches and the friends’ behavior for those people. Maybe people are aware, but maybe summarize these, these few issues that kind of come up and all you have to do is watch the local news or get on Twitter or something. And you can see these horrible stories of parents yelling and screaming at referees. Going ballistic at coaches. And unfortunately this problem, since the pandemic, since we’ve begun to come outta the pandemic has actually gotten worse. Cuz people are so enraged about everything these days.
And that to the point where there’s now like a referee shortage, it’s harder and harder for leagues to get officials. Also on the one hand, this is a real struggle for me in writing my book. Issues that on the one hand you have parents that can be out of control and just belligerent and determined that the coach is gonna do exactly what you want.
The parent wants. And on this, by the same token, as we’ve seen with the Larry Nasser scandal and pick your poison There are so many coaching abuses as well. So the parents have to keep their eyes on coaches, that’s the, there is the friction in youth sports is this adversarial quality between or adversarial nature of coaches and parents.
And, I certainly encourage parents to give the coach the benefit of the doubt and say, thank you, unless you’re the coach. And provided you’ve done your due diligence and you know that they’re not predators or malefactors of some kind, if the coach benefited from it and say, thank you or volunteered when they’re little or just accept the fact that your kid sucks you. Know no good. Yeah. Yeah. And grit, no amount of grit. They’ll get better. Grit will make your child get better. If they have it, but it’s not gonna make ’em great if they’re not inclined that way to begin with. And if they don’t have any natural interest in it, maybe because they’re not good at it, you don’t tend to like things you’re not good at.
So be real about that. Yeah. Yeah. It’s sad when kids are good at a certain sport, but they don’t like it and then they get pushed. Probably all the doc, probably the doctors are crying inside now doing it. Just kidding guys. We’re all the same, right? Included, happens to be good at math.
So their parents make, become, all do it. But yeah. Anything else that kind of closes us out that you think might be beneficial to them. Yes. Okay. You call our group out there. A simple passive, casual flow tribe, I guess doesn’t seem so passive. Yes. An interest, right? The recovering active, trying to be passive people. Yes. I was trying to make sense of your podcast clientele. I would say yes, I was thinking about it a little bit today when I was out running. And I thought that, if you’re like a conscientious parent and. You’re like, should I buy the $400 bat and this, $200 gloves I think, or spend $5,000 for summer camp at summer tennis camp?
I think it’s, you can always use sports as an opportunity to teach your kids about money also, to say. If you’re the kind of parent that is comfortable, talking about money and how you value it or how you wanna spend it, how it reflects your values. You can say, if you have, if you can’t afford it, if money’s not an object, you shouldn’t be spending all this money if you can’t afford it anyway, but say money is no object and you can pay for the $5,000 tennis camp.
You could say. I want you to understand that We can afford this. And it’s important to us. We wanna support your interest at the same time. We’re not gonna buy a whole new set of clothes or a whole new set of rackets for you, because that would be just because we can’t afford it. Doesn’t mean it’s wise.
I guess that’s the bottom line that you can use sports as a way to. Yes, we can’t afford it, but it doesn’t make it smart. And here’s why, because the more parents pay for sports, the more they invest in their kids’ sports, the less the kid enjoys it. And I want you to love tennis.
So while I’ll send you to this camp, we’re not gonna buy you four new racks. That there are a way to use sports to express your values. You can also say. You know what, I’m gonna send you to that camp, but I also want you to realize if you’re the kind of person who’s, philanthropist say that, we can afford this, but there are lower income families in our community who can’t.
And I think I want you to know that. If I, you, if we pay for this camp, I’m then gonna give a donation to a youth sports organization that helps underprivileged kids in our community. So they can play too, because I don’t feel good about the fact that by virtue of our wealth, you get to play and they don’t. So that’s another example. Again, I don’t know if your clientele, some probably are inclined that way, but it is useful, you can use sports as a way to express your values and how much you’re spending on the sports. If money is no object, there’s still plenty of opportunities to talk about how you want you, your money to be spent and why you’re spending it this way.
Thanks for jumping on and folks if you’re like me, your spouse says you can’t read any more entrepreneur or real estate or investing books, and you’re like, you hate nonfiction books. I would say this would be a good in between something a little bit different.
So again, the book is Take Back the Game, how money and mania ruined kids’ sports and why it matters by Linda FLANAGAN. It should be out by late August, early September. So check it out on Amazon. But thanks for jumping on guys. Thank you for having me. It was my pleasure to be here. And that’s the chill folks. I would like to share a couple stories from my childhood and as just offer as a data point, I’m not passing any judgment or, I’m not giving advice because that’s one of the tenants that we talk about in our family office, Ohana, I have a policy. We don’t give each other advice because.
That’s what lane parents do. And, here we are, we wanna add value to each other. So we speak from experience. So here’s my experience, when I, my sport, when I was a child was baseball and I, yeah, I think my parents really not, never really got on the bandwagon of sending the kids to all this stuff that we do today.
I got started, I think like when I was 10 or 11 playing baseball. So I couldn’t even really throw the ball when other kids had been doing the dang sport for three, four years looking back. I wish I would’ve, I wish they would’ve maybe signed up a little earlier, so I could develop as opposed to being like years behind the other kids. I eventually caught up, by then, you gotta do high school and that’s more important, right? Doing high school to get a GPA to go to college. At least that was at the time
And kind of the second thing again, like me, I think I wasn’t that great of an athlete. So I was probably like the 80% of the other kids who picked brass in the outfield and just wished the game was over. So we could hang out and eat a potluck. But that was really the only thing I remember. I remember there was one kid who had a hundred dollars bat at the time, which was like a fortune, which was the equivalent of a $400 carbon fiber bat. And I remember the kids around me and I think maybe messaging for my parents was like, why would somebody spend so much money on a bat and looking back on it, you.
Maybe that wasn’t the best thing that they could have said, right? Like maybe we should acknowledge that a kid’s parents are putting money where their mouth was, an advantage just saying, oh, that kid’s spoiled or that parent is spoiling their kid. Now I’m not saying that’s the best way, but I’m just looking back on the vivid childhood that I had. I can’t really remember too much of it. That was something I definitely remember. And I’m definitely conscious of these ways we view wealth, right? Like I think a very unhappy wealth mindset is, people look at very rich people and they look down on them saying oh, they’re greedy.
They take from other people. I definitely think today, the people who are affluent, especially entrepreneurs or business owners, they’re the ones that create jobs for everybody else. Sure. I think, in a way Michael Jordan beat up on people, but at the end of the day, he brought people up and, when people got on board, he was probably one of the best teammates that’s to, to me, a good business leader is, or even, even if in a company you’re a middle management or senior management are greater. And then the last thing to leave off with really the other memories I had was just hanging out with the other people. So after it’s all said and done, that’s really auto. Remember, maybe if you’re a parent out there, maybe you just take that for food for thought and we’ll see you guys next time. Bye.
What’s up investors? We are gonna be having a coaching call with an investor whose net worth is about 1.5 million and I would probably say this is probably one of the most typical people that we work with. These days people are asking me you know what’s the average person that comes right through these doors and that I like to have, get to know better.
You guys book those free complimentary onboarding calls by signing up for the club@simplepassitcashflow.com slash club and get to know each other and let’s meet on zoom. And. So yeah, $1.5 million net worth. A lot of you guys are just like myself who used to work a day job.
At least one of the spouses, if not both spouses make six figures and you’re in the grind, right? Where all that sandwich generation you’ve got older parents and you’ve got the younger kids that you gotta take care of. I’ve got a young child now. So I understand, like when you’re in your late twenties, early thirties, you’re screwed you can’t get nothing done. All you can do is just hold down the, for at work and, you and your spouse, if you’re lucky enough to have a spouse, just keeping things together.
So it makes it more important to invest the right way, for the average person. I see, who maybe played around with rental properties yet does syndication deals. And, they normally jump into a few deals and with no more than like maybe 10, 20% of their net worth to try it out. I think that’s a prudent thing to do. Now. Some people have joined our family office ohana mastermind, which is our inner circle, gotten access to the right people and jumped in more quickly and hit that nice financial independence, cash flow stream number that they’re looking for a lot quicker than others.
Again, most people, 1.5 million net worth they wanna play around with maybe 10, 20% of their net worth. Cuz they, they look up now they’re in their thirties, forties or early fifties and they’re like, geez, I have some decent amount of net worth and some disposable liquidity.
But still, like after people go into maybe a few deals at the minimum. It’s not much, right? That’s not gonna get you to financial independence, no way Jose. That’s not gonna happen. This stuff. Isn’t like venture capital. And when it’s why we, I like it. It’s not like crypto that just nose dies off some random incidents that happened.
By the way, if you guys also wanna hear my synopsis on crypto winter, that’s coming check out the YouTube channel rich uncle, check that on our website or YouTube and. I think I did a 15 to 20 minute video on just that topic alone. But the rich uncle channel is a little bit more geared up for the younger investors out there where a lot of you guys are more of the accredited investors.
But going back to that typical profile $1.5 million net worth you’ve got maybe four to $500,000 of dead lazy equity in your home because you were brainwashed as a child to pay down your mortgage and be debt averse. That’s exactly what the banks wanna do. Want you to do by the way you maybe have two to $500,000 in your 401k locked in there, which, there’s a lot of content we have on our website of, jail, breaking that stuff out to minimize the overall effective taxes.
You still gotta pay that 10%, little penalty, but no big deal. That’s why you gotta surround yourself. Other accredited investors who think this way. Because it definitely is a lonely world out there, which is why we do these events coming up on October 1st, we are going to be going out to Napa valley.
So make sure you guys are signed up and check that out. We’re gonna be slowly working on the info page for this to get on the email list to get first access to this, but check it out at simplepassivecashflow.com/napa and enjoy the podcast.
All right. We can make up a fake name if you want, but once you give people a little bit of context of where you’re at, I guess the people and again, jump into the story as we dive down these webs of questions. So my name’s Ron. I’m in Dallas, Texas. I have my own law practice and married two small kids.
My wife works, now we have probably about a million dollars in direct industrial assets that we own. No syndications My background is, obviously as a commercial lawyer, commercial real estate lawyer did the SFR thing, at the peak I had about five SFR. I had a partner and I split one with my brother and we had an Airbnb as well, but it was just too many doors to handle.
So this was about four years ago. I sold everything, which I thought was the peak of the Dallas market. Made a ton of money. But it’s just stupid, we had some free and clear houses and just sold those, dumped everything into mostly single tenant, triple net industrial and I’ve been just collecting triple net rents for the past couple of years.
And it’s really great, it’s all hands off and I just, I don’t even check the bank account which works. So I always have to press it for the dude listening on the podcast. You hear infinite banking. He puts all his money on that. Guys out there you need money to do this, dude. You can’t just have a million or a couple million dollars to dump your money into a triple net.
Triple net is seen as an end game strategy when you get to end game four or 5 million plus net worth. But before we go there, a lot of people are still in the, should I do some single family home? Should I, Talk to the guy who is about a million, $2 million network, any hindsight lessons learned, if you were to talk to your.
So I definitely hear that concern a lot that this triple net is the end game. And it’s what people dump their money into, a target or some type of large retail or freestanding, whatever. Starbucks, that’s seen as a holy grail with super low super low cap rates. No leverage, just pure cash.
And really that’s just one slice of the pie. Triple-net only just refers to a type of lease structure, but the deals that I’m doing and that I got started with are much grittier. They’re dirty industrial buildings, but the tenants are on a form of net leasing. And if you can get them onto even a triple.
You have a same triple net structure. You may not have an absolute triple net, which is, I think a lot of people assume the Starbucks, the CVS, the Walgreens, those are absolute leases. The, you as an investor, you don’t even have to pay property taxes. The property tax notice gets sent to the tenant. The tenant will dispute it.
The tenant will pay as an investor. That’s really hands-off and that’s to the extreme that I wanted to be for my triple net. But yeah, I don’t need to come up with, to buy one of these types of 200, 2 50. And even within that, though, I would say the best way is to partner with a partner because then, 250 each, you guys are putting in 500.
That is a lot more palatable. Plus you have another person to bounce ideas off of. You can talk to somebody and it also helps split the legwork because underwriting finding deals, closing them. That’s a lot of responsibility. And so if you’re only one person. Finding one partner to also put up 250 is probably what I would recommend.
You’re going to get a good size building that has enough cash flow to pay for property management and has enough surplus cash flow to pay for repairs, because you are going to be most likely responsible for the exterior of the building. You’re going to have to pay for the roof. You’re going to have to pay for a driveway parking lot gate. Those will be part of your leasehold responsibilities and you’ll need some cash flow to pay property taxes, which on my buildings are between 30 to 50,000 a year. So you front those expenses and then the tenant reimburses you throughout the year on a monthly basis.
So you are talking about a purchase price of 5 million bucks or 2-3million? Yeah, I would say under, because you want a little bit of reserves. And you want to make sure, yeah. You have a little bit of cash for repairs. God forbid. Yeah. You got, you guys have 500,000 and you guys are making, what about a year’s cash flow? So on these triple nets, I would say you should really expect at least nine to 10, maybe 11% cash on cash.
If it’s a single tenant, bought it like a six and a half or a seven cap, then you put leverage on it. We’re still getting private banking stuff in below four. So like you could leverage it up with a 75% or 70% LTV. So that’s going to juice your returns to that 9%, 10% threshold.
And then again, if you have rent, escalators your rents go up, your expenses, don’t go up. It produces an exit that puts you in that 20, 25% IRR, depending on when you want to sell. And if you want to take the risk of a tenant renewals or not, and that’s where instead of. Property manager that in a way the property manager is the broker, right?
That’s your friend in this business. Yeah. And a leasing broker. That there’s a difference between the investment sales guy who brings you the deal. And they do the transaction. They’re usually not the same broker that does your leasing. Those are two different worlds. It’s two different skillsets.
So yeah. You want a leasing broker that can tell you what the market is for your property, what the rents are going to be. And they’re the ones that are going to bring you tenants as well. Isn’t that going to be also the guy who takes care of, like maintenance, that type of stuff, physical maintenance.
You typically don’t have much physical maintenance. Maybe if you’re in charge of like snow removal. But again so for our properties, we all just self-manage. Yes, we have some people helping us, but for most triple nets, if they’re single tenants and other things, you don’t need to pay a property manager.
So again, maybe the broker exactly. Ticky tack stuff, the tenants take care of themselves. And the bigger things it’s infrequent enough where a guy like yourself who can use Yelp and we’ll find a contractor on your get a couple bids, knock it out. Drink your peanut Collado for another few months. Wait for the next issue fella.
Let’s dig into some of your questions that you got here. Sure. I think my questions are how to plan and grow for the next phase. I have a good idea of what I want my life to be. In other words, I’m already living my life.
I don’t work that much and put in like 35 to 40 hours a week. The, from my daily cash, just runs pretty consistently. But I just want to grow. Rental income to a portfolio size so that I can exit on a group rate and really get that cap rate compression and sell $35 million worth of property for 40 million and just collect the Delta for the privilege.
Let’s get digging to the hard numbers here. What should net worth adjusted gross income? Yeah, we’re born yet with those kind of two key stats. So depending on how you value the real estate it’s probably 75% of net worth net worth is like right over a million.
That’s not including primary. I don’t know how you guys typically do that. I don’t know. We include primary. That’s your net. So your net worth is defined as all your assets minus all of your liabilities, like your debts or mortgages. So people, essentially if somebody, yeah. Yeah, somebody stole your kids and they wanted as much money.
How much could you like liquidate everything? And about a few weeks you get essentially. Yeah. So we’re probably closer to 1.5. Then I would say 1.5 because we’re super low leverage on our on our primary, but Yeah. So one five, and again, half of that’s in, in commercial real estate, I have no, no SFR rentals anymore.
It’s all the industrial stuff. A lot of people don’t believe me that once it become an accredited investor, Can you tell me any good foods and reasons why you’d want to own little rental properties, right? Like liability, headache. If not, a lot of us would love to sell ours, we’ve got the whole mastermind looking to sell their remaining rentals.
I think this is a good time to sell you. You have the same problem. And we face that too, which is if you sell, what do you do with the money? Because that is a existential problem at every single price point, whether you’re looking to sell like a hundred thousand dollar rental, you’re looking to sell a $10 million triple-net or you’re looking to sell a hundred million dollar REIT portfolio.
What do you do with the money that generates a higher return than you’re currently getting? Because if we’re getting that 10% cash on cash right now, we bought it at a good price. Our mortgage is quite low. We just cashflow on it. I don’t know necessarily what I would buy right now. If you put a gun to my head and said, here’s an extra million dollars.
It’s a challenge, right? It’s deal flow is the hardest part. But yeah, I would say sell SFR as soon as you can. Because at least for us and for our family, I make about 400 to 500 a year, depending on the business, but we save or invest about a hundred or 200 a year. And so that reloads the kitty for us to buy new buildings every year.
And we’re also the dude, we thought that Dallas 2017, wasn’t going to go up. Yeah not to say it didn’t go more. I wanted to simplify my rental portfolio at that time because I was six with six roofs. I was even with a property manager. I was always having emails like a water heater. Went out. Oh, the dishwasher broke here.
Oh, this oh, this happened. Oh, that happened. Oh, the tenants complained about it. It was just annoying. And so I felt like it was still an incredible investment. If you think about, I was cashflowing on a rental, I had property managers, so I wasn’t doing a whole lot. And then when I sold for a pretty good appreciation, I was like, Hey man, I’m super happy with it.
It was like banking profits. I love I say this quote, you’ll never go broke banking, a profit. And so there’s nothing, I think there’s nothing wrong with that. But yeah, for sure. And even in, in 2017 or 2018, I thought a lot of multifamily syndications were overpaying for properties in my area because I got a lot of friends that are syndicators and they wanted me to throw in money, but they were just over buying what I thought over buying over, paying for some really crappy apartments.
And they’re laughing all the way to the bank when they make, 300% return in two years. Yeah. And larger. High net worth families like over your 10 20 fives, they’re always going to ask to allocate to, they’re always going to have a portion of your portfolio, whether that portion is 5%, 50% in asymmetric return.
So they’re always going to have that play, which you don’t. In terms of net worth, you got some movement to go, man, you got to get up to four or 5 million before you can start to play defense. The way I look at so I’ve, I’m coming at it from a different perspective, right? Like I also taught in 2016, 17, I was at a different coffee shop and I thought things were a little overheated myself, but I had also seen this same thing.
I started investing in oh nine, 2012. I’m like, wow, this is getting really expensive. Then in 2014, oh, this is getting really excited. Once you go through three of these spaces in your own head, you start to realize that it’s just you. And I think what you start to see in a lot of people, they’re still in that first, second go around in their head and they think it’s going to go up.
And then they start to see that role internet form or random YouTube channel. That’s just trying to sell views and they get all freaked out. You never have a crystal ball. So my thing. The buy box is goal. What do you do right with the money. If you were to sell those rental properties, you buy stuff that it’s a 1.2, five debt service coverage ratio.
Why? Because that’s what the professional banks do for goodness sakes. Copy what the pros do instead of us amateurs write copy with the pros. Do they go into stuff that cash flows? It has some value add. Awesome. But the. The metaphor that I use is let’s say we’re trying to climb a mountain.
And that’s what we are. And if you’re at 1.25, 1.5 million, if you’re under 3 million, you still gotta be climbing this mountain where you’re at is it’s so windy and stormy 1.58, Jack, right? You’re we have a couple of kids they’re going to blow that stuff easily. The reason why we say four or 5 million net worth is you can get.
A couple of kids do that, and it’s kinda hard for them to screw up. You can take 5 million divided, right? 3 million at 10% is, two few hundred thousand dollars passive cash flow a year. It’s hard to screw that up, but kids are amazing, right? They can probably screw up really hard.
Now you’re seeing that 1.25, 3, 4 million is not enough. So we’re trying to climb this mountain s o if we can, and if you’ve ever done like Patagonia type of stuff, I’ve never had them like the code. But the way I watched the videos on YouTube is they tie off, right? They go up, they tie off because what if the rock breaks or the market collapses, or there’s a reset, like a pandemic they fall, but they don’t die.
They just fall that 10 feet from. And in a way, that’s what the cashflow deals 1.25 that’s what’s coverage ratio is, and then they aggressively climb. So you could think of that as they’re still going into more asymmetric types of deals. And for you, that might mean stabilizing assets with a little bit of value add. For me, it might mean putting into venture capital, right? Like I think that’s where personally we might be different or, people range.
Everybody has their own risk tolerance. And I think, but the reason I like your opinion or respect your opinion is because we’re at least more risk friendly, risk loving in that we’re in real estate at all. I go to these conferences for family office and Private equity stuff and commercial real estate is still an alternative investment. They’re so focused on just stocks and bonds and fixed income and different types of financial products that are their bread and butter. All they just talked about is equities, and O owning commercial real estate, or reads like, oh that’s an alternative asset class.
And that’s something that we have embraced and uncomfortable with that risk. The lack of liquidity, all this stuff, property tax. I think that makes sense we were aligned on, but I agree with what they do. I think, I see, I want to know your thoughts on this. The reason why they think that is like with real estate, it’s predicated on the operator and the people, and that’s where you can go wrong with this.
If you work with dishonest people who are in competent people, then yeah, it’s going to go bad. And that’s what they describe as counterparty risks. Things go wrong in big companies, but it kinda works its way out internally. You don’t really have that too much. Whereas real estate, these alternate, they see as alternative in that investments.
It is a risk in their eyes. It’s based on people, but if you can mitigate that by building community, around you with people, who’ve worked with people in the past. I think that’s an appropriate way of mitigating the risks, but, I get it from their point of view. It’s and part of me too, you think about the number and everybody has their number.
It’s like what I take that money. If you told me the choice of selling the next, whatever, a couple of years of my life and said, I’ll just hand it to you in cash do I just put it into, the VT max VTI and just let it ride on just straight dividend. I don’t think so, because to me that’s not fun.
Like real estate is fun buying it and working the property and working with the tenants. So that’s where one thing that you might, or the listeners might want to, if they don’t really like real estate is like a huge part of the portfolio, 50%, a hundred. Some of the people in our family office mastermind group, which people can check out at simplepassivecashflow.com/journey
I don’t really pay attention to it cause I’m big on a real estate. Maybe I’m not super old. I don’t want to interact with anybody. I’ll do it, but they call it the quadfecta strategy. If you go on YouTube, you can find a strategy. It’s a way of hedging yourself, but that might be. To be in there and people might want to try it yourself.
Might want to try if you do like your paper assets, I just don’t like them. Cause I think it’s, it’s kinda all, some people don’t like coffee source from conflict areas, they just don’t want to drink that stuff. Just like I don’t like paper assets, but that might be something to think about.
But. And I think everybody needs to as you’re ascending to four or $5 million net worth, you need to change your asset allocation mix appropriately. I think where you’re at, you asked for some advice, so I would still be pushing pretty hard, 80- 20. It would be in value. Add you got to get going.
You’re not going to get anywhere with nine, 10%. And when something inevitably messes up, a very small portion of the time, right? And you go down to six, 7% that year inflation just kicked your butt. This is a game of inches. You got to get that 14, 15, 16% to beat inflation.
So high now, somebody else told me the other day that they’re ditching their triplenets because a lot of their tenants are a lot more sophisticated, bigger guys, and they’re more they can get, they can bully them because they know interests inflation is going up and they just dropped the lease and said, screw you, what are you going to Sue us?
You can Sue Walgreens. So that’s why, like he said, like the industry in general is not getting as strong for the triple net crowd. And I took that as well right now. This is a bull freaking market right now. If people don’t realize it, you are blind to the fact that rents are going up six, 10% somebody markets in all markets. I have a call with everybody, like three times a day. They’re like, yeah, I’m from XYZ. My rockets are going crazy. I’m like yeah, buddy is going crazy. That’s the market. But like the triple nets is a defense strategy that. Can’t hurt you in this type of environment where your upside is limited in inflation because you can’t market your rents as fast.
So your asset value is decreasing until you can market and either renew the tenant or sign a new tenant at market rates. Yeah. And you locked yourself in along it’s the lock-in three years, at least, three to seven years, at least. Yeah. So you can right now that your tenants feel like they’re getting a freaking steal now, right?
Like for three years, they’d lock in. Their property taxes are going to go up, their insurance premiums are going up, so how good of a deal they feel that’s part of it, but yeah, for sure, the base rent is the biggest component and they do. They, but hopefully they carry that mentality into the lease renewal.
When I want to mark it, it increases by 50% increase. That’s not how they think, man. They are just going off of what they were, the price they paid back in 2022. That’s true. Yeah. I dunno. Hey, Lane, I appreciate it. I probably have to hop off soon, but yeah any last thoughts?
I think you got to, this is a wave, right. You Might have to get out of your comfort zone, but not saying you gotta go 80, 20, maybe just go like 25% of your portfolio just as it comes available, put it into more, maybe not the stabilized value, add stuff, but maybe go on the other end, which is development. We’re doing a webinar for club members.
You only, you guys get it. If you join the clubs simplepassivecashflow.com/club, but we’re seeing a pivot. We bought a property for 87 in Houston. Now the damn thing is worth 1 21 w two quarters later. It doesn’t make any sense. So in this with the tide rising, it makes more sense to develop.
Yeah and that really protects you against downside scenarios too, because new products on the market will always get the best rents. Even if the rents have cratered, people want to live in the new building. So you’ll have demand as long as you can build it. As long as you can see it to completion and create construction contracts, plans, and specs, mitigate change orders, and be a competent project manager. Yeah. That’s the case, right? Like I think of it as a helicopter, whereas like these stabilized value add deals are Jeeps going through the jungle. At any point hit an obstacle or the similar as owning a single family home.
Like any little things can go wrong and get a flat tire. But you got more of a cushion, you got more of a cushion if you’re not relying on that cash flow. Yeah. Just like the guys getting started was his house paid off? I’m always like, just do baby steps man just get up, HELOC, you might know you could get $500,000 HELOC on your whole house. Just take a hundred grand of that, in the next quarter. And I think you’re more conscious of this. But yeah, just baby steps, right? I think that’s the thing. And then when you get the four or 5 million, then I think you can play this game that they’re playing.
But maybe part of that is just surrounding yourself with more high net worth people in the three to 5 million range too. Cool. Hey, I appreciate it. I appreciate the time I got to hop off, but yeah.
Hey folks. Now, this guest that we’re gonna have on today is gonna be telling his story of how he got bad news from his doctors and he was gonna die. I recorded this podcast way back in January of 2022, and I started to work with this guy as a life coach to help me unravel all the messed up stuff in my head.
I’m the first to admit, we’re all programmed to go to school, study hard to make a lot of money to save more money, to invest it, to make more money, a sick, sad thing. When you think about it, at any point we could just leave and die and go elsewhere.
If that makes you sad. Maybe you guys need to look for some higher being, which is what I’ve been looking for. And Our guests today, Kevin Roth, have helped me uncover this in myself and helped me. He’s really taken the time to understand what we’ve been doing at simple passive cash flow and we’ve come up with this character for myself like Robin hood, where not quite we steal from the rich we give to the poor, we fight back against all that financial dogma out there where, everybody’s supposed to invest in these wall street investments that got a cahoots with the 401k.
That’s supposed to leave your money in there for the rest of your working years only to find that it makes your AGI explode and your sixties and seventies. Exactly what you don’t want it to be. But I digress. That’s what I see myself. I’m a little bit of a, I like to have fun. I like to cause a little midriff and I see myself as this Robin hood character minus the tights. And I like to distribute the real information out there. A lot of the stuff that we talk about on these podcasts and for me, that gets me off. That’s like my thing.
I really enjoy talking to you folks. After you guys get into our database, simple, passive cashflow.com/club, you book that onboarding call. That really, I tell Kevin all the time, like 80% of the time, eh, maybe 90% of the time. If you guys do your homework and listen to some of these podcasts first. I have a really good time helping you guys out on those calls.
So if you haven’t done, so yeah. Let’s get to know each other a little bit better out there, but when we first started to work with each other, I would say in the first several months he said to me like, Hey man, you don’t have any feelings. I’m like, what are those?
And I think what I like about Kevin, he’s not like one of these like young life coaches that has no experience in just reading from the book, but he speaks some experience and, from other groups I’m a part of their masterminds, that’s a big thing is to speak from experience
One cool fun fact about Mr. Kevin Roth is he’s the guy that’s saying that child Thomas train, shining time station PBS kid show way back in the eighties. I believe. I’m not gonna sing it for you guys nor can I put it on this podcast because YouTube will probably not allow it to play, but you guys have probably all heard this song or maybe your kids did, shining times station.
But that’s Kevin here, that was in his first life. And, he’s been there, done that, he got really famous with that song and some other folk music and actually getting to know him a little better. He hated that stuff. He doesn’t like little kids , but it was just a means to make money, which he later found out wasn’t very important when he got that cancer diagnosis and he found out he was going to die.
Obviously the guy’s still living. And I talked to him pretty frequently but that’s just a little fun fact there. This was a start where I got to know him, he got to know me better. Then I brought him over as a personal consultant.
And what I like about him, he says how it is, and he resonates with me may not resonate with you, but I think some of the takeaways from this podcast will be pretty enlightening for you folks. Just have an open mind and if this is not your cup of tea, then cool.
If it is, further reading would be to go to an article. I wrote about happiness. What is this all for? At simple passive cash flow.com/happy. Are we just here to save money and make a lot of money at our job and get a high ranking profession or buy a bigger house?
Surely it’s, raise kids, if that’s not your thing, what is it, what do you put on earth to do? At any point it could all end, but anyway, enjoy today’s show. If you guys have any other questions that regard this stuff feel free to shoot me an email, lane@simplepassivecashflow.com. And yeah, here we go.
Hey, simple passive cashflow listeners. Today, we are going to be talking about a little bit of a morbid topic, right? We all plan for the future 10, 20, 30 years, but who knows? Maybe this year, next year could be it for you. I just got back from a retreat with our mastermind and sure we’re talking about investing, I think it typically moves towards non investing topics like family, planning legacies, and, enjoyment and having gratitude for what you have is worth the topics.
Typically go through. As people build more relationships with each other. And today I have a guest Kevin Roth. He’s a life coach down in San Diego. And he has a great story. And, Kevin wants you to kinda introduce yourself and tell us that story. And I think it would be very impactful for folks listing as you’re driving to work, working hard, saving hard investing for the long term, but, we want to do these types of podcasts to instill a little bit of awareness into, what’s around us and, being, having more gratitude for what we have.
Okay it’s nice to be with you. So I’m going to take 50 years and condense it into two or three minutes. So you get a quick overview. So basically when I was 13, I saw a musical instrument called the dulcimer, which is if you’re watching this, you can see the instrument above my shoulder. And at 16, I got my first record contract and I made subsequently between then and now about 50 record albums.
So my goal when I was in my early twenties up to about early thirties, maybe 35 was if I became rich and famous, I would be happy. So I got rich, I don’t know what riches to anybody these days, but back then having over a million was a lot of money. This was in 1990 something. I wasn’t Bob Dylan, but I was killing it pretty much.
And I became quite well-known because I sang with him to a hit PBS TV show for kids called shining time station. So I was involved in having my own company. So I did my own licensing deals. I managed myself, I occasionally got an agent that didn’t work. And I had a music attorney. Who’s still my music attorney, some 48 years later.
So basically what happened is in 2015, I had burned out from the music business. I had made a lot of money in real estate and lost a lot of money in real estate. I made a lot of money in the stock market and lost a lot of money in the stock market. And then out of the blue I got diagnosed with stage three melanoma.
And told me, even though they removed one little lymph node and a little spot on my nose, that there was a 70% chance it would come back within a year. And I would be dead within two to three because there’s no cure for melanoma as we’re talking today. So this threw me into, what I call the sea world cancer, which I never thought I’d ever have to look at.
I worked out, I was healthy, I had everything. Oh, outside looking in, it looks pretty good. And then I got a death sentence and I told my clients and people that interviewed me. There’s nothing like a death sentence to wake you up. So I had to decide that if I only had a few years left to live and I had lost a good deal of money with medical expenses and other little things, how did I want to spend the next couple years.
Because money didn’t seem that important. If I was going to be dead I had enough fame, I didn’t need more of that. And so what it came down to is I thought what do you really want? Forget what Mr. Mrs. Jones has down the street. I had long, probably a few years prior to that, I’d figured out from someone I knew who was making three, $400,000 a year in corporate America came home and had four martinis to numb his life out. And that vicious cycle that wasn’t the life I wanted. I have a relative who’s got as he likes to say more money than God, and he didn’t seem all that.
What did I want? And so who I was and who I am is I’m an artist, I’m a musician, I’m a writer, I’m a performer. And it was important for me to live in California, where it’s beautiful here in San Diego, hanging out with my dog and living an authentic life. But I had to change my mindset. I had to go from, creating a life of abundance through what was really important.
And I got involved as most do when they get something like a major illness, you get re-introduced to the spiritual world or religious, whatever your take is on it. Okay. And how long did this take? Do you go through like the steps of. Doubt or anger. Maybe when I got diagnosed, how long did it take you to come to this realization and maybe walk us through some of the, oh, you got a really fast when you have a couple oncologists tell you’re going to be dead in a couple of years, you don’t have a lot of time to contemplate that.
The first thing you do is you’re in shock. The second thing you do is what do I do now? Because you feel powerless. You feel out of control. And then there’s Western medicine and you have to understand that cancer is a big billion, billion dollar business. And then there’s the Eastern way, which is people who cure themselves without chemo or radiation.
And they do meditation or they change their lifestyle. So I had to figure out who was doing what? So I looked at people who survived stage four melanoma and had a bump. I met this particular one woman prudence, Sinclair, and I said, show me what you did to get through this. There’s something now called epigenetics.
It’s actually been around, but it’s about the amount of body, mind connection and how you think and how you feel really affects your system. So what makes people ill is stress and inflammation. Those are the two liter leading causes of it. So if you’re really overweight Or you’re really stressed and sugar really invites cancer.
And if you get on the wrong side of cancer, not that there’s a right side, but if you get them a really wrong side that’s it, on, on the earth plane. So they say, ’cause I don’t believe that death actually exists, but that’s all another podcast. I got a little angry and I got very fearful and I started to look at different oncologists in Kansas, where I was living at the time. It was making a new record album with Paul, with Peter Paul and Mary, and one of my heroes. And there was one guy that I really liked. I bind it out cause I have an empathic kind of quasi psychic sense about me.
So when I talk to clients, I look into them and help guide them there besides just the practical. And this one guy wasn’t taking any new patients, but I had to get in to have tests done. So the woman that ordered the test, I went in to get the tests done. And then when I got the results, unbelievably, the cancer had not spread anywhere.
But then she wanted to send me to a doctor who did the lumpectomy. So I said, if you don’t see any cancer, why are you studying to be a lumpectomy doctor? And she said, because it’s protocol. So protocol is we don’t know who you are and we don’t know what’s your name is we don’t care anything about you, but it’s protocol.
So next in line, please. And that really pissed me off. So I went to leave her office and as I was leaving, I saw the oncologist card that I wanted on the desk. He worked there and I demand. But I leave her and go see him and why he was not going to leave until he gave me an appointment. I got in to see him.
He was the only oncologist that told me. I agree with you. Kevin don’t do anything right now happens in a year. Cause there’s no cure for this. Let’s deal with it in a year. So I had to wait a year to find out whether this was going to come back. So you go down the rabbit hole really quick. These things also happen when you lose every dime you have, but the Bernie NAIDOC kind of guy or something, so tragic happens in your life that you hit bottom, you hit your head so hard.
It’s such into a different reality because no matter how much money you have or investments you have or whatever it is that you have, you’re not going to have it when you’re dead. So you have to it makes you really look at your life differently. Did you have the kids or anything? I have a dog, I’ve got some friends and a family.
But I don’t have any kids or anything like that. But I your life rolls on whether you’re single or you’re married or whatever it is that you have, but it sends you down the rabbit hole. So the clients that I coach. That come to me or interesting people. Some of them are very rich.
Some of them are doctors, medical doctors. I have a psychologist, I have clergy. I have a lot of professional people who come to me, who some of them worked for the government who were on this kind of circle where I’m okay, but I’m not happy. I’m stuck, I don’t know what to do. They’ve already discovered that having a lot of money doesn’t buy happiness.
They’ve already decided that, especially with COVID, life is short and I don’t know that I like what I’m doing anymore, and a lot, that’s why the big resignations happen. So there’s nothing wrong with success. There’s nothing wrong with investing and all that.
But if it’s your focus, if that’s the reason you’re doing it, you’re missing out on a really big chunk called your life. So there’s a way to do this and to be really happy. And it’s called mindful awareness and to reevaluate the things that I teach. So one of them is what really matters to you. Why does it matter to you? And the third thing is what are you going to do about it? What’s your plan and exit? So a personal coach like myself, I really call myself a life consultant, teaches the tools that I actually use to get through all of this stuff and to go from basic surviving, to thriving, I’m in a much better financial position now and everything like that, but I’m very aware of What’s going on in my life and what I wanted it and what I don’t want to step into.
Like I tell people now to step into that, it’s like seeing, you’re walking along and you see some dog stuff on the sidewalk, don’t step in which means you avoid stressful situations. You put yourself in places where you have a little more control and you can choose what is authentically a right.
They think some people, some of us, we’ll listen to podcasts, we hear different tips here and there do some goals, personal goals, settings, but it’s, it’s always harder to do self-diagnosis on yourself because it’s you. So what are some typical, those people start to think, what do they want?
Why do they want it? What are some tips? Like maybe a stories they tell themselves so that you see, it’s very common that when your clients coming in, just for, I believe that most people come to me are very hard on themselves. And that comes from a way back in there, the way they were raised or what happened to them or what didn’t happen.
My theory, I teach with the coaching. I have certain tools. I also teach us a musical meditation called Dulcey meditation. That’s adults were above me and I teach people how to play that if, play a dulcimer, I can sell them and I teach you how to play. It’s real easy. And it only takes about five or 10 minutes a day to find clarity, but people come to me and they’re really hard on themselves.
They have a lack of clarity and the. On they’re in the rat race, but they don’t quite know why, and they don’t know how to get out of it. So what they tell themselves is I can’t give up what I have. So one of my clients lived in New York city and he lived in, I think, a studio and he was paying an astronomical amount of money.
And I said, why would you do something like that when you can work for. What’s your dream? And he said my dream is to have a little cabin up in the mountains of Asheville. I said, sit down there. I said, oh, I can’t go there. So I worked through, I work with people and show them why they can, and what’s holding them down to New York, ego status being a high roller.
None of that really matters because there are a lot of people who were very successful that live in the middle of nowhere. That are really content. So you have to define what success, successes, mental, emotional, physical, and spiritual balance. You can have all the money in the world. If you’re sick.
Nothing’s good. Nothing feels good. If you are conflicted spiritually, it affects the way you view life because I also teach besides the spiritual end of it, the science end of it. Science quantum physics now goes with spirituality in telling people that what you think is going on really isn’t going on.
It’s a drain. It’s an illusion. So it’s a matter of having balance. The other thing I teach is that we’re all going to have good days and bad days, but it’s how you ride a surfboard. Out here in San Diego, people are always riding the surfing, up there or out there in Hawaii.
But they know how to ride the wave. Without getting clobbered so that those are the tools that I teach. And here’s the key to the whole thing. There’s two expressions that I use, especially on my online course. It talks about this a lot, but one of them is if you change the way you look at things, the things you look at change.
And the other one is. When you replace what doesn’t work in your life with what does work? You don’t go back to what doesn’t work. So when I got the diagnosis of cancer, I’d put all the money I had in the world on the fact that it was brought on by stress. Cause I was majorly stressed out for three years and it was all financial and the emotion, it was ludicrous, but that’s the lesson that I had to learn.
You just look at things and you say, you know what? I just got diagnosed with cancer. I’ve got this relative who calls me and she’s very negative and she likes to scream on the phone. I’m not going to answer the phone anymore when I see her calling because I don’t need it. I’m not going to, I’m not going to do things that don’t serve me.
I’m not going to do a lot of negative things and I’m going to take time for me. I’m going to meditate. I’m in it. I’m going to exercise. I’m going to really start to enjoy my life. And that’s the power of this associating relationships. I think that’s a lot of people have this problem that I don’t do this anymore.
If I don’t like somebody, I just don’t interact with people think I’m a jerk, but I don’t know. I just, but then on the other hand, if people pretty well. And you get along with them. It’s going to be the opposite side of the coin to yeah. I was chatting with someone. I hadn’t even really met them.
We were talking about something yesterday or the day before. And he said, I said let’s get together to meet. And he said you’re not going to like me when you meet me. And I said, I’m not. And he said, no. He said when people hear my story, they, I repel them. And I said to him, thanks for telling me that.
So let’s. That was it. If you’re telling me I’m going to not like you, and I’m going to say, you’re telling me that you’re troubled to start with, you’ve got to believe what people tell you about themselves. I just backed away from that cookie. I just said, okay, I’m a personal coach. If you want to talk about things, let me know.
But, what I see negative situations, a lot of them that I sometimes produce. I stopped myself in the tracks. Like for this podcast, we had some technical difficulties, right? So there’s two ways of looking at it. One is okay, we’re starting late. What’s this technical stuff. Why isn’t this technical stuff together?
I completely switch that mindset. And I go, okay, this is great. It’s going to give me a chance to get to know, to get to know you a little more and it’s going to be fun. So again, it’s when you change where you look at things, the things you look at change. Some people know how to write the surf.
Some people just lean in it correctly. Yeah. You acquire a taste. So when you get a death sentence, you acquire a taste for peace and positivity and health. Okay. That Hershey bar no longer has. The possess that had was, it’s sugar and it’s crap food, tastes good, but it’s not good for you.
And you know that by doing something else. Is going to make you feel better now it doesn’t mean I’m not guilty of occasionally having my favorite Hershey bar because I really love Hershey bars, but you understand that certain things in life serve you and the way you look at things serve you.
It’s a matter of loving yourself, not in a selfish you could just to away it’s about saying, you know what. I really figured out that I am a spiritual being, having a human experience and I deserve to be happy. And how do I find happiness, real happiness. A lot of people I know who don’t have a lot of money here in San Diego.
And you think that we’re in a lot of people because it said, how could you afford deliver? They’re happy, man. I saw some guys eating some tacos, they were obviously. Yeah, backing it up, man. They’re just chucking it up with beer and tacos, having a great time. I have another friend who’s it’s worth four to 7 million in real estate himself.
He’s always worried. He’s always got problems, nothing’s ever good. He’s already about the elections. He’s worried about COVID he got some street workers, they’re having a top level with a beer Latham and I observed that and I say, No. What is it about the Headspace and the heart space of these people?
And you learn a lot about yourself. Some people look at the exceptions, right? There’s 10 tables at the bar or 10 stools at the top of the bar. One of them was twisted a little bit and they focus on that one where you could look at it a different way. At least somebody put the damn stools out for a change.
Yeah. Yeah. You figured out what you need to do to make yourself happy for me, a lot of it is silence is creating my own space so that I can write my I’m writing a book about all of this. Next year I’ll start probably doing some touring with these workshops that I give. And I’m always thinking about my clients my clients, aren’t like if you’re booked from 10 to 11 on the Thursday after 11, I don’t think about it till the next Thursday.
I think about my. All week long. So I’m very careful who I take on as well, because I want to be sure that we’re, that there’s a simpatico, but I love what I do. I really love it and I’m good at it. The only reason I’m good at it is because I had to live through it. I didn’t take a course in it.
You can’t take your course in death sentence. Okay. You’re gonna have all the degrees in the world. Ain’t going to work, buddy. You have to be up against it and to say, oh my God, now. And you learn, American Indians have this wonderful thing called the red road. You learn about life that way.
And I only teach from experience. I only teach from experience and things that I read and study that I find that it’s true, which is why I bring the science element into this whole way of living too. It’s very simple, it’s a really simple thing, and this is a kind of a classic. Ending up the story where, the Kevin goes through an issue.
He develops the systems and processes to get himself through it. And he becomes very compassionate towards others. People’s going through the same situation or can benefit from those skills and tactics that he developed going through the struggle. And it can be no different than somebody who went through.
Bought a rental property and now financially free. I think everybody maybe is maybe 10 to take us. Like, how did you go from getting through, this terrible, that sentence, building the skills. And how did you find this passion that you know your business today? We all create stories.
I am a real estate broker. I am a husband. I am a wife. I’m a corporate leader. Those are the stories that you create in your mind? My story prior to cancer was I was a recording artist on television. I’d made a lot of money and got a lot of fame. That was who I was. It really was the two I wasn’t was what I did after the cancer.
The story changed because I said, I’m going to move back to California. I’m going to be a Bohemian and I’m going to be an artist. And if I live a year great, but I’m doing it. And that was the other story I created when you create the story that you really want, not just in your head, but you connect it with your heart.
I hate to sound a woo, but the universe opens up. So I found an apartment for a thousand dollars, a one bedroom with parking here in San Diego, which is like hitting the lottery. No one gets an apartment for a thousand bucks, but I did. And I started to just be myself and then, said to me, what’s your next thing?
And I thought maybe I’ll make a new album. But the last time I had made, had been thrown in the pot for a Grammy award. And he said, dude, you got 50 albums. What are you going to get another one for? Why don’t you teach people what you did to survive and go from, a death sentence to no cancer and living a happy life.
And I never dawned on me to ever do it. I didn’t know that there were things called life. But I looked at it and then I started thinking what did I do? What were the steps I took? And I put together a formula, I hate the word protocol, but I put together a list of what do I do every day? How do I look at life?
And then I started to get a couple of clients and their lives change really fast. One city term marriage, the other one redirected their baby. So that they downsized, but tripled their income because they stopped fighting themselves and so forth and so on. And I was amazed at not just what I was able to teach them, but what they taught me in the process, when when a medical doctor comes to you and they say, I can’t do this anymore and being burned out and I don’t know what to do.
This is a highly intelligent medical doctor, very sick. So I took what she wanted and I said let’s create that. So there, there are certain tools that you do that with, but it’s different for everybody because it depends who you are and what you’re coming to me for, but it’s a combination of again, knowing what matters, why it matters.
Your game plan and understanding that you need a spiritual or religious connection to something. And that what that is scientifically real. So it’s not woo. It’s like real. And I also watched by the way, a lot of near death experiences on YouTube, because I love those things because all these people who have died and come back, and these are doctors and lawyers.
These aren’t like. They all say the same thing that they all felt like they were home when they were dead or flat-lined for X amount of time. And my theory is that all of us are looking for that sense of home in this earth round. So we think we’ll get it. If we’ve got enough money, we think we’ll get it.
If we have enough power, we think we’ll get it. If we have the American. But we’re chasing our calves. You need some sort of root system to know who you are and then those other things come around again. It doesn’t mean that you can’t be very successful and happy, but you need to know what true happiness is for.
There was this life like, is it real or is it just an illusion or is it we’re in the waiting room right now to go later? What did she have this way? People say the science says that the universe is expanding so into what right. People say everything is your mind.
It’s all in your mind. Where is. So people say I in my brain. So if you dissect the brain, you’ll never find the mind. So what is mine? So all these people like Deepak Chopra and these neuroscientists and blah, blah, blah, they’ll tell you that it’s consciousness. So what’s consciousness. So when you look at what consciousness is from a scientific viewpoint or the Vedas or the you upon the shots all the way back spiritually into the texts, this war, it’s an a.
It’s a dream. It’s like a sleeping green, but we’re awake. So when I first heard that, I thought you’re full of crap. Amy, I’m looking at you. You telling me that I’m not looking at you. I’m not looking at you because if you look what we’re looking at, each other on the screen doesn’t exist. If you look at it on a molecular atomic level, you look through it.
It doesn’t exist. That’s quantum physics. So what is this? That’s where it gets fun. And. And that’s where your life becomes light because you think, oh, this is cool. This is like the matrix I liked that movie. The way I think of is you’re just in a waiting room, we’re going to go to summer.
Good. But there’s no diff there’s no reason why you can’t have some fun now. Yeah. The waiting room is here. There’s no difference between there and here. It’s just a matter of perception and understand. And for the people that are probably shaking their heads at home, never listening to this podcast again, I guess maybe they’ll come back next week, hopefully, but it doesn’t, maybe it doesn’t matter.
What’s true. What’s fact. But what is the, if you, what your belief makes you get to the final outcome or. At more happier life. Now that really what’s more important. W talking about nobody listening to this can deny, because if you break it down under COVID, you cannot deny that everybody who went through this COVID experience, as many of us lost people, we knew had an experience of what is my life about.
They had the half that they were afraid of dying. How do I get it? How do I not? And that’s why the big resignation, that’s why people are rethinking their life. Now, some people believe in Jesus, some Buddha, I’m not saying what to believe in or what not to believe in, but just look at science, look at the near death experiences.
Look at quantum physics, look at what at Albert Einstein said, we don’t like to think about it because we can’t wrap our heads around it. We like permanents. We like to know that when we’re looking at. We’re talking to the person and in the dream we are, this is all real in the dream. So there’s nothing wrong with the dream.
The dream is an experience that we’re having, but is it the ultimate experience? Of course not. It just isn’t, I’d like to say hello. It is, but it isn’t, it’s just no, but it’s okay. You get there as you get there or you don’t get there at all.
It’s something I’ve been, I think is, it doesn’t matter what your belief is. If science, religion, some other spirituality thing, if it gets you to a point where less stress, less sugar, no happier on a day-to-day basis, the ways. And that’s what.
Yeah, you don’t want to be happy and you can get there in a Honda. You can get there in a Jaguar. It depends how you want to get there.
Wrap up here, Kevin. How can people get ahold of you? They can’t cause I go lease it and I’m only kidding. Little joke there. Kevin Ross dot. And if they want to look at an online course, it’s also on my website. I do a free fret, a stress Buster video. If you go on my website, Kevin rough.org, it’s totally free.
If you want to set up a free consultation with me for 30 minutes, we can talk about if we want to work together. And my music’s on all of the platforms, apple and iTunes and all that stuff. Or Kevin we’re off music.com. I think a lot of the topics we talk about, especially trusts or irrevocable trust, we’re trying to leave the family legacy down or infinite banking where you weren’t really joking that you.
Valuable dead than alive to your spouse, touches upon some of these topics a little bit and makes you ponder, the end, what’s it all for. But I think that the message today is, You out there, you guys are working really hard. You guys are maybe the ponder. Why you’re doing this? Are you going to work everyday?
Yeah and what I can do, what I do for people is I help them take what they love and make it easier for them so that they don’t have as much stress and they don’t have ambivalence. They don’t feel stuck. I don’t care if you want to make a gazillion dollars, it doesn’t matter to me, it’s how you do it so that you’re happy and that you love yourself and that you can love other people and help other people. And ultimately that’s really what it’s about. It’s love. Can you talk a little bit more about, like I think you’re getting to like love relationships and that’s something we talk about here is, it’s pretty easy to get to financial independence, my opinion, the wealthier, the social relationships, social currency.
It’s about authenticity and it’s about loving yourself first. You can’t look at anybody else. And once you live in. And, before the cancer, I was all involved with my career and my money and my status. I didn’t even know that I had a Kevin inside me until I walked through my place after hearing the diagnosis.
And I said to myself, I just said, don’t worry, buddy. We’ll get through this. And I didn’t have to stop for a second and think, who am I talking to? I’d been broke. I’d been rich and I’ve been everywhere in between. Most successful people have. And in the end, it’s really about love when you’re on your deathbed and you look back, I’m very blessed that I have a legacy of 50 albums people buy and listen to, and some of this coaching stuff that I do, I know that it’s changed lives and that’s really nice, whether I died.
If I were to die tomorrow, I got a whole bunch of money. I don’t even know I’m going to give it to, I have to, create a new will or something, but I like simplicity. I live way below my means, because that makes me happy. I live a very minimalistic kind of life. I don’t have a lot of things because I don’t need a lot of things to make me happy.
All right, folks. Thanks for listening. We will put this in the archives and tell your friend about simple passive cashflow, because if you’re going to be not working one of these days you’re going to be looking for somebody to have lunch with, and you’re the only one who’s financially free and thinking about this type of stuff it’s a lonely world passive cash flow folks. That’s why you got to come to Hawaii and we’ll start a spiritual cash flow business. Alright, good talking to you.
What’s up folks. Now, you guys are in for another treat here. It’s another one of those coaching calls, in which you guys get to spy on somebody and secretly critique them on your way to work. Or maybe you pull this up on your iPad as you’re driving and looking at their personal financial sheet. You can do that on YouTube.
We’ve also put this on YouTube, so you can see the spreadsheet and the numbers, how much they’re making this particular person. We’re talking about a net worth of half a million. They make a pretty good salary, $20,000 of income. And all the other specifics you can see on the YouTube channel.
If you guys like. And you guys don’t want to join our exclusive family office ohana mastermind group, which I don’t know why you wouldn’t. If you’re investing more than a quarter million, half a million dollars. I think it’s a no brainer. I think it’s freaking insurance for going out there and walking off the beaten path of getting out of traditional investments into alternative investments with.
Okay some of you guys invest with random strangers out there crazy that just have a good website. But if you guys like these types of coaching calls you guys can volunteer, send us an email at team@simplepassivecashflow.com. We’ll get you guys set up with them. We can change your name.
We can even create a. But a face on you, apparently zoom can put faces on people and hide your identity pretty well. We also put all these coaching calls in the members portal, which you guys can get access to by signing up at simplepassivecasual.com/club. If you sign up there, you get access to the member’s portal and we have a page where we arrange home.
It must be like over a few dozen of these coaching calls, all nicely arranged by net worth. You can go by your net worth and find. Start listening to this stuff and see your financial life unfold, because as I’ve learned, people think they’re special snowflakes, but in terms of money, it’s the two big ones, what’s your net worth and where’s your monthly income coming in and what’s your net, everybody’s on the same path and journey to financial freedom and it’s nothing special getting there. To me, I’ve figured out the quickest and the safest way to get there. It’s a way of smartly using it that some people are a little spooked out about using. Check out my article at Forbes, I wrote about debt, I think simplepassivecashflow.com/forbes.
I have all my articles in there too. Enjoy the show folks. Check out all these other coaching calls at simplepassivecashflow.com/club, and then you’ll get access to that. Reach out if you guys want to do one of these on your own.
Hey, simple passive cashflow listeners. Today, we are going to do a free coaching call for our buddy Nate here, who is also a pipeline club member. And probably in the next 30 minutes, we’re going to go through his personal financial sheet and get them on a good action plan. And maybe this might be a good model for you to follow.
Maybe it won’t, but hopefully it helps one person along the way. So thanks for jumping on Nate. No problem. Give us a little overview . So I’m a dev ops engineer, which is essentially a system engineer and I work on website Make, with my bonus and make 150,000, my wife has a good job as well. So two of us make pretty decent money for the bay area, and then we have, we had two houses in California. One was our primary residence. So we sold that last year and the other one was our old primary residence, which we are about to sell. I don’t know what else you need to know. Some people are watching this on the YouTube channel, which I would recommend, but for the podcast folks, we just tell them how generally, how old you are.
That’s it. So where you’re at in life. And, let’s see, I’ve been married. I have a three-year-old son. We live in Berkeley, California. Basically I’ve been doing what I do for computers for about 10 years. I worked in biotech after that, before that for about seven years. Pretty simple.
And actually people don’t know what parts of this are fake. They were trying to protect the identity of the real person, if your real name is Nate, but if we just made that up, this is a very typical sample of a bay area investor. So I think this will help out a lot of people.
Moving forward. So right now I have displayed on the screen, the personal financial sheet summary, a good overview, a lot of the other tabs feed into this one, a good overview of what’s happening. Where are you at right now? Because different strategies work for different folks. No part of the simple passive cash flow is, it’s very simple.
If you’re hiring high net worth high paid professionals start with some turnkeys and go on to syndications, but there’s all a lot of little different nuances along the way, a lot of different wealth hacks. And hopefully, you can, we can get a good conversation going, but let’s just figure out where you’re at right now.
So the upper left corner here is the. So you’ve got some, you’ve got some, a little bit of cash savings, hundred, a little over a hundred grand. And you got some real estate holding $600,000 properties that the primary residence or we rent. So that’s our current rental that we have. Okay. Good for you.
I definitely recommend people rent and primary markets. Yeah, we took that advice from you. Yeah. You guys want to read that article that I paid someone 500 bucks to write from its simplepassivecashflow.com/home. Cause I really need to get that message out. We like it. We actually have a, it’s a nicer house that we live in now and yeah.
I don’t know if I told you to do that, usually. And here’s the issue with buying a big primary residence. You’re taking that in the a hundred and maybe in $200,000, a down payment, you could have bought five to 10 rental properties, each cash flow and a couple hundred bucks at least. A lot of spouses don’t care about that.
They’re like they wanna own their home, but then when you show them our market would have been 3000. Let me up the ante and let me, let’s go around and place that’s four or $5,000. Because financially, that makes more sense when you look at the numbers. So that, that usually gets them. My wife’s completely on board.
She’s pretty savvy with this. Or at least more subtle than I have to, you will be successful in life. I, so here, liabilities, and it stacks up with that. The 600,000 rental with it’s always paired mostly. This a $312,000 mortgage, I’m assuming that’s connected. So you’re about 50% loan to value on that.
Then you have a HELOC on that thing. Are you tapping at equity or? I know, so that’s some low hanging fruit and we can talk about that. Sources of cash. Here’s like your cash flow what’s happening on a monthly basis. So you got about 20 grand coming in every month. Which a lot of people would save is very high, but for the area that’s pretty much average.
It’s crazy. Yeah. It’s crazy. And I’m just curious. How much you’re paying for rent? Rent is 4,000. Okay. Okay. Not the nine. How are you getting the 9,000 in there? That is also schooling for my son okay. Okay. So between those two, it’s about 65 or about 6,000. Okay. So this, the private school is what like 30 grand a year, 40 grand a year.
Let’s see. It’s about 2 18 52. We changed it. So it’s a little less than 2000 a month. So that’s 25,000. Yeah. Yeah. I know. That’s a lot of people in Hawaii. You have to do that because public schools are not the greatest. Here in Hawaii, but, yeah, but yeah, you add it right on there.
I was like, whoa, man, you really live in, imagine there, but it looks like that, but that makes total sense. And that’s a decision you guys make and it’s not a bad one. Yeah. So you’re running what I asked a lot of people a lot of time. I don’t want to care how much you make. It’s more, this, the cell. Q 53, that Delta between how much money you’re making and how much money you’re spending. And this is a very healthy number here. You say that you’re able to save about 50 grand a year from average people. You’re like the top 1%. But I would say that from most of my investors.
That’s probably what most people have to say, but I’d say like the 50% of people who got their stuff going the right way. They’re upwards to that. It’s very good, and I would say when you’re above the $50,000 level, depending how much net worth you already have. And if you’ve already been doing this a little bit, you’re likely to be financially free in three to five years. So that’s a great win right there. That’s what we’re shooting for.
But you got, you had some vacations here. Is that kind of taken out of that? And big expenses, I think that’s it. That’s what gets me personally. I don’t have a budget. We don’t go on vacation, so we, yeah. Yeah. We actually like our house. That’s one of this, why we spend money on houses because we like to be home, yeah. Yeah. Okay. Okay. What about other big ticket stuff that might sneak in and knock that five 50 grand down to 35? That’s pretty conservative. I think that’s like we’re not really doing much. I just came home. Cook, eat, enjoy, have friends over.
So it’s nothing really cars paid for. I walk everywhere kind of big ticket items. Are you thinking that maybe I’m missing something so well, sometimes, a lot of times for this is, I’m just speaking for myself. My own personal thing is I have a big net cash flow, like how you do, but sometimes, big expenses can come in.
Especially if I go pay for something like a mastermind or something like that. And at the end of the year, I’m like I should have had a lot more than this. Like the animals are cash flowing and everything, but I didn’t even end up with how much I thought I would. There’s holes in my pocket, but I just, I don’t budget.
I don’t like that stuff. Okay. I think we kind of budget, but it’s just I think the biggest savings we have right now is we went from a nanny to putting our son in school. Probably 15,000 right there. Cool. So let’s dig in here a little bit. You’ve got a hundred thousand dollars in cash, so that would probably be the low-hanging fruit there, but I know you probably want to keep some of that in liquid cash, maybe about 20 to 40 grand.
Yeah. Yeah. We’re thinking of 40, but yeah. Yeah, but there’s definitely 50 and here that should be going out to something right away. Wholly, see, here’s your, here’s a rental property. And here is also some low-hanging for, you’ve got about 50% LTV. Have you looked into doing a HELOC on this thing and tapping the equity and the, so we could certainly do a HELOC on this, but we were thinking of selling it. That’s actually a conversation.
You’re interested in that because I don’t know. I feel like selling it at this point is probably the best idea, but yeah, this is like a war zone property. The $600,000 property in Oakland. It’s in the foothills of Oakland. So it actually has a nice property. You could see the San Francisco golden gate bridge. That’s pretty nice. It’s just a, it’s in a transitional area. It’s not a dangerous area. And how much rental income is it bringing in every asset? That’s the point because we rent it out to somebody we know, so we just have them cover the mortgage originally. And that was a big mistake on my part.
And I don’t want to use it right now because I like the guy, but. We’ve talked to him about it a bit. And at first he was like I’ll just, I’ll pay more in rent because the rent prices are ridiculous and he’s getting a good deal. But then we thought about selling it and he’s interested in buying it.
So we’re having that conversation right now. So yeah, they always say that. Okay. Let’s see, I’ll go. But here’s what I. Right now it’s like April or May you probably want to be selling this on the market in the summertime. That’s when you’re going to get a peak price. California, it’s like Hawaii.
There’s not really a season, but you definitely don’t want to, summertime when everyone’s transit kids are transitioning. I would, especially when you want to be political about this and get your friend out in a cordial way. The conversations just started yesterday. We started this conversation a little already about a month ago.
So yeah, I would just, I know, just from a manners perspective, third party, I would say Hey man, go look for it. Just start looking for a place I’m going to check in two weeks, what you’ve been seeing and we need to make a transition plan. I need you out in 45 days or whatever.
Okay. Yeah. Cause it. You can tap this. And I know the Oakland, the California market is getting a little soft right last year. The mistake I think most people would make is you mentioned it. This is you’re probably buying on the line where you’re in a transitional area and people say it’s going to go up.
We can do the numbers later. And I don’t think we’re going to do it today. But if you were to take that $300,000. And go put it on something else. You’re going to five X that whatever. And even if they build something cool, right next door. Yeah. I’m not planning on appreciating this anymore.
I think it has gone up a lot since we got it. So we’re comfortable and happy with where it’s at. Yeah. So you guys always had this as a rental. I guess you don’t have to say. Like deducting the depreciation, all that stuff. So this is actually our original primary residence. And then we lived there, so I made a mistake when I sold it.
I didn’t realize this. I made a mistake when I sold them. I should’ve sold them in a different order and waited about a year. Cause I think we could have done Mr. Capital gains tax, but when did you move out? We moved out about 2016. He bought it in 2012. You lived there for four years? Yeah. I think the rule is, as long as you live in it for the last three to five years.
You can qualify, but talk to a CPA. I think the problem is that you can’t take capital gains tax two years in a row. And I took you on last year when we sold the other house. I don’t know if you can take another capital gains tax and you have to wait. I think you have to wait every other year, but it could be wrong.
Not following. Maybe I’ll know what I’m talking about, but we paid, we instead of paying capital gains on the last house we did or that we, I don’t know what the term is, but we didn’t have to pay capital gains last year when we start our primary residence, the old house, we just moved out. And then if we were selling this house now, Even if we, because we lived there, I don’t know if we could do that twice in a row, pick up the weight every other year.
Oh, I don’t think it matters. Okay. That’s good. That’s great to know, but I’m actually unsure about this cause I own the property and I rent it out for a couple of years. Okay. And I think I made a mistake there. I should have moved in for a year and they wouldn’t have to pay taxes on the gain or I don’t know if you would have appropriated it.
If that were the case. Okay. Yeah. I was trying to read about this too. Was one of the questions I was going to ask you about, but yeah, just talk to, just talk to a CPA who does this all the time. Okay. You don’t talk to a 1031 guy, they’re just necessarily on a tender one. That’s what they did to me. I’m not interested in that either, so yeah. Yeah. It might be. I’m not suggesting that I don’t call this tax evasion, but if you’re renting out to a family friend, in a way you’re living there. I don’t know. This might be a little borderline. Maybe we shouldn’t talk about this.
You know what I mean? Technically you’re living there, especially if you’re doing this as a charity and it’s a friend, maybe just you guys move in for a year. If they hit this three out of five, Your role? What did you buy this thing for? See the original purchase price. I probably should have. I probably should have started there. See, I took 10. Yeah. See, there’s a lot of capital gains there. You have $400,000 of capital gains. Have you guys been depreciating it every year on taxes? I don’t know for sure. To be honest with you, her mom does Texas, oh it sounds like if you had a new CPA, that’s the difference?
I think that if you’re depreciating it you’re definitely doing it the, on the up and up way. And I don’t think you can play these games where you have a family friend there and you’re technically still living there. But I would like to be on the up and up for sure. Yeah. Yeah.
And this is a, but this is a big gain, right? 400 grand, 50%. I don’t think 1031 is your answer. I don’t like those at all. Okay. But it’s not big enough to do like a delayed sale trust thing on it that you just might have to take it on the chin and just pay the taxes, but spend the hour talking to the right person about this strategy and Hey, can I move in one to hit this one year to get this three out of five year rule?
Could you’re really close to being. When did you say you moved out? 2016. Yeah. Yeah. There might be something there. So look into that. Maybe shoot me an email later. I can connect you with my guy and he can ask him straight up. So I’m saying you have 50 grand from your liquidity and then potentially another after commission. You’re going to have maybe another 200 there comfortably. So two 50 at very least you have to deploy.
And then this is the same one, right? Yeah. See, it’s just an auto fallback. So that’s your war chest. But. I think where you’re at Eden, do you have any experience with any kind of out-of-state rentals or anything like that? No. That’s one of the reasons why I was originally looking for one-on-one coaching and the mastermind group. Yes. So I think you’re looking at your net worth and yeah, I think actually, David looks at your net worth, but now that it makes sense.
You’re in this limbo land. I don’t know if, eventually your guys’ salary is high enough and your, private places are going to be yours, and you’re obviously very busy, but I would, I think your next pass would be to pick up a turnkey rental and just get some experience under your belt. Okay. That’s what I was thinking. Yeah. I was gonna talk to you about that. Yeah. Yeah. So let’s talk about that. We’ve got some bullets and now we need to figure out how we’re going to go fire these things and go acquire some properties. So what is, what have some things you’ve done so far, and then what’s your tentative action.
What about us so far has joined the mastermind group. I’ve been reading different things with your website? Yeah, there’s a, I’m at a point where I need some guidance. I don’t, I’m not exactly sure where to start, so that’s why I’m here. That’s why I’m talking to you right now. Okay. Okay. No, that makes total sense.
Because most times people they’ll come into the mastermind after. They’ll listen to the podcast for sure. But then they’ll, there’ll be con there’ll be doing some books and podcasts for about a few months to six months. And they’ve already got a formulated plan in their head.
They’re gonna learn about turnkey rentals. They are, they, and they already have that realization. I am sure you have already done this where you live in the bay area. You’re not going to find anything in the state. That’s going to cash flow. That’s not a D class. For sure. Yeah.
So the next logical step is all right, where do we buy? Are there any markets in your head that you’re eyeing? So I know the markets that people say to they’re interesting, or you should look at, but I don’t know how those decisions are made. That’s one of the ones, one of the main questions I was trying to figure out right off the bat was like, how are people finding markets?
And. What markets do. And why are they finding the why? Why is that a particular market? Like Kansas city, Indianapolis? I know I’ve read some of the stuff that people say, but I wouldn’t know. If you give me a map, like where do I begin looking at it? And then finding a good parking spot? Yeah the simplistic way I put it is you’re trying to find properties and secondary markets with robust economies.
So secondary markets or, places like Kansas city, Memphis, Indianapolis, Atlanta. You can categorize it by population size. Do you know? Not like the mega cities, but like at least a hundred thousand people good size. And then of course pair that with the robust economy. So Detroit’s the secondary market, but it’s not a very robust economy.
So that part I understand. How would you find how to prove yourself that this economy is robust? Like, for instance, Kansas city. Indianapolis. What are you looking at to prove to yourself? Oh, this is a real positive. I know why you would probably say to choose not. Oh you just look at one thing I look at is like fortune 500 companies in that area.
What kind of industries is it like? Las Vegas is not very economically diverse. City, it’s a lot different from tourism. There was a cool try. I had in the last investor quarter letter, video and site civil, passive cashflow.com/investor. Quarterly. I can display that real quick. Is that the one from last night or? Yeah. One from last night, but I don’t have, I don’t have a list for you, but.
But my thing is There’s already a list out there, it’s on a spoken list that people are like, oh, we just like to stay in these types of areas. Yeah. And the nice thing about that is that there’s already, if you follow the footsteps with other people have done. You don’t really have to recreate the wheel. There’s already property managers, brokers. And that was one of them. That’s one of the questions I had too, is if you’re investing out of state, how are you finding contractors? And this is through your network. Here’s that, that image. The green ones are supposedly more diversified job markets. The red ones are not, I don’t really agree with salt lake being a diversified market.
And I also don’t agree with Atlanta. Atlanta has got it all. It’s got like class C. Worker blue collar workers working in industries, manufacturing, like the Mercedes plants and stuff like that. And it’s got a lot of white collar workers to a very diversified market, that’s why you think Bloomberg made this thing.
I just took a lot of data points and we see the same things popping up again and again. But then you’re also looking for tertiary markets too, because even the secondary markets, everybody’s flocking to now. So Chris, on this one, for instance, they say Buffalo is a good bar, to provide market, but then isn’t that the one where the population went from 500,000 down to 250,000 for the last 15, 20 years or something like that, you might be right, but already am not even looking at it because it’s a primary market.
Brilliant. Okay. And in Baltimore is DC, right? Buffalo. Yeah, primary market. Okay. That’s not to say you can’t, it’s not going to be appreciated, but that’s just not the game I play or what I recommend. Yeah. I’ll just stick it out, looking at this map that stuck out to me when I saw it the first time. Yeah, so that’s my recommendation. And then, just taking this map, right? Kentucky, Memphis, Oklahoma city, New Orleans, Atlanta, Jacksonville. What you’re trying to do is you’re trying to narrow it down to a couple or at least one that you’re going to go in there and build relationships with brokers, property managers, you can’t do multiple, you can’t do three or more.
I don’t have time for that yet. So you’re being a typical engineer and this is what I do. You’re like, all right, I’m going to start with this big funnel. I’m going to start with 30 markets. And I’m going to pick the best, like that’s gonna surely take you a long time and you’re likely to arrive at the same answer where you’re like you know what, screw it.
Everybody talks about these five. I’m going to pick from those five and just whittle it down to one or two. Okay. I think that’s the better approach. Okay. But engineers, we like to get all this data and, in the, who we share drivers, all kinds of data from way back when you can, kinds of power rankings and whatnot. But I don’t know why I even put that in there. Just confuses you guys even more. Okay. But that the time and energy should be spent on connecting with brokers and property managers. Okay. How do you find, let’s say in Kansas city or something like that, how would you go ahead and find a broker and property insurance and to throw your network against yeah. People, referrals and this is why I always say the most important thing is to network with other passive investors. People like you and me. Because those are the people who are gonna, have the past pay for you. But here, the problem is you can’t just hand these guys, like there’s a, we have that free Facebook group.
As you pay for what you get for something, some of these guys, they just asked for what brokers you are working with? Man, I’m not going to help you out. You’re just like a taker, but it’s hard in the beginning because you don’t know very much. So you need to get educated. You need to put in some work. See there’s an even value exchange. So you can go to a little bit more of a student investor who potentially has a big vendor list. And become friends and how do you do that? There’s no tricks to it. You just become, build a relationship, a genuine relationship, go freaking figure.
Makes sense. Yeah, there’s a lot of tricks and hacks to get this from people or get it on your own, but I don’t think it’s sustainable because what you want to do is you want to try and build a mini micro tribe of a few. All investing. For me, it was like Birmingham. There were like a few people that were all messing around in Birmingham. We all knew who the property managers were. And then if something went wrong, someone wasn’t performing, we’d all move like a mini flock to a different one, or we didn’t know who to tell. So that’s the more sustainable model. And hopefully when these guys get tired of turnkey rentals and go to bigger stuff, you’ve had.
That’s a solid relationship to move forward with them. Okay. But any other tangible, more granular stuff I left out there. I know that’s a high level, right? That’s more esoteric. Yeah. I don’t know. I just like the process of just getting started, it’s to start looking at some of these properties that they have called them up, yeah, I guess that’s the process. That’s what I’m asking is, find someone there in the network and NASA like maybe, Hey, who do I contact in Kansas city per se or Indianapolis, and then discount. Started to talk. There’s people who are more than happy, I’m sure to sell it.
But what I understand is that these things go pretty quick. That’s what I’m seeing on the mastermind, like their properties come up and then they go for it. So you have to know what you’re looking for and, in a mastermind I’ll help you out for sure. I’ve got my vendor list. I keep it close to the chest. And people like, I like talking with people and doing those free intro calls just to get to know people. But I don’t know, like lately I’ve been a little worried of just alright, I, use these guys in Birmingham, use these guys and, wherever.
Because these are my relationships. I don’t want to be a jerk over who just is going to call up eight different Turkey providers and waste them. Guys time. Yeah. So that’s what I’m thinking, you’re the mastermind, I’ll help you out. I’m always working to build new relationships. I’m actually working on a new one in Pennsylvania, rural Pennsylvania. So where do you have your first one? Yeah. I think you had a property in Pennsylvania. Yeah. So that’s where that relation came from. We worked on some deals out there and then they’re pretty helpful. So I trust them and that’s what’s more.
Yeah. And if I can build like a long-term relationship where they know that a lot of you guys will come back, then that’s a good, solid relationship that, it’s more of a long-term thing, but I don’t, I want you guys to struggle a little bit, because this is how you learn how to do it, but. I also want you guys to hit success, right? So there’s a balance between how much I help you guys. If you want me to do everything, yeah, I can do, I guess I can do everything, but maybe that might change in the near future as my bandwidth fills up. But, the more you struggle, the more you learn and the more you learn, the more you progress 5, 10, 15, 20 years from now.
But I think what I try to do is so I’ll set you up with some good reputable people. So you don’t have to go through the whole list of turnkey providers. At least, you’re working with people who are decent, right? They’re honest people. Men, what I suggest is like you just get their inventory lists and then you just see where the water line is.
All right. Cause when I was buying, I was, $90,000 properties they’re renting for nine 50. I knew I had it all on a scatter chart and I knew 1.1 rent evaluation. That’s my number. I don’t know where that is today. And I know where it is. Cause he sees where, I have you guys do the spreadsheet. And this is where the water line is, what a good deal is. You’re not going to find an amazing deal. It’s tricky rentals, but you don’t want to get a sucker deal. So when a good deal comes up, you’ve got to act pretty quickly, which may be in a matter of a few hours or a few days, depending on what kind of relationships you build with them again.
And then you pull the trigger. But I think No more times than not a newer investor thinks that they need to close on the property. But for me, it’s more there’s a good chance. Maybe 30% chance. You probably there’s something that comes up and due diligence that you can’t work, negotiate your way through. So I’m probably a lot quicker to put a contract under. I’m more certain I’m more. All right, lock it up. Let’s put in going to contract and let’s get that inspector in there and let’s see what’s under the hood so I can act quickly. And that’s how you should be able to get. Okay, fair enough.
It’s dating, right? Like it’s been awhile. The strategy goes, you don’t get married after the, before asking them on a date, on a lot of dates, same thought here. I gotcha. Just cause you go on a date and ask doesn’t mean you’re going to get married for sure. Any other questions on just picking prop properties up in that kind of way? Yeah. So I think the other question I had was if you’re, the recommendation is always to get from you is to get a turnkey to start, but then like a high level, what do you, what’s the progression there? So you get a Twinkie, you get, get comfortable working out of state.
And then I don’t want to keep buying turnkeys as they’re applied at the. Yeah, like we’re talking about right there. Not that they’re not the best, right? Yeah. Yeah. And, but the beauty of this is once you get one turnkey and you get it going. Yeah. Sometimes they don’t work out. I would say like one out of three times you might buy a dud. It just gives you some problems, but overall you’re hitting that nice returns on average. Okay. Definitely way better than the stock market. That’s what. You’re talking. But then here’s the path. And a lot of the investors that I started working alongside when I started there’s this path of you do the whole burst strategy by rent rehab refinance, which I’m not a fan of at all for high net worth individuals to be buying like 50,000 pieces of junk because the exit strategy isn’t there.
Like you can have a portfolio of 40 properties of 600 or $60,000 each, but that’s cash flowing, but there’s a cap ex, that’s going to hit you on this stuff somewhere between year five and 15, and now you’re going to pay back all these returns. It’s just not a sustainable way of investing, but it’s a way of doing it. And I guess nothing is wrong with you. If you can prove me wrong with the numbers, but you’re going to go down this path of burning and creating value that way, because maybe you like doing that. And this is where you’re starting to do it and you start to figure out if you like it. And if you’re good at it, me personally, I don’t like it.
And because I don’t like it, I don’t spend the time doing it and I never got really good at it. Okay. So that’s why I went to be more passive in a bigger deal. And that’s the progression. But we don’t know until you do this prerequisite, this is the pre-calc to ease and calculus. So I’m not, so I’m not going to let you go by Hey lane, they want to sell me. And I have a quarter million dollars. That means I can buy 1, 2, 3, 4, 8. I can buy 12 rentals for probably 1200. Pretty solid ones tomorrow. I would probably be like, no, don’t do that.
At most maybe by four and let’s pause and think, and let’s come back and talk six months to a year from now where you w where do you want to go? What’s your thoughts and feelings and how things are progressing. Okay. So that’s, you know what that said? I don’t think you’re going to be able to invest that quarter million dollars in the next six months.
Maybe, probably even a year. Okay. So what’s a good recommendation for parking, nothing instead of just having sit and savings like AHP is a good one, simple, passive cashflow.com/hp. They don’t sponsor me anymore, unfortunately, but, yeah, I still think it’s a good place to store some cash.
For you, I wouldn’t stick more than a hundred grand in there. Okay. I think let’s just say, let’s just assume now I’m getting more high-level strategy where the money comes from. I would take the money out from your liquidity and invest as soon as possible. What is that?
The 80 grand. And in the back of your head, you can pull a HELOC Okay. You need from that rental property, right? Yeah. So I would totally be fine with you running your liquidity for me. Your cash reserves are pretty low, maybe even 10 grand. You see what I’m saying? Yeah, for sure. It was still saving a decent month or month and the house sale, maybe you delay that a little bit to next year. I know that one’s a tough one. It’s not like I see a lot of guys with big 401ks and you don’t have that. Where is that? But she’s still at the employer, right? That’s she’s out of that one. Oh, okay. Where did that one go? If you go to the summary. A little bit right there it’s like 24. So she has left her employer, whatever you don’t roll it over into a new TSP or 403 B or 401k. Yeah, she’s just sitting there. I would take that out. If you had more than 150, $200,000, I’ll be very strategic on how you take that out. Like tickets slowly, you have to look at your whole taxes.
There’s brackets, right? They’re like full brackets. You’re probably in the second to highest one. Now. I don’t know how they exactly fall. Yeah. I don’t know. I think, yeah, probably close. Yeah. So if you take this thing out this year, you’re probably going to the highest one or maybe even the second highest one. We want to keep you just from going to the next one. So see what I’m saying. You got to be strategic on how much you take out of that thing this year. So say I don’t know what AGI is. Are they changed all the time? And I don’t know what it is for married couples. It’s AGI adjusted gross income.
So let’s just say the highest one starts at two 50 and right now you’re at 200. Okay. As your AGI, I would maybe take this 91,000. I would take 50 grand. So you just stayed below that. And then the next, the plan for next year is to take the other 40. So you’re always slip it under the radar that the red, so we’re over two 50.
So why don’t, I don’t know. You got to look at the tax. A CPA should be able to help you out with. Okay, but they’re not, CPAs are not strategy guys. That’s where you got me, but I don’t know the exact brackets, but you get the gist of what you’re talking about.
You’re smart. You can figure it out. So that would be a way to play that, to take it out slowly. ‘ cause you’re looking, you’re not going to, we’re already halfway through the year. You’re not going to be able to deploy something. You’re not going to be able to deploy it. You’re not going to, I don’t see you buying more than three houses in the next six months. So this is probably a 2020 plan. Okay. But then also remember you also have to have been thinking about this in the back of your head. Like I do think you should sell that house right away. Yeah. So that 300,000 or $200,000 of gains comes right on your income. So if you’re going to do that, it’s going to blow up your AGI. Yeah.
So I wouldn’t touch, I wouldn’t take out that 4 0 3 B money. You know what I’m saying? Yeah, for sure. Unfortunately, with that house sale, you can’t be strategic. And how you take it out, you got to take all that. Yeah, that was a, I think I could’ve done that differently, but that’s how you pay to learn, yeah. Yeah. Am I clear here? You get the fundamentals right when I’m trying to, yeah. I guess the question on the 4 0 3 B is, do you get penalized when you pull it out? I don’t know how that works. Yeah. Number one, you finally get to assess the taxable income, right?
Because this is all post tax. You don’t pay taxes on the loan. But yeah, there is a 10% penalty, but I wouldn’t call it a penalty. We’ve had this conversation with my wife and I have had it before. So yeah, it is a very emotional conversation because people think it’s like a sin to take money out and they call it a penalty.
Now I’m not allowed to do that, but the numbers don’t lie. If you can make money, if you can make 20 to 30% in a Turkey rental, Who cares about the 10%. You’ll make that back in 12 months and the rest is all gravy. Yeah. Good point. So follow up, do the numbers yourself, the numbers tell you what to do.
But if you’re going to be selling the house, maybe I would hold off on it because you don’t need that money anyway. So right away, for sure. Yeah. Yeah. I would, you have a lot of liquidity and you don’t that you’re not going to be able to allocate. I don’t know. So for folks like yourself, I would look into doing infinite banking.
Yeah. Looking forward to that part of the we’ll get there. I think your net worth isn’t. It’s there, but the fact that you have a hundred grand or more ready to go, but you’re not going to be able to allocate it right away. I don’t see you allocating more. 50 grand this year.
I don’t, you’re not going to buy more than two houses. Okay. I think we can both agree to that. 2020. I don’t really see you allocating more than 150. Okay. See what I’m saying? So if we plan 2019 and 2020, that you’re going to go on with a quarter million dollars, you’re going to have some excess. What I’m recommending is taking a look at that excess and putting a fraction of that into life insurance where this stuff, where you have to put it in one out of six years. You have to commit, right? So I’m not a life insurance originator. You’re like, but I know the strategy. Yeah. Listen to that podcast you had. I think there was a podcast on that. Listen to you. Not too. I think he, maybe he didn’t do it, but yeah, this is a bit, if I just want to communicate like the strategy, they’re like, you’re not going to be using this liquidity right away.
You’re not even going to tap it in 2020. So you got to do something with it. AHP is an option, but the nice thing about the light, the infinite banking is super awesome in the once you have it set up three to six years in the future, but it really sucks cause there’s, it’s really fee heavy in the beginning. If you put in a hundred grand, you might have to pay 30 grand in fees. I see, but for like lower net worth guys who have to look under their couch for coins to pick up that first rental at $25,000 down payment, that obviously doesn’t make any sense for them, but you’re inefficient here.
And so you might buy players that take the inefficiencies and the extra five grand, actually 20 grand or whatever, into licensed. Pronounced to build it up. I see, don’t go bonkers with it. But, it is, I always say, start with a smaller one and you understand how it works. And yeah, because in theory is always different than in practical use and seeing the statements coming in oh, I get this now. And I can tell now I can take a loan for myself. Oh, this is why they call it infinite banking. I get it. Finally get it like a year later. Yeah. Okay. All right. But yeah, I think that’s from a high level, that’s kind of the one, two year strategy right there. Okay. So now I’m just gonna work on getting two, two houses this year.
That’s the immediate goal, but that’s your kind of your, one to your. Okay, fair enough. But yeah. Any other questions you had off the top of your head or? The questions I have pointed on. Interesting. On the podcast, those are one-on-one coaching stuff. Yeah. It’s more, I think, after this more granular, but you have, there’s a path there’s definitely a path for, I think after the two years, I see you getting maybe like three, four houses and then also maybe the middle of 2020.
Maybe play around with a deal, to a syndication and just seeing how that is. And then now you can like, be like, whoa, I like this a lot better. I’m pretty sure you’re gonna think this indication is better. It’s just better than direct operating. I don’t know the returns a little less, but it’s just not worth the time for an exchange.
Okay. So you’ll just go into more and more deals. I would say probably like three, four years from now. Because you’re especially saving 50 grand a year. I’m sure that’s going to go up. You’re like, you’re going to get into this rhythm of going into a deal every, maybe two or three deals a year and obviously that’s going to take a while, to build up like a war chest of a dozen two dozen deals, a $50,000 position in each deal. That’s, it’s a sustainable model and not all the deals are going to go well, not all of them. But I think on the average, you’re, what’s your goal here?
And I guess we didn’t talk about, you mean, why what’s my goal as far as passive income, or as far as why I’m here trying to learn this stuff, passive income, I guess it would be something around 10 K so that my living expenses are covered basically. So I could live the life I have right now and not have to worry about it going to work.
I can go to work. I probably will, but I don’t want to. Yeah, so if I press the Fed, like the infinity time still on, and I could just fast forward right now with the liquidity you have in hand and the equity you haven’t had, you could probably be, if I just take your assets and times 10%, you could probably be 500.
You could probably be halfway there today. So there’s a little bit of work to do. I took $500,000 of deployable equity. It’s what I figure times 0.1. So you’re halfway there. So it’s just a matter of deploying into another half, an half, a million dollars. And that’s just going to take you, if you keep saving $50,000 a year, that’s going to take another 10 year, but it’s not going to take you that.
Yeah. It’s going to take you like less than half. So I will probably see it in five years. Okay. That’d be great. I’d be completely happy with that. In the next couple of years you, it’s not going to be like, you just quit cold Turkey. It would probably be like a transition of maybe you start working last or spouse stop or the last or whatever. She likes her job. Good for her. We’re all happy for her. Okay we can get you out of your job. Any kind of last parting thoughts or questions? No, I just really just want to say thank you, man. I’ve been listening to podcasts for probably about two years and I’ve been busy cause I have a three-year-old now he’s in school, so I have more time. So I appreciate being able to join the mastermind and doing this call.
Yeah, just ex yeah. Yeah. I would give you props there. Like most people in the, Matt, a mastermind, but the investor club in general, they’re either younger than 30 or older than 40. It’s those, like when you guys have those young kids, I don’t have kids. So I don’t know. I’m just speculating to see how you get these data points. But when you guys have kids there’s you guys just disappear off the face of the earth. You guys don’t do anything other than focus on that, which makes sense. But it is. I think that if you were to take that perspective, you’re doing it the hardest time nobody does what you’re doing now.
That’s where I’ll take that. But the whole thing is if you do the right things, it’s very simple. It’s like swimming. I don’t swim very well. So I look like I’m drowning. I can get from point a to pretty quickly, but I’m going to get tired. But if you look at the most effective swimmers, it doesn’t even look like they’re working. They’re so efficient. So it’s the idea to get you to like that, like a graceful dolphin, but investing it’s nice. Yeah. All right, man. Yeah, if you guys like this shoot me an email. Let me know if we haven’t had a chat book, a call and join HUI pipeline club and check out the mastermind club at simplepassivecashflow.com/journey. I will talk to you guys next t